Mechanics Questions Bank

Quiz 3
Multiple-choice questions on stress analysis
All questions have only one correct answer. All answers are rounded to 3 significant figures.
1. Choose the correct free body diagram from Figure M3.2 for the cantilever shown in Figure M3.1.
Figure M3.1 Cantilever
(a) (b)
(c) (d) (e) None of these
Figure M3.2
2. Choose the correct free body diagram from Figure M3.4 for the simply supported beam shown in Figure
M3.3.
Figure M3.3 Simply supported
(a) (b)
Figure M3.4
Mechanics of Solids, Second Edition © 2016 C. Ross, J. Bird and A. Little. Published by Taylor & Francis. All rights reserved.
3. Choose the correct free body diagram from Figure M3.6 for the propped cantilever shown in Figure M3.5.
Figure M3.5 Propped Cantilever
(a) (b)
Figure M3.6
4. The reaction in the x-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is:

(a) − 5.77 kN (b) 5.77 kN (c) 5 kN (d) 0 kN (e) None of these
1
ALL DIMENSIONS
IN METRES
10 kN
5 kN E F
30
(0.5774)
C D
30
(0.5774)
x
A B
Figure M3.7
5. The reaction in the y-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is:

6. The reaction in the x-direction at joint B in Figure M3.7 is:
(a) − 5.774 kN (b) 5.774 kN (c) − 5 kN (d) 0 kN (e) None of these
7. The reaction in the y-direction at joint B in Figure M3.7 is:
(a) 15.8 kN (b) − 5.78 kN (c) − 5 kN (d) 0 kN (e) None of these
8. TWO methods/techniques for analysing loads within a pin-jointed framework are:
(a) Pins & Points (b) Joints & Points (c) Joints & Sections
(d) Nodes & Elements (e) None of these
9. What is the load in member EF in Figure M3.7?
10. What is the load in member ED in Figure M3.7?
11. Forces of 7 N and 8 N as well as a 20 N m couple act on the rigid lever as shown in Figure M3.8. The
resulting moment about point O has a magnitude of:
(a) 180 N mm (b) 260 N mm (c) 1220 N mm (d) 350 N mm (e) None of these
7N
100 mm
40 Nmm
O
60 mm
8N
Figure M3.8
12. Forces of 700 N and 500 N act at point A as shown in Figure M3.9. Choose the diagram in Figure M3.10 which
represents the resultant force at point A
A 700 N
60°
500 N
Figure M3.9
700 N 700 N 700 N 700 N
500 N 500 N 1044 N 500 N

1044 N 624.5 N 500 N 624.5 N
(a) (b) (c) (d)
N 700 N 700 N 700 N
500 N 1044 N 500 N

624.5 N 500 N 624.5 N
(b) (c) (d)
Figure M3.10
13. The x and y components of the 300 N force shown in Figure M3.11 are:
x-component y-component
(a) 246 172
(b) 172 246
(c) −246 172
(d) −172 246
(e) None of these
300 N
y
35
Figure M3.11
14. A rigid body is pivoted about point O and is acted on by two external forces as shown in Figure M3.12.
The value of the moment M that must be applied at point O to maintain rotational equilibrium about O is:
0.3 m
30
10 N
90
O
15 N
Figure M3.12
(a) 1.50 N m (b) 1.90 N m (c) 3.00 N m (d) 4.50 N m (e) None of these
15. The resultant of the forces shown in Figure M3.13 is:
30 N
20 N
15° 45°
10 N
12°
Figure M3.13
(a) 55.9 N (b) 17.1 N (c) 6.25 N (d) 45.5 N (e) None of these
16. Choose the correct free body diagram from Figure M3.15 for the portion of the beam shown to the left of
the section XX in Figure M3.14.
8 kN 6 kN x
5 kN/m
A B
x
4
DIMENSIONS
2 5 IN METRES
Figure M3.14
(a) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m (b) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m
24 kN
(c) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m (d) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m
24 kN 24 kN
(e) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m
24 kN
Figure M3.15
17. The free body diagram for part of a rigid beam is as shown in Figure M3.16. For the beam to be in equi-
librium the magnitude of the moment M must be:
2m 4m
12 N
8N 4N
30 N m M
Figure M3.16
(a) 30.0 N m (b) 6.0 N m (c) 6.6 N m (d) 15.5 N m (e) None of these
18.
A 50 mm gauge length is marked on a tensile test specimen which has a working diameter of 5 mm. A
force of 8 kN is applied to the specimen and, with that load still applied, the gauge length is found to be
50.20 mm.
The modulus of the material is:
(a) 2.04 GPa (b) 102 GPa (c) 200 GPa (d) 85.5 GPa (e) None of these
19. A particular alloy has a limit of proportionality of 60 MPa, a yield strength of 130 MPa and ultimate ten-
sile strength of 215 MPa.
An axial tensile force of 40 kN is applied to a 25 mm diameter rod of that material. It can be expected
that:
(a) The rod will break in tension.
(b) The rod will return to exactly its original length when the load is removed.
(c) The rod will not return to its original length when the load is removed. It will be slightly stretched.
(d) The rod will fail in shear.
(e) There is not enough information to conclude any of the above.
20. A force of 14 kN is only just sufficient to punch a rectangular hole in an aluminium-alloy sheet. The rect-
angular hole is 10 mm long by 6 mm wide, and the a luminium-alloy sheet is 2 mm thick. The ultimate
shear stress of the aluminium alloy is:
(a) 219 MPa (b) 233 MPa (c) 275 MPa (d) 200 GPa (e) 255 MPa
21. A rod has a diameter of 8 mm. It is brazed into a 5 mm thick plate to form a bracket, as shown in Figure
M3.17. The brazing process results in a thin layer of braze being formed around the outside of the rod and
inside of the hole in the plate. The braze joins to both and creates the joint. The bracket can be considered
rigid compared to the rod and the brazed joint. If the material of the rod has an ultimate tensile strength
of 150 MPa and the braze has an ultimate shear strength of 85 MPa. When the load F is steadily increased
with the bracket held fixed, failure will occur when:
5
BRAZE
8 DIA
ALL DIMENSIONS F
IN mm
Figure M3.17
(a) The rod breaks when load F = 7.54 kN (b) The rod breaks when load F = 4.27 kN
(c) The braze shears when load F = 18.8 kN (d) The braze shears when load F = 7.54 kN
(e) The braze shears when load F = 4.27 kN
22. A 400 mm long stainless steel bar has a diameter of 25 mm. It is welded to rigid end supports, fixing
it at each end. Its temperature is then raised by 60°C. The thermal expansion coefficient (α) and the
Young’s modulus (E) for stainless steel are 17.3 × 10−6 /°C and 185 GPa respectively.
The supports at the ends of the bar can be considered to be rigid and unaffected by the change in tempera-
ture, so that the length of the bar remains constant. The thermal stress will be:
(a) 92.4 MPa (b) 0 MPa (c) − 192 MPa (d) − 92.4 MPa (e) 192 MPa
23. A pin-jointed framework is shown in Figure M3.18. The load in member FG is:
(a) 30.0 kN (b) 38.2 kN (c) 20.0 kN (d) 45.8 kN (e) 57.3 kN
10 kN
E F G
40 kN
30° 30°
0.5774
30°
C D
1.5
ALL DIMENSIONS
IN METRES
A B
NOT TO SCALE
Figure M3.18
24. Correct, to 3 significant figures, the x and y components of the 120 N force shown in Figure M3.19 are:
120 N
y
25
Figure M3.19
x-component (N) y-component (N)

(a) − 109 − 50.7
(b) 50.7 109
(c) − 50.7 109
(d) − 109 50.7
(e) 109 50.7
25. The free body diagram for part of a rigid beam AB is as shown in Figure M3.20. For the beam to be in
equilibrium the magnitude of the moment M must be:
2m 4m
10 N
A B
6N 4N
M
Figure M3.20
(a) 10.0 N m (b) 6.0 N m (c) 4.0 N m (d) 8.0 N m (e) − 6 N m
25. (c) 24. (d) 23. (e) 22. (c) 21. (a)
20. (a) 19. (c) 18. (b) 17. (a) 16. (e)
15. (b) 14. (b) 13. (c) 12. (d) 11. (b)
10. (a) 9. (d) 8. (c) 7. (a) 6. (c)
5. (a) 4. (d) 3. (d) 2. (b) 1. (a)
Answers
Quiz 4
Multiple-choice questions on stress analysis
All questions have only one correct answer. All answers are rounded to 3 significant figures.
1. The distance from the base to the neutral axis of a beam with the cross-section shown in Figure M4.1 is:
Φ 25
35
N A
35
40 BASE
NOT TO SCALE
DIMENSIONS
IN mm
Figure M4.1
(a) 30 mm (b)
40 mm (c) 35 mm (d) 45 mm (e) None of these
2. The second moment of area about its neutral axis, of a beam with the cross-section shown in Figure M4.1
is:
(a) 1.32 × 106 mm4 (b) 1.45 × 106 mm4 (c) 1.26 × 106 mm4
6 4
(d) 1.12 × 10 mm (e) None of these
3. The distance from the base to the neutral axis of a beam with the cross-section shown in Figure M4.2 is:
10
10
NA
80
10
50 BASE
NOT TO SCALE DIMENSIONS

IN mm
Figure M4.2
(a) 30 mm (b) 40 mm (c) 35 mm (d) 45 mm (e) None of these
4. The second moment of area about its neutral axis, of a beam with the cross-section shown in Figure M4.2
is:
(a) 1.17 × 106 mm4 (b) 1.29 × 106 mm4 (c) 1.35 × 106 mm4
(d) 1.41 × 106 mm4 (e) None of these
5. The distance from the base to the neutral axis of the beam shown in Figure M4.3 is:
(a) 79.4 mm (b) 77.1 mm (c) 70.6 mm (d) 66.5 mm (e) None of these
90
20
NA
100
20
BASE
DIMENSIONS
NOT TO SCALE IN mm
Figure M4.3
6. The location of the neutral axis (NA) of a tee beam is given in Figure M4.4. The second moment of area
of this beam about its neutral axis is:
70
10
NA
120
83.9
5
BASE
DIMENSIONS
NOT TO SCALE IN mm
Figure M4.4
(a) 1.67 × 106 mm4 (b) 1.22 × 106 mm4 (c) 1.05 × 106 mm4

6 4
(d) 1.48 × 10 mm (e) None of these
7. The maximum shear force on the light beam AB shown in Figure M4.5 is:
(a) 6.75 kN (b) 3.0 kN (c) 10.0 kN (d) 3.67 kN (e) None of these
1 0.5 1.5
4 kN 2 kN
A B
RA = 3.667 kN RB = 2.333 kN
NOT TO SCALE
DIMENSIONS
IN METRES
Figure M4.5
8. The maximum bending moment on the light beam AB shown in Figure M4.5 is:
(a) 3.67 kN m (b) 2.33 kN m (c) 5.3 kN m (d) 2.67 kN m (e) None of these
9. The maximum shear force on the light beam AB shown in Figure M4.6 is:
(a) 10.8 N (b) 14.2 N (c) 28.3 N (d) 17.8 N (e) None of these
1 2
10 N 5 N/m
A B
RA = 14.17 kN RB = 10.83 kN
NOT TO SCALE
DIMENSIONS
IN METRES
Figure M4.6
10. The maximum bending moment on the light beam AB shown in Figure M4.6 is:
(a) 29.3 kN m (b) 10.8 kN m (c) 14.2 kN m
(d) 11.7 kN m (e) None of these
11. A drive shaft is made from a steel with a shear modulus of 76 GPa. The shaft is hollow and its external
diameter is stepped as shown in Figure M4.7. When the shaft is transmitting a torque of 285 N m the
maximum shear stress in the shaft will be:
(a) 13.3 MPa (b) 58.4 MPa (c) 33.2 MPa (d) 22.7 MPa (e) 26.6 MPa
300 400 DIMENSIONS

IN MILLIMETRES
NOT TO SCALE
50 30 40
DIA DIA DIA
Figure M4.7
12. Figure M4.8 shows the cross-section of a beam, together with the location of its horizontal neutral axis
relative to its base (0-0 shown in Figures M4.8).
NA
30
15
0 0
DIMENSIONS
20 IN MILLIMETRES
BASE
NOT TO SCALE
Figure M4.8
The second moment of area of this rectangular beam about its base, I00 is:
(a) 54000 mm4 (b) 160000 mm4 (c) 45600 mm4 (d) 45000 mm4 (e) 180000 mm4
13. A light beam AD carries a point load at B and a pure moment at point C, as shown in Figure M4.9. The
beam is simply supported and the reactions at A and at D are 30 kN and 10 kN respectively (both forces
acting upwards). The shear force acting on the beam at point C (i.e. when x = 2 m) is:
1m 1m 1m
NOTE:
The reactions
are given. 40 kN
B C
A D
10 kN m
Figure M4.9
−20 kN (b)
(a) 30 kN (c) 20 kN (d) −10 kN (e) −40 kN
14. The free body diagram of a light beam AB subject to a load and a pure moment is shown in F
igure M4.10.
Using the reactions given, the bending moment at mid-span of this beam is:
(a) 7 kN m (b) 16 kN m (c) 21 kN m (d) 12 kN m (e) 9 kN m
1m 1m 1m
NOTE:
30 kN The reactions are given.
B
12 kN m NOT TO SCALE
RA = 14 kN RB = 16 kN
Figure M4.10
15. The free body diagram of a light beam AB s ubject to a uniformly distributed load is shown in Figure
M4.11 and the reactions at A and B are given. The value of x, measured from A, where the maximum
bending moment occurs will be:
(a) 2.00 (b) 1.33 m (c) 4.00 m (d) 2.20 m (e) 1.00 m
2m 1m
3 kN/m
A B
RA = 4 kN m RB = 2 kN m
x
Figure M4.11
15. (b) 14. (c) 13. (d) 12. (e) 11. (c)
10. (d) 9. (b) 8. (a) 7. (d) 6. (a)
5. (d) 4. (d) 3. (b) 2. (d) 1. (c)
Answers
Mechanics of Solids
MCQ question on Simple Stress and Strain

1. Stress is
(a)External force
(b)Internal resistive force
(c)Axial force
(d)Radial force
(Ans:b)
2. Following are the basic types of stress except
(a)Tensile stress
(b)Compressive stress
(c)Shear stress
(d)Volumetric stress
(Ans:d)
3. When tensile stress is applied axially on a circular rod its
(a)diameter decreases
(b)length increases
(c)volume decreases
(d)Which of the above are true?
Only (a)
Only (b)
(a)&(b)
All of the above
(Ans:c)
4. Which of the following is not a basic type of strain?

(a)Compressive strain
(b)Shear strain
(c)Area strain
(d)Volume strain
(Ans:c)
5. Tensile Strain is
(a)Increase in length / original length
(b)Decrease in length / original length
(c)Change in volume / original volume
(d)All of the above
(Ans:a)
6. Compressive Strain is
(a)Decrease in length / original length
(d)All of the above
(Ans:b)
7. Volumetric Strain is
(b)Decrease in length / original length
(d)All of the above
(Ans:c)
8. Hooke’s law is applicable within

(a)Elastic limit
(b)Plastic limit
(c)Fracture point
(d) Ultimate strength
(Ans:a)
9. Young’s Modulus of elasticity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile strain
(b)Shear stress / Shear strain
(c)Tensile stress / Shear strain
(d)Shear stress / Tensile strain
(Ans:a)
10. Modulus of rigidity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile strain
(a)Shear stress / Shear strain
(a)Tensile stress / Shear strain
(a)Shear stress / Tensile strain
(Ans:b)
30
11. Bulk modulus of elasticity is
a. Tensile stress / Tensile strain

b. Shear stress / Shear strain
c. Tensile stress / Shear strain
d. Normal stress on each face of cube / Volumetric strain
(Ans:d)
12. Factor of safety is
a. Tensile stress / Permissible stress

b. Compressive stress / Ultimate stress
c. Ultimate stress / Permissible stress
d. Ultimate stress / Shear stress
(Ans:c)
13. Poisson’s ratio is

a. Lateral strain / Longitudinal strain
b. Shear strain / Lateral strain
c. Longitudinal strain / Lateral strain
d. Lateral strain / Volumetric strain
(Ans:a)
14. A rod, 120cm long and of diameter 3.0 cm is subjected to an axial pull of 18 kN. The
stress in N/mm2is.
a. 22.57
b. 23.47
c. 24.57
d. 25.47
(Ans:d)
15. The total extension in a bar, consists of 3 bars of same material, of varying sections
is
a. P/E(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
b. P/E(L1A1+L2A2+L3A3)
c. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
d. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
Where P=Load applied, E=young’s modulus for the bar, L1,2,3=Length of corresponding bars,
A1,2,3=Area of corresponding bars
(Ans:a)
16. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson’s
ratio (µ) is given by
a. E=2K(1-2µ)
b. E=3K(1-2µ)
c. E=2K(1-2µ)
d. E=2K(1-3µ)
(Ans:b)
17. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Modulus of rigidity (C) and Bulk
modulus (K) is given by
a. E=9CK/(C+3K)
b. E=9CK/(2C+3K)
c. E=9CK/(3C+K)
d. E=9CK/(C-3K)
(Ans:a)
18.The total extension of a taper rod of length ‘L’ and end diameters ‘D1’ and ‘D2’,
subjected to a load (P), is given of
a. 4PL/ΠE. D1D2
b. 3PL/ΠE. D1D2
c. 2PL/ΠE. D1D2
d. PL/ΠE.D1D2
Where E=Young’s modulus of elasticity
(Ans:a)
19. A rod 3 m long is heated from 10°C to 90°C. Find the expansion of rod. Take Young’s
modulus = 1.0 x 10^5 MN/m2 and coefficient of thermal expansion = 0.000012 per degree
centigrade.
1. 0.168 cm
2. 0.208 cm
3. 0.288 cm
4. 0.348 cm
(Ans:c)
20. Elongation of a bar of uniform cross section of length ‘L’, due to its own weight ‘W’ is
given by
a. 2WL/E
b. WL/E
c. WL/2E
d. WL/3E
Where, E=Young’s modulus of elasticity of material
(Ans:c)
31. The deformation per unit length is called
(a) Strain
(b) Stress
(c) Elasticity
(d) None of these

(Ans: a)
32. The ability of the material to deform without breaking is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Creep
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
33. Which of the following material is more elastic?
(a) Rubber
(b) Glass
(c) Steel
(d) Wood
(Ans:c)
34. The percentage elongation and the percentage reduction in area depends upon
(a) Tensile strength of the material
(b) Ductility of the material
(c) Toughness of the material
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
35. The property of a material by which it can be beaten or rolled into thin sheets, is
called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:d)
39. The property of a material by which it can be drawn to a smaller section by applying
a tensile load is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:c)
40. If a material has identical properties in all directions, it is called
(a) Elastic
(b) Plastic
(c) Isotropic
(d) Homogeneous
(Ans:c)
41. The stress at which extension of a material takes place more quickly as compared to
increase in load, is called
(a) No elastic zone
(b) Plastic point
(c) Yield point
(d) Breaking point

(Ans:c)
42. A brittle material has
(a) No elastic zone
(b) No plastic zone
(c) Large plastic zone
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
43. Every material obeys the Hooke’s law within
(a) Elastic limit
(b) Plastic limit
(c) Limit of proportionality
(d) None of these

(Ans:c)
46. The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is called
(a) Modulus of Elasticity
(b) Modulus of Rigidity
(c) Bulk Modulus
(d) Poisson’s Ratio

(Ans:d)
48. A perfectly elastic body
(a) Can move freely
(b) Has perfectly smooth surface
(c) Is not deformed by any external surface
(d) Recovers its original size and shape when the deforming force is removed.
(Ans:d)
49. The value of Poison’s ratio depends upon
(a) Nature of load, tensile or compressive
(b) Magnitude of load
(c) Material of the test specimen
(d) Dimensions of the test specimen

(Ans:c)
50. When a section is subjected to two equal and opposite forces tangentially to the
section, the stress produced is known as
(a) Tensile stress

(b) Lateral stress
(c) Shear stress
(d) No stress
(Ans:c)
51. Which of the following is a dimensionless quantity?
(a) Shear stress
(b) Poison’s ratio
(c) Strain
(d) Both (b) and (c)

(Ans:d)
52. Percentage elongation during tensile test is indication of
(a) Ductility
(b) Malleability
(c) Creep
(d) Rigidity
(Ans:a)
53. Brittleness is opposite to
(a) Toughness
(b) Plasticity
(c) Malleability
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
54.The statement : stress is proportional to strain, i.e. the Hooke’s law holds good upto
(a) Elastic Limit
(b) Proportional Limit
(c) Plastic Limit
(d) Yield point

(Ans:b)
55. The limit beyond which the material does not behave elastically is known as
(a) Proportional limit
(b) Elastic limit
(c) Plastic limit
(d) Yield Point

(Ans:b)
56. When mild steel is subjected to a tensile load, its fracture will conform to
(a) Star shape
(b) Granular shape
(c) Cup and cone shape
(d) Fibrous shape

(Ans:c)
57. When a wire is stretched to double in length, the longitudinal strain produced in it is
(a) 0.5
(b) 1.0
(c) 1.5
(d) 2.0
(Ans:b)
58. The length of a wire is increased by 1 mm on the application of a certain load. In a

wire of the same material but of twice the length and half the radius, the same force will
produce an elongation of
(a) 0.5 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 4 mm
(d) 8 mm
(Ans:d)
63. When a bar is subjected to a change of temperature and its longitudinal deformation is
prevented, the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) Temperature
(Ans:d)
64. When a bar is subjected to increase in temperature and its deformation is prevented,
the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) None of the above

(Ans:b)
65. In a composite body, consisting of two different materials………..will be same in
both materials.
(a) Stress
(b) Strain
(c) Both stress and strain
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
66. Nature of shear stress is

(a) Positive
(b) Negative
(c) Positive as well as negative
(d) None
(Ans: c)
67. Shear stress causes
(a) Deformation
(b)Elongation
(c) Contraction
(d) None
(Ans: d)
(a) Deformation
(b) Distortion
(c) Displacement
(d) None
(Ans: b)
69. Shear strain is a
(a) Linear strain
(b) Parabolic strain
(c) Logarithmic strain
(d) None
(Ans: d)
70. Shear strain is a
(a) Linear strain
(b) Parabolic strain
(c) Angular strain
(d) None
(Ans: c)
71. Linear stress strain curve is for a
(a) Load ∞ displacement
(b) Load ∞ ( 1/displacement)
(c) Load = ( displacement)2
(d) None
(Ans: a)
72. Parabolic stress strain curve is for a
(a) Load ∞ displacement
(b) Load ∞ ( 1/displacement)
(c) Load = ( displacement)2
(d) None
(Ans: d)
73. Unit stress after load application is based on
(a) Original area of cross section
(b) Changing area of cross section
(c) Final area of cross section under maximum load
(d) None
(Ans: a)
74. Real stress after load application is based on
(a) Original area of cross section
(b) Changing area of cross section
(c) Final area of cross section under maximum load
(d) None
(Ans: b)
75. Which stress strain curve is more steep
(a) For a ductile material
(b) For a brittle material
(c) For a pure metal
(d) None
(Ans: b)
76. Breaking stress is
(a) greater than the ultimate stress
(b) Less than the ultimate stress
(c) equal to the ultimate stress
(d) None
(Ans: a)
77. Stress under suddenly applied load is
(a) Three times than the gradually applied load
(b) equal to the that due to gradually applied load
(c) Less than that due to gradually applied load
(d) none
(Ans: d)
78. With the increase of carbon content in steel, maximum stress
(A) Increases
(b) Decreases
(C) Remains the same
(d) none
(Ans: a)
79. The property of the material which allows it to be drawn into smaller section
(a) Plasticity
(b) Ductility
(c) Elasticity
(d) Malleability
(Ans: b)
80. Rapture stress is
(a) Breaking stress
(b) Load at the braking point/A
(c) Load at the breaking point/Neck area
(d) Maximum Stress
(Ans: c)
Principal stresses and strains
Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ)

1. Which of the following is maximum in the principal Plane
(a) Normal stress (b) Shear stress (c) shear strain (d) None of the above
2. The shear stress in the principal plane is
(a) Zero (b) Maximum (c) Minimum (d) Average
3. The principal plane for the tensile load along the length of the bar is
(a) Perpendicular to the tensile load
(b) Parallel to the tensile load
(c) 45o to the tensile load
(d) 30o to the tensile load
4. Two Triangular wedges are glued together as shown in the following figure. The stress acting
normal to the interface, σn is
(a) Zero MPa (b) 100 MPa (c) 50 MPa (d) 60 MPa
.
5 The major and minor principal stresses at a point are 3 MPa and -3 MPa respectively. The maximum
shear stress at the point is
(a) 3 MPa (b) Zero MPa (c)6 MPa (d) 9MPa
6 Consider the following statements:
I. On a principal plane, only normal stress acts.

II. On a principal plane, both normal and shear stresses act.
III. On a principal plane, only shear stress acts.
IV. Isotropic state of stress is independent of frame of reference.
The TRUE statements are
(a) I and IV (b) II (c) II and IV (d) II and III
7. An axially loaded bar is subjected to a normal stress of 173 MPa. The shear stress in the bar is
(A) 75 MPa (B) 86.5 MPa (C) 100 MPa(D) 122.3 MPa
8. For the plane stress situation shown in the figure, the maximum shear stress and the plane on
which it acts are:
(A) -50 MPa, on a plane 45o clockwise w.r.t. x-axis
(B) -50 MPa, on a plane 45o anti-clockwise w.r.t. x-axis
(C) 50 MPa, at all orientations
(D) Zero, at all orientations
9. What is the unit of the Principal Stress and Principal strain

(a) N/mm2 and mm (b) N and mm (c) N/mm and mm2 (d) N/mm2 and No unit
10. The angle between the planes of the maximum and minimum principal stress are
(a) 90o (b) 45o (c)30o (d) 0o
11. The maximum principal stress is given by
(a)
1
 x   y 
1
 y   x   4 2
2
2 2
(b)  x   y     x   4 2
1 1 2
y
2 2
(c)
1
 x   y 
1
 x   y   4 2
2
2 2
(d)  x   y     x   2 2
1 1 2
y
2 2
12. The minimum principal stress is given by
(a)
1
 x   y 
1
 y   x   4 2
2
2 2
(b)  x   y     x   4 2
1 1 2
y
2 2
(c)
1
 x   y 
1
 x   y   4 2
2
2 2
(d)  x   y     x   2 2
1 1 2
y
2 2
13. The principal plane in the 2D is given by
 y  x
(a) tan 2 
2
2
(b) tan 2 
 y  x
2
(c) tan 2 
 y  x
2
(d) tan 2 
 x  y
14. The principal plane in the 2D in terms of sine of the angle is given by
2
(a) sin 2 
 y   x   4 2
2
2
(b) sin 2 
 y   x   4 2
2
2
(c) sin 2 
 y   x   4 2
2
2 2
(d) sin 2 
 y   x   4 2
2
15. The state of STRESS at a point is a ____________________-

(a) Scalar
(b) Vector
(c) Tensor
(d) All the above
16 How many components of the stress is required to completely define the stress at a point in 3D ?
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 9
17. The Cauchy stress tensor is used for stress analysis of material bodies experiencing
(a) Small Deformation
(b) Large Deformation
(c) Finite Deformation
(d) Medium Deformation
18. The Number of independent stress components in 3D are

(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 9
19 Which of the following principles demonstrates that stress at a point is symmetric?

(a) Law of Conservation of Linear momentum
(b) Law of Conservation of angular momentum
(c) Law of Conservation of mass
(d) Law of Conservation of energy
20 The plane stress condition can be applied to

(a) Thick Element
(b) Thin Element
(c) 3D element
(d) 3D thick Element
21 The plane strain condition can be applied to

(a) Thick Element
(b) Thin Element
(c) 3D element
(d) 3D thick Element
22 The stress at a point is considered plane stress if one of the principal stress is
(a) Zero (b) Maximum (c) Minimum (d) Average
23 For plane stress conditions the number of independent stress components are
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
24. For plane strain conditions the number of independent stress components are
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 7
25 For plain strain conditions, the principal strain along longest dimension is
(a) Maximum (b) Minimum (c) Zero (d) None of the above
26 Normal Stress component at a plane passing through a point in a continuum under plane stress
conditions is
(a)  n 
1
 x   y 
1
 y   x cos 2   xy sin 2
2 2
(b)  n   x   y    y   x cos 2   xy sin 2
1 1
2 2
(c)  n   x   y    y   x sin 2   xy cos 2
1 1
2 2
(d)  n   x   y    y   x cos    xy sin 
1 1
2 2
(e)
27 Shear Stress component at a plane passing through a point in a continuum under plane stress
conditions is
(a)  n 
1
 y   x sin 2   xy cos 2
2
(b)  n   y   x sin 2   xy cos 2
1
2
(c)  n   y   x sin    xy cos 
1
2
(d)  n 
1
 y   x cos 2   xy sin 2
2
28 The Maximum shear stress occurs at  =
(a) 30o(b) 45o(c) 90o (d) 180o
29 The Maximum shear stress is given by

(a)  max 
1
 x  y 
2
  x  y 
1
(b)  max
2
  x  y 
1
(c)  max
4
  x  y 
1
(d)  max
4
30. The Minimum shear stress is given by
(a)  min  
1
 x   y 
2
(b)  min 
1
 x   y 
2
   x   y 
1
(c)  min
4
  x   y 
1
(d)  min
4
31. In the Biaxial stress condition and if stress along x and y axis are same then the shear stress is
x
(a)  max   x (b)  max  (c)  max   x (d)  max   x   y
2
32. For pure shear conditions on a 2D element, The normal stress is _____________ when  is
between 0o to 90o
(a) Tensile (b) Compressive (c) Zero (d) None of the above.
33. For pure shear conditions on a 2D element, The normal stress is _____________ when  is
between 90o to 180o
(a) Tensile (b) Compressive (c) Zero (d) None of the above.
34. For pure shear conditions on a 2D element, The Shear stress is zero at  =
(a) 30o(b) 45o (c) 60o (d) 90o
35. For the biaxial and shear stresses acting on a 2D element, The maximum shear stress plane is
_____- to the principal normal stress planes
(a) 30o (b) 45o (c) 60o (d) 90o
36. The state of stress at a point under the plane stress condition is=40 MPa, =100 MPa, and =40
MPa. The radius of the Mohr’s circle representing the given state of stress in MPa is
(a) 40 (b) 50 (c) 60 (d) 100
37. If the principle stresses in a plane stress problem, are 100 MPa and 40 MPa, then the magnitude
of the maximum shear stress (MPa) will be
(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) 300 (d)70
38. A solid circular shaft of diameter 100 mm is subjected to an axial stress of 50 MPa. It is further
subjected to a torque of 10 kNm. The maximum principle stress experienced on the shaft is
closest to
(a) 41 MPa(b) 82 MPa(c) 164 MPa(d) 204 MPa
39. A two dimensional fluid element rotates like a rigid body. At a point within the element, the
pressure is 1 unit. Radius of the Mohr’s circle, characterizing the state of stress at the point, is
(a) 0.5 unit (b) 0 unit(c) 1 unit (d)2 unit
40. A shaft subjected to torsion experiences a pure shear stress on the surface. The maximum
principle stress on the surface which is at 45° to the axis will have a value
(a)  cos 45 o (b) 2 cos 45 o (c)  cos 2 45 o (d) 2 sin 45 o cos 45 o
41 The figure shows the state of stress at certain point in a stresses body. The magnitudes of normal
stresses in x and y direction are 100 MPa and 20 MPa respectively. The radius of Mohr’s stress
circle representing this state of stress is
(a) 120 MPa(b) 60 MPa (c) 40 MPa (d) 80 MPa
42. The Mohr’s circle of plane stress for a point in a body is shown. The design is to be done on the
basis of the maximum shear stress theory for yielding. Then, yielding will just begin if the
designer chooses a ductile material whose yield strength is
(a) 45 MPa (b) 50 MPa(c) 90 MPa (d) 100 MPa
43. The state of stress at a point “P” in a two dimensional loading is such that the Mohr’s circle is a
point located at 175 MPa on the positive normal stress axis.
Determine the maximum and minimum principle stresses respectively from the Mohr’s circle
(a) +175 MPa, -175 MPa(b) +175 MPa, +175 MPa (c) 0,-175 MPa (d) 0,0
44. The state of stress at a point on an element is shown in figure (a). The same state of stress is
shown in another coordinate system in figure (b).
The components (τxx,τyy,τxy) are given by
 p     p 
0  (c) 0 0 p  (d)  
p p p
(a)   0  (b)  0   0
 2 2   2   2 2 
45. The state of stress at a point is given by σx=−6MPa, MPa, σy=4 MPa, and τxy==-8 MPa.The
maximum tensile stress (in MPa) at the point is ________
(a) 8.45 (b)7.45 (c) 5.5 (d)2.3
46. The state of stress at a point under plane stress condition is
σxx=40MPa, σyy=100MPa and τxy=40MPa
The radius of the Mohr’s circle representing the given state of stress in MPa is
(a) 50 (b) 60 (c)40 (d) 100
47. The state of plane-stress at a point is given by σx =−200MPa, σy = 100MPa and τ= 100MPa .
The maximum shear stress in MPa is
(a) 111.8 (b)150.1 (c)180.3 (d)223.6
48 In Mohr’s Circle, the X –axis is

(a) Normal Stress (b) Shear stress (c) Oblique Stress (d) None of the above
49. In Mohr’s Circle, the Y –axis is

(a) Normal Stress (b) Shear stress (c) Oblique Stress (d) None of the above
50. For 2D Cases, the state of stress tensor can be represented by

(a) 2x2 Matrix (b) 3x3 Matrix (c) 2x3 matrix (d) 3x 2 matrix
51. For 3D Cases, the state of stress tensor can be represented by

(a) 2x2 Matrix (b) 3x3 Matrix (c) 2x3 matrix (d) 3x 2 matrix
52. Which of the following can be obtained from the Mohr’s Circle
(a) Principal Stress (b) Moment of inertia (c) Stiffness (d) Damping
53. Principal stress is _____________ to the Principal plane

(a) Tangential (b) 45o (c) Normal (d) 180o
54 Which of the following is the Graphical Representation of the Stress at a point
(a) Mohr’s Circle (b) Cauchy’s Stress quadratic (c) Lame’s Stress ellipsoid (d) All the above
55 The eigen values of the Cauchy stress tensor is

(a) Principal stress (b) Normal stress (c) Shear stress (d) Strain
56 Which of the following are used to measure the stress

(a) Piola-Kirchoff stress (b) Biot Stress tensor (c) Krichoff Stress tensor (d) All the above
57. In Morh Circle, the intersection of circle and x-axis is
(a) Shear stress (b) Principal stresses (c) Normal stress at any plane (d) Shear stress at any
plane
58. In a 2D stress condition, the normal stress along x and y are 90MPa and -60MPa, respectively.
And the shear stress is 20MPa. What is the centre of the Mohr’s Circle?
(a) 30MPa (b) 15 MPa (c)45 MPa (d) 60 MPa
59. In a 2D stress condition, the normal stress along x and y are 90MPa and -60MPa, respectively.
And the shear stress is 20MPa. What is the radius of the Mohr’s Circle?
(a) 70 MPa (b) 77MPa (c)50 MPa (d) 10 MPa
60. The centre and radius of the Mohr’s circle for a 2D stress condition is 40 Mpa and 90 MPa.
What are the principal stresses for this stress conditions?
(a) 130 MPa and -50 MPa (b) 130 MPa and 50 MPa (c) -130 MPa and -50 MPa
(d) -130 MPa and 50 MPa
Shear force and bending moment diagram
1. The bending moment at the fixed end of a cantilever beam is

(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Wl/2
(d) Wl
2. The bending moment diagram for a cantilever with point load, at the free end will be
(a) A triangle with max. height under free end
(b) A triangle with max. height under fixed end
(c) A parabolic curve
(d) None of these
3. For a simply supported beam, loaded with point load, the B.M.D. will be
(a) A triangle
(b) A parabolic curve
(c) A cubic curve
(d) None of these
4. For a simply supported beam of span L, with point load W at the centre, the maximum
B.M. will be
(a) WL
(b) WL/2
(c) WL/4
(d) WL/8
5. For a simply supported beam of span L, loaded with U.D.L. w/m over the whole span,
the maximum B.M will be
(a) wL/4
(b) wL2/8
(c) wL2/4
(d) WwL2/2
6. At the point of contraflexure

(a) B.M is mimimum
(b) B.M is maximum
(c) B.M is either zero or changes sign
(d) None of these
7. The Point of contraflexure occurs in case of
(a) Cantilever beams
(b) Simply supported beams
(c) Over hanging beams
(d) All types of beams
8. A cantilever beam of length of 2m carries a U.D.L. of 150 N/m over its whole span. The
maximum shear force in the beam will be
(a) 150 N
(b) 300 N
(c) 150 N-m
(d) 600 N-m
9. A cantilever beam of span 3m carries a point load 100 N at the free end. The maximum
B.M in the beam will be
(a) 100 N-m
(b) 300 N-m
(c) 150 N-m
(d) 600 N-m
10. Bending moment at supports in case of simply supported beam is always

(a) Zero
(b) Positive
(c) Negative
(d) Depends upon loading
11. The shear force at the centre of a simply supported beam of span l carrying a uniformly
distributed load of w per unit length over the whole span is
(a) wl
(b) wl/2
(c) wl/4
(d) Zero
12. Shear force (F) and loading (W) are related by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
13. Shear force (F) and bending moment (M) are related by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) None of these
14. The bending moment diagram for a cantilever with U.D.L. over the whole span will be
(a) Triangle
(b) Rectangle
(c) Parabola
(d) Ellipse
15. The rate of change of bending moment is equal to

(a) Shear force
(b) Slope
(c) Deflection
(d) None of these
16. In a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed load over the left half span,
the point of contraflexure will occur in
(a) Left half span of the beam
(b) Right half span of the beam.
(c) Quarter points of the beam
(d) Does not exist
17. A sudden increase or decrease in shear force diagram between any two points indicates
that there is
(a) No loading between the two points
(b) Point loads between the two points
(c) U.D.L. between the two points
(d) None of these
18. When the bending moment is parabolic curve between two points, it indicates that
there is
(a) No loading between the two points
(b) Point loads between the two points
(c) U.D.L. between the two points
(d) Uniformly varying load between the two points
19. In Fig. (1), max. S.F. will be

(a) 5 kN
(b) 10 kN
(c) 15 kN
(d) 30 kN
Figure 1
20. In Fig.(1), max B.M. will be
(a) 40 kN-m
(b) 50 kN-m
(c) 60 kN-m
(d) 80 kN-m
21. In Fig. (1), slope of S.F.D. between B and C will be

(a) Zero
(b) 10 kN
(c) 15 kN
(d) 20 kN
22. In Fig. (1), slope of B.M.D. between B and C will be

(a) Zero
(b) 5 kN
(c) 20 kN
(d) 15 kN
23. In Fig. (2), at point B, the value of B.M will be

(a) 5 kN
(b) 10 kN
(c) Zero
(d) None of these
Figure 2
24. In Fig. (2), the reaction at support A will be

(a) 6 kN
(b) 2 kN
(c) 4 kN
(d) None of these
25. In Fig. (2), the maximum B.M. will be at

(a) Support A
(b) Support B
(c) Centre of beam
(d) Under the load
26. In Fig. (2), the maximum B.M. will be

(a) 6 kN-m
(b) 4 kN-m
(c) 2 kN-m
(d) 8 kN-m
27. In Fig. (3), the slope of B.M.D. will be more for

(a) Portion AC
(b) Portion BC
(c) Will be equal
(d) None of these
Figure 3
28. Fig. (3) gives the S.F.D. for a
(a) Cantilever beam
(b) Simply supported beam
(c) Overhanging beam
(d) Insufficient data
29. Corresponding to Fig. (3), the loading on the portion AD of the beam will be
(a) Uniformly distributed load
(b) Uniformly varying load
(c) Point loads
(d) Cannot be said
30. Corresponding to Fig. (3), the maximum bending moment will be at

(a) A
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D
31. A beam is a structural member which is subjected to

(a) Axial tension or compression
(b) Transverse loads and couples
(c) Twisting moment
(d) No load, but its axis should be horizontal and x-section rectangular or circular
32. Which of the following are statically determinate beams?

(a) Only simply supported beams
(b) Cantilever, overhanging and simply supported
(c) Fixed beams
(d) Continuous beams
33. A cantilever is a beam whose

(a) Both ends are supported either on rollers or hinges
(b) One end is fixed and other end is free
(c) Both ends are fixed
(d) Whose both or one of the end has overhang
34. In a cantilever carrying a uniformly varying load starting from zero at the free end, the
shear force diagram is
(a) A horizontal line parallel to x-axis
(b) A line inclined to x-axis
(c) Follows a parabolic law
(d) Follows a cubic law
35. In a cantilever carrying a uniformly varying load starting from zero at the free end, the
Bending moment diagram is
(a) A horizontal line parallel to x-axis

(b) A line inclined to x-axis
(c) Follows a parabolic law
(d) Follows a cubic law
36. In a simply supported beam, bending moment at the end
(a) Is always zero if it does not carry couple at the end

(b) Is zero, if the beam has uniformly distributed load only
(c) Is zero if the beam has concentrated loads only
(d) May or may not be zero
37. 7-For any part of the beam, between two concentrated load Shear force diagram is a
(a) Horizontal straight line

(b) Vertical straight line
(c) Line inclined to x-axis
(d) Parabola
38. For any part of a beam between two concentrated load, Bending moment diagram is a

(d) Parabola
39. For any part of a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, Shear force diagram is

(d) Parabola
40. For any part of a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, bending moment
diagram is

(d) Parabola
41. A sudden jump anywhere on the Bending moment diagram of a beam is caused by
(a) Couple acting at that point

(b) Couple acting at some other point
(c) Concentrated load at the point
(d) Uniformly distributed load or Uniformly varying load on the beam
42. In a simple supported beam having length = l and subjected to a concentrated load (W)
at mid-point.
(a) Maximum Bending moment = Wl/4 at the mid-point
(b) Maximum Bending moment = Wl/4 at the end
(c) Maximum Bending moment = Wl/8 at the mid-point
(d) Maximum Bending moment = Wl/8 at the end
43. In a simply supported beam subjected to uniformly distributed load (w) over the entire
length (l), total load=W, maximum Bending moment is
(a) Wl/8 or wl2/8 at the mid-point

(b) Wl/8 or wl2/8 at the end
(c) Wl/4 or wl2/4
(d) Wl/2
44. In a cantilever subjected to a concentrated load (W) at the free end and having length
=l, Maximum bending moment is
(a) Wl at the free end
(b) Wl at the fixed end
(c) Wl/2 at the fixed end
(d) Wl at the free end
45. An axle is subjected to loads as shown in Figure 4 and the Maximum bending moment is
(a) Wl
(b) W(l-a)
(c) Wa
(d) W(l+a)
Figure 4
46. At a point in a simply supported or overhanging beam where Shear force changes sign
and = 0, Bending moment is
(a) Maximum
(b) Zero
(c) Either increasing or decreasing
(d) Infinity
47. In a cantilever subjected to a combination of concentrated load, uniformly distributed

load and uniformly varying load, Maximum bending moment is
(a) Where shear force=0
(b) At the free end
(c) At the fixed end
(d) At the mid-point
48. Point of contra-flexure is a
(a) Point where Shear force is maximum

(b) Point where Bending moment is maximum
(c) Point where Bending moment is zero
(d) Point where Bending moment=0 but also changes sign from positive to negative
49. Point of contra-flexure is also called
(a) Point of maximum Shear force

(b) Point of maximum Bending moment
(c) Point of inflexion
(d) Fixed end
50. The slope of shear force line at any section of the beam is also called
(a) Bending moment at that section
(b) Rate of loading at that section
(c) Maximum Shear force
(d) Maximum bending moment
51. The concavity produced on the beam section about the centre line when downward
force acts on it is called as
(a) Hogging or positive bending moment
(b) Hogging or negative bending moment
(c) Sagging or positive bending moment
(d) Sagging or negative bending moment
52. In axial thrust diagram, at which point bending moment is zero?

(a) Point of contra-flexure
(b) Point of inflection
(c) Both a. and b.
(d) None of the above
53. The graphical representation of variation of axial load on y axis and position of cross
section along x axis is called as _____
(a) Bending moment diagram
(b) Shear force diagram
(c) Stress-strain diagram
(d) Trust diagram
54. A concentrated load P acts on a simply supported beam of span L at a distance L/3 from
the left support. The bending moment at the point of application of the load is given by
(a) PL/3
(b) 2PL/3
(c) PL/9
(d) 2PL/9
55. The graphical representation of variation of axial load on y axis and position of cross
section along x axis is called as _____
(a) Bending moment diagram
(b) Shear force diagram
(c) Stress-strain diagram
(d) Trust diagram
56. Variation of bending moment due to concentrated loads will be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
(Ans: a)
57. How many points of contra-flexure can be there in a simply supported beam
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) None
58. How many points of contra-flexure can be there in beam hinged at both ends
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) None
59. How many points of contra-flexure can be there in beam having one overhang
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) None
60. How many points of contra-flexure can be there in beam having two overhangs
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) None
61. At the point of contra flexture, the bending moment is

(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
62. At the point of contra flexture, the shear force in the shear force diagram will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
63. Maximum shear force in a S.S. beam having a concentrated load at the centre will be
(a) W
(b) W/2
(c) W/4
(d) None
64. Maximum shear force in a S.S. beam having a UDL over entire length will be
(a) wL/2
(b) wL/4
(c) wL/8
(d) None
65. Maximum shear force in a cantilever beam having a UDL over entire length will be
a) wL/2
(b) wL
(c) wL/4
(d) None
66. A beam is a simply supported beam when its movement is restricted in _______ in both
the ends
(a) One way
(b) Two ways
(c) Three ways
(d) None
67. A beam is a hinged beam when its movement is restricted in_______ on both the ends
(a) One way
(b) Two ways
(c) Three ways
(d) None
68. A beam is a fixed beam when its movement is restricted in_______ on both the ends
(a) One way
(b) Two ways
(c) Three ways
(d) None
69. Movement of the free end of a cantilever is restricted in_______ from one end
(a) One way
(b) Two ways
(c) Three ways
(d) None
70. An overhanging beam can have

(a) One overhang
(b) Three overhangs
(c) Five overhangs
(d) None
71. An overhanging beam can have

(a) Zero overhang
(b) Three overhangs
(c) Two overhangs
(d) None
72. A continuous beam is one which has

(a) One support
(b) Two supports
(c) Three supports
(d) None
(Ans: c)
73. Variation of shear force due to UDL will be

(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
74. Variation of bending moment due to UDL will be

(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
75. A bending moment at any point of a beam is

(a) Net bending moment on left of the point
(b) Maximum bending moment on right of the point
(c) Minimum bending moment on one side of the point
(d) None
76. Variation of shear stress in a beam has
(a) Parabolic variation
(b) Linear variation
(c) Cubical variation
(d) None
77. A beam is designed on the basis of

(a) Shear force
(b) Bending moment
(c) Shear force as well as bending moment
(d) None
78. Bending stress will be least at the extreme fibres for

(a) Maximum area of cross section
(b) Maximum moment of inertia
(c) Maximum section modulus
(d) None
79. Moment of resistance of a beam should be

(a) Greater than the bending moment
(b) Less than the bending moment
(c) Two times the bending moment
(d) None
80. Variation of bending strain in a beam has

(d) None
81. Bending stresses in a beam are maximum at the

(a) Centeroidal axis
(b) Extreme fibres
(c) Geometric axis
(d) None
82. Shear stress in a beam is maximum at the

(b) Extreme fibres
(c) Geometric axis
(d) None
83. Bending stresses in a beam is zero at the

(a) Centroidal axis
(b) Extreme fibers
(c) Geometric axis
(d) None
84. Shear stress in a beam is zero at the

(b) Extreme fibres
(c) Geometric axis
(d) None
85. Variation of bending stresses in a beam have

(d) None
86. Which moment is considered as positive moment

(a) Hogging
(b) Sagging
(c) Clockwise
(d) None
87. A shear force at any point of a beam is

(a) Maximum vertical force on left of the point
(b) Maximum vertical force on right of the point
(c) Net vertical force on one side of the point
(d) None
88. Tensile and compressive stresses in a beam of symmetrical section are

(a) σt = σc
(b) σt > σc
(c) σt < σc
(d) None
89. Tensile and compressive stresses in a beam of un-symmetrical section are

(a) σt = σc
(b) σt =0
(c) σc =0
(d) None
90. At the points of bending moment changes sign, shear force will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
91. Under sagging bending moment, the uppermost fiber of the beam is in
(a) Shear
(b) Compression
(c) Tension
(d) None)
92. The relation between shear force and concentrated load is
(a) dV/dx=0
(b) dV/dx= –W
(c) dV/dx= Wx
(d) None
93. The relation between bending moment and concentrated load is

(a) dM/dx=0
(b) dM/dx= –Vx
(c) dM/dx= Vx
(d) None
94. The relation between bending moment and UDL is

(a) dM/dx=0
(b) dM/dx= –Vx
(c) dM/dx= Vx
(d) None
95. At the points of shear force changes sign, bending moments will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
96. At the supports of a simply supported beam, bending moment will be

(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
(Ans:c)
97. At the supports of a simply supported beam, shear forces will be

(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
98. In case of a cantilever beam, bending moment at the free end will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
99. In case of a cantilever beam, bending moment at the fixed end will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
100. In case of a cantilever beam, shear force at the fixed end will be
(a) Maximum
(b) Minimum
(c) Zero
(d) None
101. In case of a cantilever beam having concentrated loads, bending moment

variation will be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
102. In case of a cantilever beam having UDL, bending moment variation will be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
103. In case of a cantilever beam having concentrated loads, shear force variation will
be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
104. In case of a cantilever beam having concentrated loads, shear force variation will
be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
105. In case of a cantilever beam having UDL, shear force variation will be
(a) Linear
(b) Parabolic
(c) Cubic
(d) None
106. Maximum bending moment in a S.S. beam having a concentrated load at the
centre will be
(a) WL
(b) WL/2
(c) WL/4
(d) None
107. Maximum bending moment in a S.S. beam having a UDL over entire length will
be
(a) wL2/2
(b) wL2/4
(c) wL2/8
(d) None
108. Maximum bending moment in a cantilever beam having a UDL over entire length
will be
(a) wL2/2
(b) wL2/4
(c) wL2/8
(d) None
109. Relation between bending moment and shear force is

(a) dM/dx = -Vx
(b) dM/dx = ±Vx
(c) dM/dx = Vx
(d) None
110. Relation between shear force and UDL is

(a) dV/dx=+ w
(b) dV/dx=– w
(c) dV/dx=± w
(d) None
111. Relation between shear force and Concentrated load is

(a) dV/dx= 0
(b) dV/dx=– W
(c) dV/dx=–W
(d) None
112. Shear force in a beam is

(a) Parallel to the length
(b) Perpendicular to the length
(c) Neither parallel nor perpendicular to the length
(d) None
Answer Key
Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option
1 a 11 d 21 a 31 b 41 a 51 b
2 b 12 a 22 c 32 b 42 a 52 c
3 a 13 b 23 c 33 b 43 a 53 d
4 c 14 c 24 c 34 c 44 b 54 d
5 b 15 a 25 d 35 d 45 c 55 d
6 c 16 d 26 b 36 a 46 a 56 a
7 c 17 b 27 a 37 a 47 c 57 d
8 b 18 c 28 b 38 c 48 d 58 d
9 b 19 c 29 a 39 c 49 c 59 a
10 a 20 b 30 c 40 d 50 b 60 b
Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option Q.NO Option
61 c 71 c 81 b 91 b 101 a 111 a
62 a 72 c 82 a 92 a 102 b 112 b
63 b 73 a 83 a 93 c 103 d
64 a 74 b 84 b 94 c 104 d
65 b 75 a 85 b 95 a 105 a
66 a 76 a 86 b 96 c 106 c
67 b 77 c 87 c 97 a 107 c
68 c 78 c 88 a 98 c 108 a
69 c 79 a 89 d 99 a 109 c
70 a 80 b 90 a 100 a 110 b
Bending and shearing stresses

1. Moment of inertia acting on a semi-circle about symmetrical axes is given as _______
a. 1.57 r4
b. 0.055 r4
c. 0.392 r4
d. 0.11 r4
Answer: c
2. What is the moment of inertia acting on a rectangle of width 15 mm and depth 40 mm

about base by using theorem of parallel axes?
a. 320 x 103 mm4
b. 300 x 103 mm4
c. 240 x 103 mm4
d. 80 x 103 mm4
Answer: a
3. What is the S.I. unit of sectional modulus?
a. mm4
b. mm3
c. mm2
d. m
Answer: b
4. What is the moment of inertia acting on a circle of diameter 50 mm?

a. 122.71 x 103 mm4
b. 306.79 x 103 mm4
c. 567.23 x 103 mm4
d. 800 x 103 mm4
Answer: b
5. Which of the following relations is used to represent theorem of perpendicular axes?

(H = Vertical axis, I = Moment of inertia and K = Radius of gyration)
a. IPQ = Ixx + AH2
b. IPQ = Ixx + Ak2
c. Izz = Ixx + Iyy
d. Izz + Ixx + Iyy = 0
Answer: c
6. What is the moment of inertia acting on a semicircle of radius 20 mm about the

asymmetrical axes?
a. 125.663 x 103 mm4
b. 17600 mm4
c. 1500 mm4
d. 8800 mm4
Answer: b
7. What is the product of sectional modulus and allowable bending stress called as?
a. Moment of inertia
b. Moment of rigidity
c. Moment of resistance
d. Radius of gyration
Answer: c
8. A uniformly distributed load of 20 kN/m acts on a simply supported beam of rectangular

cross section of width 20 mm and depth 60 mm. What is the maximum bending stress
acting on the beam of 5m?
a. 5030 Mpa
b. 5208 Mpa
c. 6600 Mpa
d. Insufficient data
Answer: b
9. The bending formula is given as _____
a. (M/E) = (σ/y) = (R/I)
b. (M/y) = (σ/I) = (E/R)
c. (M/I) = (σ/y) = (E/R)
d. none of the above
Answer: c
10. Which of the following laminas have same moment of inertia (Ixx = Iyy), when passed
through the centroid along x-x and y-y axes?
a. Circle
b. Semi-circle
c. Right angle triangle
d. Isosceles triangle
Answer: a
11. What is the average shear stress acting on a rectangular beam, if 50 N/mm2 is
the maximum shear stress acting on it?
a. 31.5 N/mm2
b. 33.33 N/mm2
c. 37.5 N/mm2
d. 42.5 N/mm2
Answer: b
12. The ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress is 4/3 in _______
a. circular cross-section
b. rectangular cross-section
c. square cross-section
d. all of the above
Answer: a
13. What is the shear stress acting along the neutral axis of triangular beam section, with
base 60 mm and height 150 mm, when shear force of 30 kN acts?
a. 15.36 N/mm2
b. 10.6 N/mm2
c. 8.88 N/mm2
d. Insufficient data
Answer: c
14. A circular pipe is subjected to maximum shear force of 60 kN. What is the diameter of
the pipe if maximum allowable shear stress is 5 Mpa?
a. 27.311 mm
b. 75.56 mm
c. 142.72 mm
d. 692.10 mm
Answer: c
15. A square object of 4 mm is subjected to a force of 3000 N. What is the maximum
allowable shear stress acting on it?
a. 250.14 mm2
b. 281.25 mm2
c. 400.32 mm2
d. 500 mm2
Answer: b
16. The average shear stress in a beam of circular section is _______ times the maximum
shear stress.
a. 0.75
b. 1.5
c. 4/3
d. equal
Answer: a
17. What is the shear stress acting along the neutral axis, over a triangular section?
a. 2.66 (S/bh)
b. 1.5 (S/bh)
c. 0.375 (S/bh)
d. None of the above
Answer: a
18. Maximum shear stress in a triangular section ABC of height H and base B occurs at
_________
a. H
b. H/2
c. H/3
d. neutral axis
Answer: b
19. The shear stress acting on the neutral axis of a beam is _____
a. maximum
b. minimum
c. zero
Answer: a
20. Which of the machine component is designed under bending stress?

a. Shaft
b. Arm of a lever
c. Key
d. Belts and ropes
Answer: b
21. For bending equation to be valid, radius of curvature of the beam after bending should
be
a. Equal to its transverse dimensions
b. Infinity
c. Very large compared to its transverse dimensions
d. Double its transverse dimensions
Answer: c
22. Neutral axis of a beam always coincides with

a. Axis passing through bottom of beam
b. Axis passing through height h/2 from bottom
c. Axis passing through height h/3 from bottom
d. Axis passing through centroid
Answer: d
23. If depth of a beam is doubled then changes in its section modulus

a. Will remain same
b. Will decrease
c. Will be doubled
d. Will increase by 4 times
Answer: d
24. A flitched beam has

a. Common neutral axis & both materials bend independently
b. Common neutral axis & both materials has common R (Radius of curvature)
c. Two neutral axis & both materials has common R (Radius of curvature)
d. Two neutral axis & both materials bend independently
Answer: b
25. In a T-section beam, the bending stress distribution will be as shown
Answer: b
26. In a channel section beam, bending stress distribution will be

Answer: a
27. The strength of a beam depends upon

(a) Its section modulus
(b) Permissible bending stress
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
Answer: a
28. Shear stress in the beam acting on the cross section is
(a) Normal to the cross section
(b) Tangential to the cross section
(c) Neither normal nor tangential
(d) None
Answer: b
29. Shear stress variation is

(a) Linear
(b) Polynomial
(c) Parabolic
(d) None
Answer: c
30. For a beam of rectangular cross section, the ratio τmax/ τav is
(a) 2
(b) 1
(c) 1.5
(d) None
Answer: c
31. Shear stress is zero at the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) Central fiber
(c) Neither outermost nor central fiber
(d) None
Answer: a
32. Shear stress is maximum at the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) Central fiber
(c) Neither outermost nor central fiber
(d) None
Answer: b
33. Shear stress in a I-section beam is maximum art the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) At the junction of web and flange
(c) Central fiber
(d) None
Answer: b
34. For a beam of triangular cross section, the ratio τmax/ τav is
(a) 3/2
(b) 4/2
(c) 5/2
(d) None
Answer: a

(a) Deformation
(b) Distortion
(c) Deformation as well as distortion
(d) None
Answer: b
36. Variation of bending stresses in a beam have

(d) None
Answer: b
37. Bending stress will be least at the extreme fibres for
(a) Maximum area of cross section
(b) Maximum moment of inertia
(c) Maximum section modulus
(d) None
Answer: c
38. Moment of resistance of a beam should be

(a) Greater than the bending moment
(b) Less than the bending moment
(c) Two times the bending moment
(d) None
Answer: a
39. Variation of bending strain in a beam has

(d) None
Answer: b
40. Tensile and compressive stresses in a beam of symmetrical section are

(a) σt = σc
(b) σt > σc
(c) σt < σc
(d) None
Answer: a
41. When a simply supported beam is loaded with a point load at the centre, the maximum
tensile stress is developed on the
(a) Top fibre
(b) Bottom fibre
(c) Neutral axis
(d) None of these
Answer: b
42. The section modulus of a circular section about an axis passing through its centre is
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Answer: c
43. In a simply supported beam loaded with U.D.L over the whole section, the bending
stress is …………. at top and ………….. at bottom.
(a) Compressive, tensile
(b) Tensile, compressive
(c) Tensile, zero
(d) Compressive, zero
Answer: a
44. The section modulus (Z) is given by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Answer: b
45. When a beam is subjected to a bending moment the strain in a layer is …………the
distance from the neutral axis.
(a) Independent of
(b) Directly proportional to
(c) Inversely proportional to
(d) None of these
Answer: b
46. A beam of uniform strength has

a. same cross-section throughout the beam
b. same bending stress at every section
c. same bending moment at every section
d. same shear stress at every section
Answer: b
47. In a simple bending theory, one of the assumption is that the material of the beam is
isotropic. This assumption means that the
a. normal stress remains constant in all directions
b. normal stress varies linearly in the material
c. elastic constants are same in all the directions
d. elastic constants varies linearly in the material
Answer: c
48. A beam of T-section is subjected to a shear force of F. The maximum shear force will
occur at the
a. top of the section
b. bottom of the section
c. neutral axis of the section
d. junction of web and flange
Answer: c
49. The section modulus of a rectangular section about an axis through its C.G., is
a. b/2
b. d/2
c. bd2/2
d. bd2/6
Answer: d
50. In a simple bending theory, one of the assumption is that the plane sections before
bending remain plane after bending. This assumption means that
a. stress is uniform throughout the beam
b. strain is uniform throughout the beam
c. stress is proportional to the distance from the neutral axis
d. strain is proportional to the distance from the neutral axis
Answer: d
Torsion of shafts
1. Magnitude of shear stress induced in a shaft due to applied torque varies from
a. Maximum at centre to zero at circumference.
b. Maximum at centre to minimum (not-zero) at circumference.
c. Zero at centre to maximum at circumference.
d. Minimum (not zero) at centre to maximum at circumference.
ANSWER: (c) Zero at centre to maximum at circumference.
2. The variation of shear stress in a circular shaft subjected to torsion is

a. Linear
b. Parabolic
c. Hyperbolic.
d. Uniform.
ANSWER:(a) Linear
3. The relation governing the torsional torque in circular shafts is

a. T/r=τ/l=Gθ/J
b. T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
c. T/J=τ/l=Gθ/r
d. T/l=τ/r=Gθ/J
ANSWER:(b) T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
4. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is defined as

a. G/J
b. GJ
c. TJ
d. T/J
ANSWER:(b) T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
5. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is given by
a. Gl/θ
b. Tθ
c. Tl/θ
d. T/l
ANSWER:(c) Tl/θ
6. A solid shaft of same cross sectional area and of same material as that of a hollow shaft
can resist
a. Less torque.
b. More torque.
c. Equal torque.
d. Unequal torque.
ANSWER:(a) Less torque
7. Angle of twist of a circular shaft is given by

a. GJ/Tl
b. Tl/GJ.
c. TJ/Gl.
d.TG/Jl.
ANSWER:(b) Tl/GJ.
8. Maximum shear stress of a solid shaft is given by

a. 16T/πd
b. 16T/πd2
c. 16T/πd3
d. 16T/πd4
ANSWER:(c) 16T/πd3
9. The ratio of maximum bending stress to maximum shear stress on the cross section when
a shaft is simultaneously subjected to a torque T and bending moment M,
a. T/M
b. M/T
c. 2T/M
d. 2M/T
ANSWER:(d) 2M/T
10. Maximum shear stress in a hollow shaft subjected to a torsional moment is at the
a. Middle of thickness.
b. At the inner surface of the shaft.
c. At the outer surface of the shaft.
d. At the middle surface of the shaft.
ANSWER:(c) At the outer surface of the shaft
11. The ratio of strength of a hollow shaft to that of a solid shaft subjected to torsion if both
are of the same material and of the same outer diameters, the inner diameter of hollow
shaft being half of the outer diameter is
a. 15/16
b. 16/15
c. 7/8
d. 8/7
ANSWER:(a) 15/16
12. Ratio of diameters of two shafts joined in series is 2. If the two shafts have the same
material and the same length the ratio of their angles of twist is
a. 2
b. 4
c. 8
d. 16
ANSWER:(d) 16
13. Ratio of diameters of two shafts joined in series is 2. If the two shafts have the same
material and the same length the ratio of their shear stresses is
a. 2
b. 4
c. 8
d. 16
ANSWER: (c) 8
14. For two shafts joined in series, the --------------- in each shaft is same.
a. shear stress.
b. Angle of twist
c. torque
d. torsional stress.
ANSWER: (c) torque
15. For two shafts joined in parallel, the --------------- in each shaft is same.
a. shear stress.
b. Angle of twist
c. torque
d. torsional stress.
ANSWER:(b) Angle of twist
16. The shafts are made of
a. mild steel
b. alloy steel
c. copper alloys
d. cast iron.
ANSWER: (d). cast iron
17. The shafts are designed on the basis of
a. strength and rigidity.
b. ductility.
c. malleablility.
d. resilience.
ANSWER: (a). strength and rigidity
18. The angle of twist is ------------- proportional to the twisting moment.
a. directly.
b. inversely.
c. indirectly.
d. reversely.
ANSWER: (a)directly.
19. For the same material, length and given torque a hoolow shaft weighs ---------- a solid shaft.
a. less than
b. more than.
c. equal to
d. not equal to.
ANSWER: (a). less than
20. The strength of a hollow shaft for the same length, material and weight is ---------- a solid
shaft.
a. less than.
b. more than.
c. equal to.
d. not equal to.
ANSWER: (b). more than.
21.In case of a hollow shaft the average torsional energy/unit volume is given by
a. (τ2/4C) x (D2+d2/D2)
b. (τ2/C) x (D2+d2/D2)
c. (τ2/4C) x (D+d/D2)
d. (τ/C) x (D2+d2/D2)
ANSWERS: (a). (τ2/4C) x (D2+d2/D2)
22-A shaft is said to be in pure torsion if

a. Turning moment is applied at one end and other end is free
b. Turning force is applied at one end and other end is free
c. Two opposite turning moments are applied to the shaft
d. Combination of torsional load and bending load is applied to the
shaft
ANSWERS:(c) Two opposite turning moments are applied to the shaft
23-In power transmission equation, P=2ΠNT/60×1000
a. P is in kw and T is maximum torque
b. P is in NM/sec and T is maximum torque
c. P is in NM/sec and T is mean torque
d. P is in kw and T is mean torque
ANSWERS:(d) P is in kw and T is mean torque
24-Which property is not required for shaft materials?

a. High shear and tensile strength
b. Good mach inability
c. High fatigue strength
d. Good cast ability
ANSWERS:(d) Good cast ability
25-Which material is suitable for shaft material?
a. High speed steel

b. Stainless steel or high carbon steel
c. Grey cast iron
d. Steel having approx. 0.4% carbon and 0.8% manganese
ANSWERS:(d) Steel having approx. 0.4% carbon and 0.8% manganese
26-If diameter of a shaft is doubled the power transmitted capacity will be
a. Either twice or half

b. Four times
c. Eight times
d. Same
ANSWERS:( c) Eight times
27-Two shafts in torsion will have equal strength if
a. Only diameter of the shafts is same

b. Only angle of twist of the shaft is same
c. Only material of the shaft is same
d. Only torque transmitting capacity of the shaft is same
ANSWERS:(d) Only torque transmitting capacity of the shaft is same
28-Which of the following is not designed under torsion equation?

a. Spindle
b. Axle
c. Low cost shaft
d. Shaft with variable diameter
ANSWERS:(b) Axle
29-Which of the following is incorrect?

a. In torsion equation, we use mean torque
b. In torsion equation, we use maximum torque
c. Many shafts are designed under combined bending and torsion load
d. Shafts are also designed for torsional rigidity
ANSWERS:( a) In torsion equation, we use mean torque
30-Which of the following is incorrect?

a. In a solid shaft maximum shear stress occurs at radius = radius of shaft
b. In a solid shaft maximum shear stress occurs at center
c. In a hollow shaft maximum shear stress occurs at outer radius
d. In a hollow shaft minimum shear stress occurs at inner radius
ANSWERS:(b) In a solid shaft maximum shear stress occurs at center
31-The following option is correct
a. There is neither advantage nor disadvantage in transmitting power at high speed
b. There is advantage in transmitting power at high speeds
c. There is disadvantage in transmitting power at high speeds
d. There is advantage in transmitting power at high speed provided shafts are made of high
speed steel
ANSWERS: (b) There is advantage in transmitting power at high speeds
32-Torsional rigidity is defined as

a. T/θ
b. Cθ
c. CIp
d. =θ
Where, T=Torque, θ=Angle of twist, Ip = Polar moment of inertia, C=Shearing modulus of
elasticity/Column length
ANSWERS: (c) CIp
33-Which of the following is not an assumption in derivation of torsion equation?
a. Circular shaft remains circular after twisting

b. Plane section of the shaft remain plane after twisting
c. Material of shaft is isotropic
d. Angle of twist is proportional to radius
ANSWERS: ( d) Angle of twist is proportional to radius
34-Strength of a shaft
a. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of elastic failure
b. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of rupture
c. Is equal to torsional rigidity
d. Is ability to resist maximum twisting moment
ANSWERS: (d) Is ability to resist maximum twisting moment
35-For same weight, same material, same length
a. Solid shaft is always stronger than a hollow shaft

b. Solid shaft is always weaker than a hollow shaft and strength ratio will depend upon
Do/Di of hollow shaft
c. Strength of both the shafts in equal
d. Strength of a solid shaft is always weaker and the strength ratio will depend upon Do/Di
of hollow shaft
ANSWERS: (b) Solid shaft is always weaker than a hollow shaft and strength ratio will
depend upon Do/Di of hollow shaft
36. For same length, same material, same length
a. Weight of solid shaft is less than weight of hollow shaft

b. Weight of solid shaft is more than weight of hollow shaft
c. Weight of hollow and solid shafts will be same
d. Sometime more sometime less
ANSWERS: (b) Weight of solid shaft is more than weight of hollow shaft
37-For two shafts in series or having different diameters for two parts of length
a. T = T1 + T2
b. T = T1 = T2
c. T = T1 – T2
d. T = (T1.T2)^1/2
ANSWERS: (b) T = T1 = T2
38-For two shafts in parallel or for two concentric shafts

a. T = T1 + T2
b. T = T1 = T2
c. T = T1 – T2
d. T = (T1.T2)^1/2
ANSWERS: (a) T = T1 + T2
39-Equivalent torque in combined bending and torsion is given by
a. Te = (M^2 + T^2)^1/2
b. Te = ½(M^2 + T^2)^1/2
c. Te = M + T
d. Te = 1/2 [M+(M^2 + T^2)^1/2]
ANSWERS: (a) Te = (M^2 + T^2)^1/2
40-In combined bending and torsion equivalent bending moment is
a. Me = (M^2 + T^2)^1/2
b. Me = ½(M^2 + T^2)^1/2
c. Me = M+(M^2 + T^2)^1/2
d. Me = 1/2 [M+(M^2 + T^2)^1/2]
ANSWERS: (d) Me = 1/2 [M+(M^2 + T^2)^1/2]
41-A shaft
a. Is always subjected to pure torsion
b. Combination of M & T but no end thrust
c. Combination of torque & end thrust but no bending moment
d. May be subjected to a combination of M, T and end thrust
ANSWERS: (d) May be subjected to a combination of M, T and end thrust
42. The unit of Torque in SI units
(a) kg-m
(b) kg-cm
(c) N-m
(d) N/m2
ANSWERS: (c) N-m
43 When a shaft is subjected to a twisting moment, every cross-section of the shaft will be under
(a) Tensile stress

(b) Compressive stress
(c) Shear stress
(d) All of these
ANSWERS: (c) Shear stress
44. The shear stress is minimum at

(a) Axis of the shaft
(b) Outer surface of the shaft
(c) Anywhere inside the shaft
(d) None of these
ANSWERS: (c) Anywhere inside the shaft
45. The shear stress varies from centre to the surface of the shaft with
(a) Uniform rate
(b) Varying rate
(c) Remains same
(d) None of these
ANSWERS: (a) Uniform rate
46. The shaft are made of

(a) Mild steel
(b) alloy steel
(c) Cooper alloys
(d) Any of these
ANSWERS: (d) Any of these
47.The shafts are designed on the basis of

(a) Rigidity
(b) Strength
(c) Both of these
(d) Either of these
ANSWERS: (c) Both of these
48.The product of the tangential force acting on the shaft and radius of shaft known as
(a) Torsional rigidity
(b) Flexural rigidity
(c) Bending moment
(d) Twisting moment
ANSWERS: (d) Twisting moment
49.The polar moment of inertia of a solid circular shaft of diameter (d) is

(a)πd2/16
(b) πd3/32
(c) πd4/32
(d) πd4/64
ANSWERS: (c) πd4/32
50.The polar moment of inertia of a hollow shaft of outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d) is
given by.
(a)π/16(D3-d3)
(b) π/16(D4-d4)
(c) π/16(D4-d4)
(d) π/16(D4-d4/d)
ANSWERS: (b) π/16(D4-d4)
51. The torque transmitted by a solid shaft is
(a)π/4fsd3
(b) π/16fsd3
(c) π/32fsd3
(d) π/64fsd3
ANSWERS: (b) π/16fsd3
52. The torque transmitted by a hollow shaft of outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d)
(a)π/4fs(D2-d2)/D
(b) π/4fs(D3-d3)/D
(c) π/4fs(D4-d4)/D
(d) π/4fs(D4-d4)/D
ANSWERS: (c) π/4fs(D4-d4)/D

53. The criteria for the design of a shaft is the stress at
(a) The external surface

(b) The axis
(c) Any inside layer
(d) Any of these
ANSWERS: (a) The external surface
54. The strength of a hollow shaft is ……… for the same length, material and weight of a solid
shaft.
(a) More
(b) Less
(c) Equal
(d) None of these
ANSWERS: (b) Less
55. For the same material, length and given torque, a hollow shaft weighs……………… a solid
shaft.
(a) Less than
(b) More than
(c) Equal to
(d) None of these
ANSWERS: (a) Less than
56) A member subjected to couple produces rotational motion about its longitudinal axis called
as ________
a. torsion
b. twisting moment
c. both a. and b.
d. bending moment
ANSWER: (c)both a. and b.
57) Which of the following assumptions are made in torsion theory?
a. Shaft is perfectly straight

b. Material of the shaft is heterogeneous
c. Twist cannot be uniform along the length of the shaft
d. Shaft is perfectly curve
ANSWER: (a)Shaft is perfectly straight
58 What is the S.I. unit of torsional rigidity?
a. Nm
b. N.m2
c. Nm/ radian
ANSWER: (b)N.m2
59) In the relation ( T/J = Gθ/L = τ/ R), the letter G denotes modulus of ______
a. elasticity
b. plasticity
c. rigidity
d. resilience
ANSWER: (c)rigidity
60) Which of the following relation represents torsional flexibility?
a. GJ
b. GL
c. GJ / L
d. L / GJ
ANSWER: (d)L / GJ
61) What is the shear stress acting on the outer surface of a hollow shaft subjected to a torque of
100 Nm?(The inner and outer diameter of the shaft is 15 mm and 30 mm respectively.)
a. 50.26 N/mm2
b. 40.24 N/mm2
c. 20.120 N/mm2
d. 8.74 N/mm2
ANSWER: (c)20.120 N/mm2
62) Stress in the cross section of a shaft at the centre ________
a. is zero
b. decreases linearly to the maximum value of at outer surface
c. both a. and b.
ANSWER: (a)is zero
63) What is the maximum principle stress induced in a solid shaft of 40 mm diameter which is
subjected to both bending moment and torque of 300 kN.mm and 150 kN.mm respectively?
a. 21.69 N/mm2
b. 28.1 N/mm2
c. 50.57 N/mm2
d. 52.32 N/mm2
ANSWER: (c)50.57 N/mm2
64) What is the maximum shear stress induced in a solid shaft of 50 mm diameter which is
subjected to both bending moment and torque of 300 kN.mm and 200 kN.mm respectively?
a. 9.11 N/mm2
b. 14.69 N/mm2
c. 16.22 N/mm2
d. 20.98 N/mm2
ANSWER: (b)14.69 N/mm2
65) Torque and bending moment of 100 kN.m and 200 kN.m acts on a shaft which has external
diameter twice of internal diameter. What is the external diameter of the shaft which is subjected
to a maximum shear stress of 90 N/mm2?
a. 116.5 mm
b. 233.025 mm
c. 587.1 mm
d. 900 mm
ANSWER: (c)587.1 mm
66 For a solid or a hollow shaft subject to a twisting moment T, the torsional shearing stress t at a
distance r from the centre will be
(a) t = Tr/J
(b) t = Tr
(c) t = TJ/r
(d) none of these
where J is second moment of area.
ANSWER: (a) t = Tr/J
67 A hollow prismatic beam of circular section is subjected to a torsional moment. The

maximum shear stress occurs at
(a) inner wall of cross section
(b) middle of thickness
(c) outer surface of shaft
(d) none of these
ANSWER: (c) outer surface of shaft
68 A solid shaft has diameter 80 mm. It is subjected to a torque of 4 KNm. The maximum shear
stress induced in the shaft would be
(a) 75/p N/mm2
(b) 250/p N/mm2
(c) 125/p N/mm2
(d) 150/p N/mm2
ANSWER: (c) 125/p N/mm2
69 If in a bar after twisting moment T has been applied, a line on surface is moved by an angle g then
shearing moment will be
(a) t/g
(b) g
(c) g/t
(d) none of these
ANSWER: (b) g
70 Shear modulus G is given by
(a) G = t/g
(b) G = g/t
(c) G = Tg/t
(d) G = T/g
ANSWER: (a) G = t/g
71 A shaft of length L is subject to a constant twisting moment T along its length L, then
angle q through which one end of the bar will twist relative to other will be
(a) T/g
(b) T/GJ
(c) GJ/TL
(d) TL/GJ
ANSWER: (d) TL/GJ
72 A circular shaft subjected to torsion undergoes a twist of 10 in a length of 120 cm. If the maximum
shear stress induced is limited to 1000 kg/cm2 and if modulus of rigidity G = 0.8 x 106 then the
radius of the shaft should be
(a) p/8
(b) p/27
(c) 18/p
(d) 27/p
Hint: t/r = Gq/l
ANSWER: (d) 27/p
73 At fully plastic twisting moment
(a) only fibres at surface are stressed to yield point in shear
(b) fibres at centre are stressed to yield point in shear
(c) all fibres are stressed to yield point in shear
(d) none of these
ANSWER: (c) all fibres are stressed to yield point in shear
74 The relationship among twisting moment(T) acting on a rotating shaft, power in watt(W), and
angular velocity in radian per second(w) will be
(a) T = W/w
(b) W = Tw
(c) W = T/w
(d) none of these
ANSWER: (b) W = Tw
75 A shaft turns at 150 rpm under a torque of 1500 N-m. Power transmitted is
(a) 15p kW
(b) 10p kW
(c) 7.5p kW
(d) 5p kW (IES 1999)
Hint: P = 2pNT/60
ANSWER: (c) 7.5p kW
76. The shaft is always stepped with ________ diameter at the middle portion and __________
diameter at the shaft ends.
a) Minimum, maximum
b) Maximum, minimum
c) Minimum, minimum
d) Zero, infinity
Answer: (b) Maximum, minimum
77. ______ is used for a shaft that supports rotating elements like wheels, drums or rope sleaves.
a) Spindle
b) Axle
c) Shaf
d) cylinder
Answer: (a) Spindle
78. Axle is frequently used in -----------------transmission.

a) torque
b) twist
c) force
d) direct
Answer: (a) torque
79. Is it necessary for an axle to be ______ with respect to rotating element?

a) Stationary
b) Moving
c) Moving or stationary
d) fixed
Answer: (c) Moving or stationary
80. Counter shaft is a--------------- shaft.

a) secondary
b) first
c) second
d) primary
Answer: (a) secondary

Explanation: It is a secondary shaft used to counter the direction of main shaft.
81. Shafts are subjected to ______ forces.
a) Compressive
b) Tensile
c) Shear
d) twisting
Answer: (b) Tensile
82. Which of the following act on shafts?

a) Torsional moment
b) Bending Moment
c) Both torsional and bending
d) None of the mentioned
Answer: (c) Both torsional and bending
83. When the shaft is subjected to pure bending moment, the bending stress is given by?
a) None of the listed
b) 32M/πdᵌ
c) 16M/πdᵌ
d) 8M/πdᵌ
Answer: (b) 32M/πdᵌ
84. When the shaft is subjected to pure torsional moment, the torsional stress is given by?
b) 32M/πdᵌ
c) 16M/πdᵌ
d) 8M/πdᵌ
Answer: (c) 16M/πdᵌ
85. Power transmitted by shaft is equal to
a. Tw
b. T/w
c. w/T
d. 2T/w
ANSWER: (a) Tw
86. Variation of shear stress in a shaft is

(a) Parabolic
(b) Linear
(c) Cubical
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Linear
87. Power in watts in a shaft having N RPM is given by the equation
(a) Power = 2π NT/60
(b) Power = 2π N T
(c) Power = 2000 π N T/60
(d) None
ANSWER: (a) Power = 2π NT/60
88. Equivalent torque in a shaft subjected to axial load P, torque T and bending moment M is
(a) Teq = (Pa2 + M2 + T2)
(b) Teq = (Pa2 + M2 + T2)0.5
(c)Teq = ( M2 + T2)0.5
(d) None
ANSWER: (c) Teq = ( M2 + T2)0.5
89. Equivalent bending moment in a shaft subjected to axial load P, torque T and bending
moment M is
(a) Meq = 0.5 [M + (M2 + T2)0.5]0.5
(b) Meq = 0.5 [M + (M2 + T2)0.5]
(c) Meq = ( M2 + T2)0.5
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Meq = 0.5 [M + (M2 + T2)0.5]
90. A power transmitting ductile material shaft under P, T and M will fail under
(a) Tensile considerations only
(b) Compressive considerations only
(c) Shear considerations only
(d) None
ANSWER: (c) Shear considerations only
91. A power transmitting ductile material shaft under P, T and M will be designed on the basis of
(a) Rankine theory
(b) Guest Theory
(c) Haigh theory
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Guest Theory
92. From strength point of view, whether hollow or solid shaft will be preferable
(a) Solid shaft
(b) Hollow shaft
(c) Both solid as well as hollow shaft
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Hollow shaft
93. The strain energy will be higher in which shaft under the same torque
(a) Solid shaft
(b) Hollow shaft
(c) Same in Solid as well as hollow shaft
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Hollow shaft
94. A shaft is designed for
(a) Strength alone
(b) Stiffness alone
(c) Both for strength and stiffness
(d) None
ANSWER: (c) Both for strength and stiffness
95. Actual stress in the bolts of a flanged coupling of a shaft will be

(a) More than the designed strength
(b) Less than the designed strength
(c) Neither more nor less than the designed strength
(d) None
ANSWER: (b) Less than the designed strength
96. A solid circular shaft of diameter 100 mm is subjected to an axial stress of 50 Mpa. It
is further subjected to a torque of 10 kNm. The maximum principal stress experienced on the
shaft is closest to
(a) 41Mpa
(b) 82 Mpa
(c) 164 Mpa

(d) 204 Mpa
Answer: (b) 82 Mpa
97. A hollow shaft of 1 m length is designed to transmit a power of 30 kW at 700 rpm. The
maximum permissible angle of twist in the shaft is 1o. The inner diameter of the shaft is 0.7 times
the outer diameter. The modulus of rigidity is 80 GPa. The outside diameter (in mm) of the shaft
is _______.
(a) 43 to 45
(b) 50to 60
(c) 70 to 80
(d) 85 to 100
Answer: (a) 43 to 45
98. A hollow shaft has an inner diameter of 3.7 cm and an outer diameter of 4.0 cm. A 1 kN-m
torque is applied to this shaft. What is the shear stress at the mid-radius of this shaft?
(a) 117Mpa
(b) 178 Mpa
(c) 286 Mpa

(d) 363 Mpa
Answer: (c) 286 Mpa
99. A hollow circular tube with a 2.3-cm I.D. and 2.5-cm O.D. is rigidly supported at its ends. A
2.5 kN-m torque is applied at the center of this tube. What is the maximum shear stress acting on
this tube?
(a) 2.87Mpa
(b) 4.27 Mpa
(c) 6.92 Mpa

(d) 10.2 Mpa
Answer: (a) 2.87Mpa
100. At a certain point during operation, the crankshaft of an automobile engine can be modeled
as shown here. In this figure, T1 = T3 = 10 kN-m, T2 = T4 = 5 kN-m, and x = 10 cm. This shaft is
solid and is to be sized so that the maximum shear stress does not exceed 150 MPa. What is the
minimum diameter of this shaft?
(a) 4cm
(b) 8cm
(c) 12cm
(d) 24cm
Answer: (b) 8cm
101. The hollow (ID = 4 cm, OD = 6 cm) 1-m-long, steel (G = 77 GPA) shaft shown here is
loaded by T1 = T3 = 3 kN-m and T2 = T4 = 10 kN-m. What is the angular rotation of plane C with
respect to plane A of this shaft?
(a) 0.0127 rad

(b) 0.0105 rad
(c) -0.0105 rad

(d) -0.0127 rad
Answer: (d) -0.0127 rad
102. A hollow (ID = 1.6 cm, OD = 2 cm), 0.5-m-long, steel (G = 77 GPA) shaft is attached to a
solid (OD = 2 cm), 0.25-m-long, brass (G = 39 GPA) rod as shown here. This assembly is then
rigidly mounted with fixed ends. What is the angle of twist of plane B when a 150 N-m torque is
applied at B?
(a) 1.35°
(b) 2.63°
(c) 4.21°
(d) 12.0°
Answer: (c) 4.21°
103. The gearbox shown here is used to change the speed of rotation. Two shafts support gears B
and E with bearings at A, C, D and F. The pitch diameter of gear E is 8 cm and that of gear B is
14 cm. A 120 N-m torque is applied as T1. What is the shear stress in shaft DEF, which is solid
and has a diameter of 4 cm?
(a) 16.7Mpa
(b) 18.2 Mpa
(c) 25.1 Mpa

(d) 40.0 Mpa
Answer: (a) 16.7Mpa
104. A thin-walled, circular transmission shaft made of a composite material (τmax = 300 MPA. is
to be designed to transfer 200 hp at 200 RPM. This shaft passes through an opening, which limits
the outer diameter to 4 cm. The inner diameter of this shaft is:
(a) 1.03cm
(b) 1.79cm
(c) 2.09cm
(d) 3.72cm
Answer: (a) 1.03cm
105. The solid circular shaft shown here is sized as D = 4 cm, d = 3.33 cm, and r = 1.33 mm. A
300 N-m torque is applied to this shaft. What is the maximum shear stress in this shaft?
(a) 36Mpa
(b) 68 Mpa
(c) 94 Mpa
(d) 163 Mpa
Answer: (b) 68 Mpa
106. A solid, 1-m-long, rectangular (4 cm x 2 cm), steel (G = 77 GPA) rod is attached to a solid,
0.25-m-long, rectangular (4 cm x 2 cm) brass (G = 39 GPA) rod as shown here. This assembly is
rigidly mounted with fixed ends. What is the angle of twist of Plane B when a 1.5 kN-m torque is
applied at B?
(a) 1.7°
(b) 7.2°
(c) 10.9°
(d) 18.5°
Answer: (d) 18.5°
107. A circular composite shaft is made of a 50-mm-diameter brass (G = 40 GPA) and a 80-mm-
outside diameter aluminum (G = 25 GPA) jacket. This shaft is 1.5-m-long and both ends are
rigidly mounted so they cannot twist. What is the shear stress at the outer surface of this shaft
when a 100 N-m torque is applied at the center?
(a)780Mpa
(b) 893 Mpa
(c) 1000 Mpa

(d) 1200 Mpa
Answer: (b) 893 Mpa
108. The ratio of strengths of solid to hollow shafts, both having outside diameter D and hollow
having inside diameter D/2, in torsion, is
a.1/4
b. 1/2
c. 1/16
d. 15/16
Answer:(d) 15/16
109. The standard length of the shaft is
(a) 5 m
(b) 8 m
(c) 9 m
(d) 10m
Answer: (a) 5 m
110. Two shafts A and B are made of the same material. The diameter of the shaft A is twice as
that of shaft B. The power transmitted by the shaft A will be ........... of shaft B.
(a) twice
(b) four times
(c) eight times
(d) sixteen times
Answer: (c) eight times
111. Two shafts will have equal strength, if

(a) diameter of both the shafts is same
(b) angle of twist of both the shafts is same
(c) material of both the shafts is same
(d) twisting moment of both the shafts is same
Answer: (d) twisting moment of both the shafts is same
112. A transmission shaft subjected to bending loads must be designed on the basis of
(a) maximum normal stress theory
(b) maximum shear stress theory
(c) maximum normal stress and maximum shear stress theories
(d) fatigue strength
Answer: (a) maximum normal stress theory
113. Which of the following loading is considered for the design of axles ?
(a) Bending moment only
(b) Twisting moment only
(c) Combined bending moment and torsion
(d) Combined action of bending moment, twisting moment and axial thrust
Answer: (a) Bending moment only
114. The design of shafts made of brittle materials is based on

(a) Guest’s theory
(b) Rankine’s theory
(c) St. Venant’s theory
(d) Von Mises Theory
Answer: (b) Rankine’s theory
115. While designing shaft on the basis of torsional rigidity, angle of twist is given by?
a) 100Ml/Gd⁴
b) 584Ml/Gd⁴
c) 292 Ml/Gd⁴
d) 300 Ml/Gd⁴
Answer: (b) 584Ml/Gd⁴
116. According to ASME code, maximum allowable shear stress is taken as X% of yield strength
or Y% of ultimate strength.
a) X=30 Y=18
b) X=30 Y=30
c) X=18 Y=18
d) X=18 Y=30
Answer: (a) X=30 Y=18
117. The layout of a shaft supported on bearings at A & B is shown. Power is supplied by means
of a vertical belt on pulley B which is then transmitted to pulley C carrying a horizontal belt. The
angle of wrap is 180’ and coefficient of friction is 0.3. Maximum permissible tension in the rope
is 3kN. The radius of pulley at B & C is 300mm and 150mm. Calculate the torque supplied to the
shaft.
a) 453.5N-m
b) 549.3N-m
c) 657.3N-m
d) 605.6N-m
Answer: (b) 549.3N-m
is 3kN. The radius of pulley at B & C is 300mm and 150mm.Calculate the tension in the rope of
pulley C.
a) 6778.3N and 7765.3N
b) 5948.15N and 2288.75N
c) 5468.4N and 8678.3N
d) None of the listed
Answer: (b) 5948.15N and 2288.75N

119 The layout of a shaft supported on bearings at A & B is shown. Power is supplied by means
is 3kN. The radius of pulley at B & C is 300mm and 150mm. If allowable shear stress in the
shaft is 70N/mm² and torsional and bending moments are M=1185000N-mm and m=330000N-
mm, find the diameter of the shaft.
a) 36.8mm
b) 39.7mm
c) 44.7mm
d) 40.3mm
Answer: (c) 44.7mm
is 3kN. The radius of pulley at B & C is 300mm and 150mm. If bending moment on point B in
horizontal plate is M and in vertical plane is m, then the net bending moment at point B is?
a) M
b) m
c) M+m
d) √M²+m²
Answer: (d) √M²+m²
121. Calculate the shaft diameter on rigidity basis if torsional moment is 196000N-mm, length of
shaft is 1000mm. Permissible angle of twist per meter is 0.5’ and take G=79300N/mm².
b) 41.2mm
c) 35.8mm
d) 38.8mm
Answer: (b) 41.2mm
122. If yielding strength=400N/mm², the find the permissible shear stress according to ASME
standards.
a) 72 N/mm²
b) 76 N/mm²
c) 268 N/mm²
d) 422 N/mm²
Answer: (a) 72 N/mm²
123. The stiffness of solid shaft is---------- than the stiffness of hollow shaft with same weight.
a) less
b) more
c) equal
d) not equal
Answer: (b) more
124. The strength of hollow shaft is more than the strength of solid shaft of ---------weight.
a) same
b) different
c) equal
d) not equal
Answer: (a) same
125. Solid shaft is ----------than hollow shaft of same weight.

a) cheaper
b) costlier
c) not costlier
d) not cheaper
Answer: (b) costlier
126. Solid shafts are used in epicyclic gearboxes.

a) True
b) False
Answer: (b) False
127. Flexible shafts have ___ rigidity in torsion making them flexible.
a) Low
b) High
c) Very high
d) Infinitely small
Answer: (b) High
128. Flexible shafts have ______ rigidity in bending moment.

a) High
b) Low
c) Very high
d) Extremely low
Answer: (b) Low
129. The shafts will have same strength on the basis of torsional rigidity, if
(a) diameter and length of both shafts is same
(b) material of both shafts is same
(c) angle of twist for both shafts is same
(d) all of above conditions are satisfied
ANSWER: (d) all of above conditions are satisfied
130. The angle of twist for a transmission shaft is inversely proportional to
(a) shaft diameter
(b) (shaft diameter)2
(c) (shaft diameter)3
(d) (shaft diameter)4
ANSWER: (a) shaft diameter
131. Consider a stepped shaft subjected to a twisting moment applied at B as shown in the figure.
Assume shear modulus , G = 77 GPa. The angle of twist at C (in degrees) is _____
(a) 0.22 to 0.25
(b) 0.27 to 0.30
(c) 0.35 to 0.40

(d) 0.50 to 0.60
ANSWER: (a) 0.22 to 0.25
132. In shafts with keyways the allowable stresses are usually ------------ proportional to the
twisting moment.
a.25%
b. 50%
c. 75%
d. 95%
ANSWER: (c) 75%
Deflection of beams
1. A simply supported beam carries uniformly distributed load of 20 kN/m over the
length of 5 m. If flexural rigidity is 30000 kN.m2, what is the maximum deflection in
the beam?
a. 5.4 mm
b. 1.08 mm
c. 6.2 mm
d. 8.6 mm
ANS: a 5.4mm
2. According to I.S code in actual design , maximum permissible deflection is
limited to -----------.
a.(span/200)
b.(span/325)
c.(span /525)
d.none of the above.
ANS: b. (span /325) .

3. In cantilever beam the slope and deflection at the free end is ---------.
a.zero
b.maximum
c.minimum
d.none of above.
ANS: b maximum.
4.Deflection of a simply supported beam when subjected to central point load
is given as ________
a. (Wl /16 EI)
b. (Wl2 /16 EI)
c. (Wl3 /48 EI)
d. (5Wl4 / 384EI)
ANS: c.(Wl3 /48 EI)
5.Which of the following statements is/are true for a simply supported beam?
a. Deflection at supports in a simply supported beam is maximum.
b.Deflection is maximum at a point where slope is zero .
c. Slope is minimum at supports in a simply supported beam.
d. All of the above.
ANS: b.Deflection is maximum at a point where slope is zero .
6. The design of a beam is based on strength criteria, if the beam is sufficiently
strong to resist ----------------.
a.Shear force
b.deflection
c. both a and b.
d. none of the above.
ANS: a. Shear force.
7. The vertical distance between the axis of the beam before and after loading
at a point is called as _______
a. Deformation
b. Deflection
c. Slope
d. None of above.
ANS: b.Deflection.
8. Which of the following is a differential equation for deflection?
a.dy / dx = (M/EI)
b. dy / dx = (MI/E)
c.d2y / dx2 = (M/EI)
d.d2y / dx2 = (ME/I)
ANS: c. d2y / dx2 = (M/EI)
9. Macaulay's method is used to determine
a.deflection
b.strength
c.Toughness
d.all of the above.
10. Maximum deflection in a S.S. beam with W at centre will be
a.at the left hand support.
b.at the right support.
c.at the centre
d. None.
ANS : at the centre.
11. Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with W at centre will be
a.at the supports.
b.at the centre
c. In between the support and centre.
d.None.
ANS : a. at the supports.
12. Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with W at centre will be
a.Wl2/ 16EI.
b.Wl2/32EI.
c.Wl2 /48EI.
d.None.
ANS: a.Wl2/ 16EI.
13. Maximum deflection in a S.S beam with UDL w over the entire span will be
a. 3wl4 /584EI.
b. 5wl4 /384EI.
C. 7wl4 /384EI.
d. None.
ANS: b. 5wl4 384EI.
14. Maximum deflection in a S.S beam with UDL w over the entire span will be
a. at the left hand support.
b.at the right support.
c. at the centre.
d.none.
ANS: c .at the centre.
15. Maximum slope in a S.S beam with UDL w at the entire span will be
a. at the supports
b. at the centre
c. Inbetween the support and the centre.
d.None.
ANS: a. at the supports.
16.Maximum slope in a S.S beam with UDL w at the entire span will be
a. wl3 / 16EI.
b.wl3 / 24EI.
c. wl3 / 48 EI.
d.None
ANS: b.wl3 / 24EI.
17.Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be
a.WL3 /6EI.
b.WL3/2EI
c.WL3/3EI
d.None.
ANS: c.WL3/3EI.
18.Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be
a. at the free end.
b.at the fixed end.
c.at the centre
d.None.
ANS: a. at the free end.
19.Maximum slope in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be
a.at the free end.
b. at the centre
c.at the fixed end.
d.None.
20.Maximum slope in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be
a.WL2/4EI
b.WL2/8EI
c.WL2/2EI
d.None.
ANS: c.WL2 /2EI
21.Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with UDL w over the entire length
will be
a.wL4/4EI
b.wL4/12EI
C.wl4/ 8EI
d.None.
ANS: c.Wl4 /8EI.
22. Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with UDL w over the entire length
will be
a. At the free end.
b. At the fixed end.
c. At the centre
d. None.
23.Maximum slope in a cantilever beam with UDL w over the entire length
will be
a. At the free end.
b. At the fixed end.
c. At the centre
d. None.
ANS: a.at the free end.
24.Maximum slope in a cantilever beam with UDL w over the entire length
will be
a. wl3 /9EI
b. wl3 /6EI
c. wl3 /3EI
d. None.
ANS: b.wl3 /6EI.
25.Deflection underthe load in a S.S beam with W not at the centre will be
a.4Wa2b2 / 3EI l .
b.2Wa2b2 /3EIl.
c.Wa2 b2 / 3EIL.
d.None.
ANS: c.Wa2b2 /3EIL.
26.Maximum slope in a cantilever beam with a Moment M at the free end will be
a. 3ML/EI.
b.2ML/EI.
C. ML/EI.
d. None.
ANS: C. ML/EI.
27.Which bracket is used in Macaulays method of slope and deflection.
a.Parenthesis()
b.Square brackets []
c.braces {}
d.None.
ANS: b. Square brackets [].
28.Differences in slopes between two points A and B by the moment area method
is given by
a.Area of BMD diagram between A and B /2EI.
b.Area of BMD diagram between A and B /3EI.
C.Area of BMD diagram between A and B /EI
d.None.
ANS:C. Area of BMD diagram between A and B /EI
39. Differences in deflections between two points A and B by the moment area
method is given by
a.(Area of BMD diagram between A and B ).XB/2EI.
b.(Area of BMD diagram between A and B).XB/3EI
c.(Area of BMD diagram between A and B) .XB/EI
d.None.
ANS: C. .( Area of BMD diagram between A and B) .XB/EI
40.In the strain energy method of slope and deflection ,load is applied
a. gradually
b.suddenly
c.with an impact.
d.None.
ANS: c.with an impact.
41.Deflections due to shear is significant in
a.Long beams
b.Short beams.
c.Long as well as short bemas.
d.None.
ANS: b. short beams.
42.Macaulays method is more convenient for beams carrying
a. Single concentrated load.
b.UDL
c. Multi loads
d.None.
ANS: c.Multi loads.
43.Deflection is found out by moment area method by using
a. First moment of area.
b. Second moment of area.
c. Third moment of area.
d.None.
ANS: a. First moment of area.
44.Deflection due to shear force as compared to bending moment will be
a.equal
b.less
c.More
d.None.
ANS: b.less
45.A beam is designed on the basis of
a. Maximum deflection.
b.Minimum deflection
c.Maximum slope
d.None.
ANS: Maximum deflection.
46.A beam is designed on the basis of
a. Maximum bending moment
b. Minimum shear force.
c.Maximum bending moment as well as for maximum shear force
d. None.
ANS: c. Maximum bending moment as well as for maximum shear force.
47.The expression EI d2 y/dx2 at a section of a member represents
a. Shearing force
b.rate of loading
c.bending moment
d.slope.
ANS: c bending moment.
48.The expression EI d3 y/dx3 at a section of a member represents
a.Shearing force
b.rate of loading
c.bending moment
d.slope.
ANS: a. shearing force.
49.. The expression EI d4 y/dx4 at a section of a member represents
a. Shearing force
b. rate of loading
c. bending moment
d.slope.
ANS: b. rate of loading.
50.A simply supported beam is of rectangular section.It carries a uniformly
distributed load over the whole span.The deflection at the centre is y.If the depth
of beam is doubled ,the deflection at the centre would be
a.2y
b.4y
c.y/2
d.y/8.
ANS: d. y/8.
51.A simply supported beam carries a uniformly distributed load over the whole
span.The deflection at the centre is y.If the distributed load per unit length is
doubled and also depth of beam is doubled ,then the deflection at the centre
would be
a.2y
b.4y
c.y/2
d.y/4.
ANS: d. y/4.
52.The slope at the free end of a cantilever of length 1m is 10 .If the cantilever
carries a uniformly distributed load over the whole length ,then the deflection at
the free end will be
a.1cm
b.1.309 cm
c.2.618 cm.
d.3.927cm.
ANS : b.1.309 cm.
52. A cantilever of length 2m carries a point load of 30KN at the free end.If I = 108
mm4 and E= 2×105 N/mm2 . What is the slope of the cantilever at the free end?
a.0.503 rad
b.0.677 rad
c. 0.003 rad
d.0.008
ANS: c. 0.003 rad.
53.A cantilever of length 3m carries a point load of 60 KN at a distance of 2m from
the fixed end.If E= 2×105 and I=108 , what is the deflection at the free end?.
a.7 mm
b.14 mm
c.26 mm
d.52 mm.
ANS: b. 14mm.
54. A cantilever of length 4m carries a uniformly varying load of zero intensity at
the free end ,and 50KN/m at the fixed end.If E= 2×105 N/mm2 and I= 108 mm4
what is the slope at the free end?.
ANS: 0.00667 rad .
55. A beam 4 m long ,simply supported at its ends ,carries a point load W at its
centre.If the slope at the ends of beam is not to exceed 10 ,what is the deflection
at the centre of beam.
ANS: 23.26mm.
56.A beam of uniform rectangular section 200 mm wide and 300mm deep is
simply supported at its ends.It carries a uniformly distributed load of 9KN/m run
over the entire span of 5m.If E=1×104 N/mm2 , what is the maximum deflection?
a.14.26 mm
b.17.28 mm
c.18.53 mm
d.16.27 mm.
ANS: d. 16.27mm.
57. A cantilever of length 3 m carries two point loads of 2 KN at the free end and
4KN at a distance of 1m from the free end .What is the deflection at the free end?
Take E= 2×105 N/mm2 and I= 108 mm4 .
a.2.56 mm
b.3.84 mm
c.1.84 mm
d.5.26mm
ANS: c. 1.84mm.
58.A cantilever of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load over the entire
length.If the deflection at the free end is 40 mm,find the slope at the free end.
a.0.0115 rad
b.0.01777 rad
c.0.001566 rad
d.0.00144 rad
ANS: b. 0.01777 rad.
59.A cantilever of length 3m carries a uniformly distributed load of 15KN/m over a
length of 2m from the free end.If I= 108 mm4 and E= 2×105 N/mm2 ,find the slope
at the free end?
a.0.00326 rad
b.0.00578 rad
c.0.00677 rad
d.0.00786 rad
ANS: a. 0.00326 rad.
60. A beam 3m long simply supported at its ends ,is carrying a point load W at the
centre.If the slope at the ends of the beam should not exceed 10 ,find the
deflection at the centre of beam?
a.18.41 mm
b.13.45 mm
c.17.45 mm
d.21.67 mm.
ANS: c. 17.45mm.
1. For a fixed beam with midpoint load maximum bending moment at the centre is
a.PL/2
b.PL/4
c.PL/6
d. PL/8
2.For a fixed beam with midpoint load point of contraflexure occurs at
a. L/4
b. L/2
c. L/6
d. L/8
3.For a fixed beam with midpoint load point, maximum deflection at the centre is
a.PL3 / 192EI
b.PL2 / 48EI
c.PL4 / 192EI
d.PL3 / 48EI
4.For a fixed beam with midpoint load point, reaction force at support is
a.P
b.P/2
c.P/3
d.P/4
5.For a fixed beam with midpoint load point moment for x<L/2 is
a. P/4(8x-L)
b. P/8(4x-L)
c. P/8(L-4x)
d. P/4(L-4x)
6.For a fixed beam with midpoint load point deflection for x<L/2 is
a.(Px2/192EI)(3L-4x)
b.(Px3/48EI)(3L-4x)
c. (Px2/48EI)(3L-4x)
d.(Px3/192EI)(3L-4x)
7.A beam is called fixed beam if end slopes remain
a. horizontal
b.vertical
c.inclined
d.parabolic
8.Beams of fixed types are statically indeterminant in which equations of equilibrium are
a. incompatible
b. insufficient
c. incomplete
d.complete
9.Freely supported beams are assumed to be fixed beams if subjected to
a. end loads which makes displacement zero
b. end moments
c. end couples which makes slope zero

d. moments
10.For a fixed beam with UDL,the free moment diagram represent a
a.rectangle
b.parabola
c.triangle
d.cubic curve
11.For a fixed beam with UDL,maximum bending moment at midpoint is
a. wL3/248
b. wL2/248
c. wL2/24
d. wL2/24
12. For a fixed beam with UDL, maximum bending moment at end is
a. wL2/12
b.wL2/24
c.wL2/36
d.wL2/48
13.For a fixed beam with UDL, maximum deflection is
a.wL4/48EI
b.wL4/192EI
c. wL4/384EI
d.wL3/192EI
14.For a fixed beam with UDL,point of contraflexure is
a.0.211L or 0.789L
b. 0.365 L or 0.635 L
c. 0.177 L or 0.823 L
d.0.477 L or 0.523 L
15.Fixed beam is also called as
a. Propped beams
b. Pulled-up beam
c.Encaster beam
d. Stacked beams
16.umber of unknowns in fixed beam is
a.4
b.3
c.2
d.0
17. For the same span and loads fixed beam in comparison with simply supported beams has
a. lesser value of maximum bending moment
b. more value of maximum bending moment
c.twice the value of maximum bending moment
d.same value of maximum bending moment
18.Deflection of an off centre loaded fixed beam is
a.Wa3 b3 / 3L3EI
b.Wa3b3 / 8L3EI
c.Wa3b3 / 192L3EI
d.Wa3b3 / 384L3EI
19.In an off centre point loaded fixed beam the free bending moment diagram is a
a.square
b.rectangle
c.triangle
d.trapezium
20.For the same span and loads fixed beam in comparison with simply supported beams has
a. lesser value of maximum deflection
b. more value of maximum deflecction
c.twice the value of maximum deflecction
d.same value of maximum deflecction
21. In an off centrepoint loaded fixed beam the fixed bending moment diagram is a
a.square
b.rectangle
c.triangle
d.trapezium
22.In a mid point loaded fixed beam,the fixed bending moment diagram is a
a.square
b.rectangle
c.triangle
d.trapezium
23. In a mid point loaded fixed beam,the free bending moment diagram is a
a.square
b.rectangle
c.triangle
d.trapezium
24.In a mid point loaded fixed beam, the end number of moments created are
a.2
b.3
c.4
d.1
25.In an UDL fixed beam free moment diagram gives a bending moment of
a. Convex up
b. Convex down
c. Concave up
d.Concave down
26.In a mid point loaded fixed beam,the normal loads downwards tend to bend the beam
a. wL2 / 12
b.wL2 / 4
c. wL2 / 8
d.wL2 / 24
27.In a off centre point loaded fixed beam total moment is
a. Wab / L
b.Wab / 2L
c. Wab / 3L
d.Wab / 4L
28.In a free moment diagram support assumption is

a. Simply supported ends
b.free free ends
c. fixed ends
d.hinged ends
29.In a fixed beam the total change of slope along the span is
a. Zero
b.infinite
c. neglected
d.assumed to be unit value
30.Which of the following theorem can be used for deflection in fixed beams
a. Mohr’s first theorem
b. Mohr’s second theorem
c. Mohr’s third theorem
d.Mohr’s fourth theorem
1.A beam is called continuous beamif it has is
a. more than one support
b. more than two support
c.more than one fixed support
d. more than two fixed support
2.In comparison with a simply supported beam of same span and load , a continuous beam has
a.less maximum bending moment
b. same bending moment
c. higher maximum bending moment

d. twice the bending moment
3.Effect of applied moment at a joint on the other joints is known as the
a.carry in factor
b. carry over factor
c.carry up factor
d.carry down factor
4.In moment distribution method initially all the members of the beam as assumed to be
a.free
b.fixed
c.partially free
d.partially fixed
5.The number of moment equation in Clapeyron’s method is
a.2
b.3
c.4
d.5
6.A continuous beam is
a. statically determinate
b. statically indeterminate
c.dynamically determinate
d. statically redundant
7.When sinking is accounted in a continuous beam the shear force is
a.modified
b.same
c.zero
d.infinite
8.In moment distribution method any unbalanced moment at a joint is
a. neglected
b. multiplied by a factor to solve
c. distributed in the spans
d.considered infinite
9.When sinking is accounted in a continuous beam the bending moment is
a. modified
b.same
c.zero
d.infinite
10.In the theorem of three moments
a.both end sinking are considered
b.one end sinking is considered
c.sinking is neglected
d.sinking is modified by a factor
11.In moment distribution method the effect of applies moment on adjacent joints are
a. neglected
b. carried over
c. multiplied by a factor before applying
d. distributed over the span
12.In the theorem of three moments in the most general form
a.two flexural rigidity are considered

b. only one flexural rigidity is considered
c.no flexural rigidity is considered
d.flexural rigidity is doubled
13.Byclapeyron’s theorem, the fixing moments of imaginary points are
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3
14.In the three moment equation method
a. imaginary span unit span is assumed
b. imaginary span zero span is assumed
c. no imaginary span assumed
d.twice the imaginary span is assumed
15.Identify the necessary condition for fixed beam
a. bending to be as single continuous curve
b.bending to be as double continuous curve
c.bending to be as discontinuous curve
d.bending to be as multiple continuous curve
16.If continuous beam is overhanging then overhanging acts as a
a.propped cantilever
b.cantilever
c.supported cantilever
d.extended supported beam
17.In continuous beam between intermediate supports the deflection is
a. convex down
b. convex up
c. concave up
d. concave down
18.A continuous beam is simply supported on its one or both the end supports the fixing moment on
simply supported beam end is
a. zero
b. infinite
c. neglected in calculation
d. multiplied by a cross over factor in calculation
19. Sinking of support effects the
a. deflection at supports
b. moments at supports
c. fixity
d. deformation at supports
20..In continuous over the mid span, the deflection is
a. concave up
b. concave down
c. convex up
d. convex down
21.In continuous beam with couple , the couple will cause
a. negative moment in one part and positive moment in other part of the span
b. negative moment in both part of the span
c. no moment
d. positive moment in both part of the span
22.If a continuous beam is fixed on the right then the imaginary span is taken
a.before the right end
b. after the right end
c. before the left end
d. after the left end
23.In continuous beam, the intermediate beams are subjected to
a. some bending moment
b. no bending moment
c. no slope
d.no deflection
24.In continuous beam if it is end simply supported the bending moment will be
a. zero
b. neglected
c. infinite
d.factorised
25.In continuous beam if it is end is fixed supported the bending moment will be
a. zero
b. neglected
c. infinite
d.factorised
Columns
1. The load at which a vertical compression member just buckles is known as

(a) Critical load
(b) Crippling load
(c) Buckling load
(d) Any one of these
Answer: D
2. A column that fails due to direct stress is called

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Slender column
Answer: A
3. A column whose slenderness ratio is greater than 120 is known as

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Composite column
Answer: B
4. The direct stress included in a long column is………….. as compared to bending stress.
(a) More
(b) Less
(c) Same
(d) Negligible
Answer: D
5. For long columns, the value of buckling load is……………..crushing load.

(a) Less than
(b) More than
(c) Equal to
(d) None of these
Answer: A
6. The slenderness ratio is the ratio of

(a) Length of column to least radius of gyration
(b) Moment of inertia to area of cross-section
(c) Area of cross-section to moment of inertia
(d) Least radius of gyration to length of the column
Answer: A
7. Compression members always tend to buckle in the direction of
(a) Vertical axis
(b) Horizontal axis
(c) Minimum cross-section
(d) Least radius of gyration
Answer: D
8. A column has moment of inertia about X-X and Y-Y axis as follows
IXX=4234.4 mm4
IYY=236.3 mm4
This column will buckle about
(a) X-X axis
(b) Y-Y axis
(c) It depends upon the applied load
(d) None of these
Answer: B
9. The Rankine formula holds good for

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Both short and long column
Answer: D
10. A column of length 4m with both ends fixed may be considered as equivalent to a column of
length ………….with both ends hinged.
(a) 2 m
(b) 1 m
(c) 3 m
(d) 6 m
Answer: A
11. According to Euler, the buckling load for a column is given by . In this equation,
the value of x for a column with one end fixed and other end free is
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) ½
Answer: C
12. According to Euler, the buckling load for a column is given by . In this equation,
the value of x is minimum when
(a) Both ends fixed
(b) One end fixed, other free
(c)Both ends hinged
(d) One end fixed other hinged
Answer: A
13. Rankine’s formula is generally used when slenderness ratio lies in between
(a) 0-60
(b) 0-80
(c) 0-100
(d) Any value
Answer: D
14. Euler’s formula is not valid for mild steel column when slenderness ratio is
(a) More than 100
(b) Less than 100
(c) Less than 80
(d)More than 80
Answer: C
15. An electric pole is 6.5 m high from the ground level. Its effective length for design purposes
will be
(a) 6.5 m
(b) 3.25 m
(c) 13.0 m
(d) 12.0 m
Answer: C
16. Bending of beam occurs under

(a) Axial load
(b) Transverse load
(c) Direct load
(d) None
Answer: B
17. Buckling of a column occurs under

(a) Axial load
(b) Transverse load
(c) Direct load
(d) None
Answer: A
18. Pure Buckling occurs in a

(a) Short column
(b) Medium Column
(c) Long column
(d) None
Answer: C
19. Pure Buckling uses the equation of

(a) Rankin-Gordon
(b) Euler
(c) Stiffness
(d) None
Answer: B
20. A steel column is a short column when the slenderness ratio is

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B
21. A steel column is a long column when the slenderness ratio is

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: A

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B
25. A steel column is a medium column when the slenderness ratio is
(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: C
26. With identical beam and column, buckling occurs as compared to bending under a
(a) Lesser load
(b) Larger load
(c) Equal load
(d) None
Answer: A
27. Nature of stresses produced in buckling and bending are

(a) Same
(b) Different
(c) Only tensile
(d) None
Answer: A
28. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, normal stresses in a beam will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: A
29. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, shear stresses in a beam will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: C
30. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, normal stresses in a long column will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: B
31. A long column with fixed ends can carry load as compared to both ends hinged
(a) 4 times
(b) 8 times
(c) 16 times
(d) None
Answer: A
32. A long column with fixed ends can carry load as compared to cantilever column
(a) 4 times
(b) 8 times
(c) 16 times
(d) None
Answer: C
33. The equivalent length of a column fixed at both ends, is

(a) 0.5 l
(b) 0.7 l
(c) l
(d) 1.5 l
Answer: A
34. A column is said to be of medium size if its slenderness ratio is between

(a) 20 and 32
(b) 32 and 120
(c) 120 and 160
(d) 160 and 180
Answer: B
35. The length of a column, having a uniform circular cross-section of 7.5 cm diameter and
whose endsare hinged, is 5 m. If the value of E for the material is 2100 tonnes/cm2, the
permissible maximumcrippling load will be
(a) 1.288 tonnes
(b) 12.88
(c) 128.8 tonnes
(d) 288.0
Answer: B
36. Columns of given length, cross-section and material have different values of buckling loads
for
different end conditions. The strongest column is one whose
(a) One end is fixed and other end is hinged
(b) Both ends are hinged or pin jointed
(c) One end is fixed and the other end entirely free
(d) Both the ends are fixed
Answer: D
37. The ratio of the effective length of a column and minimum radius of gyration of its cross-
sectionalarea, is known
(a) Buckling factor
(b) Slenderness ratio
(c) Crippling factor
(d) None of these
Answer: B
38. The region of the cross-section of a column in which compressive load may be applied
without
producing any tensile stress, is known as the core of the cross-section. In circular columns the
radius of the core, is
(a) One-half of the radius
(b) One-third of the radius
(c) One-quarter of the radius
(d) One-fifth of the radius
Answer: C
39. For keeping the stress wholly compressive the load may be applied on a circular column
anywherewithin a concentric circle of diameter
(a) d/2
(b) d/3
(c) d/4
(d) d/8
Answer: C
40. In rectangular columns (cross-section b × h), the core is a
(a) Rectangle of lengths b/2 and h/2
(b) Square of length b/2
(c) Rhombus of length h/2
(d) Rhombus of diagonals b/3 and h/3
Answer: D
41. The slenderness ratio of a vertical column of a square cross-section of 2.5 cm sides and 300
cm
length, is
(a) 200
(b) 240
(c) 360
(d) 416
Answer: D
42. The range within which a load can be applied on a rectangular column, to avoid any tensile
stress,is
(a) One-half of the base
(b) One-fifth of the base
(c) One-fourth of the base
(d) One-fifth of the base
Answer: B
43. If the slenderness ratio for a column is 100, then it is said to be a __________ column.
(a) Long
(b) medium
(c)short
(d) big
Answer: A
44. A column with maximum equivalent length has

(a) both ends hinged
(b) both ends fixed
(c) one end fixed and the other end hinged
(d) one end fixed and the other end free
Answer: D
45. A column of length (l) with both ends fixed may be considered as equivalent to a column of
length __________ with both ends hinged.
(a) l/8
(b) l/4
(c) l/2
(d) l
Answer: C
46. When a column is subjected to an eccentric load, the stress induced in the column will be
(a) direct stress only
(b) bending stress only
(c) shear stress only
(d) direct and bending stress both
Answer: D
47. A column is said to be a short column, when

(a) its length is very small
(b) its cross-sectional area is small
(c) the ratio of its length to the least radhis of gyration is less than 80
(d) the ratio of its length to the least radius of gyration is more than 80
Answer: C
48. The slenderness ratio of a vertical column of a square cross-section of 2.5 cm sides and 300
cm length, is
(a) 240
(b) 416
(c) 360
(d) 400
Answer: B
49. According to Euler’s column theory, the crippling load for a column of length (l) fixed at
both ends is __________ the crippling load for a similar column hinged at both ends.
(a) equal to
(b) two times
(c) four times
(d) eight times
Answer: C
50. A vertical column has two moments of inertia (i.e. Ixx and Iyy ). The column will tend to
buckle in the direction of the
(a) axis of load
(b) perpendicular to the axis of load
(c) maximum moment of inertia
(d) minimum moment of inertia
Answer: D
Thin and Thick Cylinder
1. A vessel is said to be thin if

a. Its wall has less thickness
b. Stresses are uniform over the entire thickness
c. Stresses vary at inner and at outer radius
Ans:b
2. Vessel is said to be thin if

a. D/t =20
b. D/t=10
c. D/t >20
d. D/t >10
Ans:c
3. Hoop stress in a thin vessel is

a. pD/2t
b. pD/4t
c. pD/3t
d. None
Ans:a
4. Strength of a rivet is
a. Strength in shear
b. Strength in crushing
c. Strength in tension
d. None
(Ans:d)
5.Which stress is the least in a thin shell
a. Longitudinal stress
b. Hoop stress
c. Radial stress
d. None
Ans:c
6. Among the cylindrical and spherical thin vessels of same material, diameter
and pressure which has the lesser thickness
a. Cylindrical shell
b. Spherical shell
c. Cylindrical shell with semi spherical heads
d. None
Ans:b
7. Radial stress in a thin shell is given by
a. pD/2t
b. pD/4t
c. pD/3t
d. None
Ans:d
8. A thin cylindrical shell under internal pressure can fail by

a. Shear
b. Compression
c. Tension
d. None
Ans:c
9. A thin spherical shell under internal pressure will fail under
a. Maximum shear stress

b. Principal compressive stress
c. Principal tensile stress
d. None
Ans:c
10. A thin cylindrical under internal pressure can fail along the
a. Longitudinal joint
b. Circumferential joint
c. Longitudinal as well as circumferential joint
d. None
Ans:c
11. What is the ratio of hoop stresses in a spherical vs cylindrical shell of same diameter,
thickness and under same pressure?
a. 4:1
b. 2:1
c. 1:2
d. 1:4
Ans:c
12. Stresses in a thin cylindrical shell under internal pressure is independent of

a. Diameter
b. Thickness
c. Length
d. Diameter and thickness
Ans:c
13. Design of a thin shell under pressure is done on the basis of

a. Radial stress
b. Longitudinal stress
c. Hoop stress
d. All the three stresses
Ans:c
14. Which is most predominant type of failure in a thin shell?

a. Bearing failure
b. Compression failure
c. Crushing failure
d. None
Ans: d
15. Which one is most important in a thin shell?

a) d/t <20
b) d/t> 10
c) Stresses are uniform
d) None
Ans:c
16. Hoop strain in a thin shell is

a) σh /E
b) σl /E
c) 3 σh /E
d) None
Ans:d
17. Longitudinal strain in a thin shell is
a) σh /E
b) σl /E
c) σr /E
d) None
(Ans:d)
18. Considering σh, σl and σr, maximum shear stress will be

a) (σh—σl) /2
b) (σl— σh) /2
c) (σh + σr) /2
d) None
(Ans:c)
19. Value of σr in a thin shell is

a) pD/2t
b) pD/4t
c) pD/3t
d) None
(Ans:d)
20. In a thin shell which stress is negligible

a) σh
b) σl
c) σr
d) None
(Ans:c)
21. In a thick shell which stress is negligible

a) σh
b) σl
c) σr
d) None
(Ans:b)
22. Maximum shear stress in a thick shell is

a) (σh+ σl)/2
b) (σh+ σr)/2
c) (σh– σl)/2
d) None
(Ans:b)
23. Which stress is constant in a thick shell

a) σh
b) σl
c) σr
d) None
(Ans:b)
24. The thick shell is made from laminations to get

(a) Increased stresses
(b) Decreased stresses
(c) Uniform stresses
(d) None
(Ans:c)
25.A thick cylinder under external fluid pressure’ p0′ will have maximum stress at the
1. Outer radius
2. Inner radius
3. Mean radius
4. None
(Ans:b)
26.A thick cylinder under internal fluid pressure’ pi will have maximum stress at the
1. Outer radius
2. Inner radius
3. Mean radius
4. None
(Ans:b)
27. A thick cylinder under pi and po will have maximum stress at the
1. Outer radius
2. Inner radius
3. Mean radius
4. None
(Ans:b)
28.Hoop shrinking in thick cylinders is done to achieve

(a) Increased stresses
(b) Decreased stresses
(c ) Uniform stresses
(d) None
(Ans:c)
29. The maximum strain in a thick cylinder under pi will be

a) σh/E+μ σl/E
b) σh/ E+ μσr/E
c) σr/E+μ σl/E
d) None
(Ans:b)
30. Tangential stress in a cylinder is given by [symbols have their usual meanings].
a) PD/2t
b) 2PD/t
c) PD/4t
d) 4PD/t
Answer: a
31. Longitudinal stress in a cylinder is given by [symbols have their usual meanings].
a) PD/2t
b) 2PD/t
c) PD/4t
d) 4PD/t
Answer: c
32. A seamless cylinder of storage capacity of 0.03mᵌis subjected to an internal pressure of

21MPa. The ultimate strength of material of cylinder is 350N/mm².Determine the length of the
cylinder if it is twice the diameter of the cylinder.
a) 540mm
b) 270mm
c) 400mm
d) 350mm
Answer: a
33. A seamless cylinder of storage capacity of 0.03mᵌis subjected to an internal pressure of

21MPa. The ultimate strength of material of cylinder is 350N/mm².Determine the thickness of
the cylinder if it is twice the diameter of the cylinder.
a) 12mm
b) 4mm
c) 8mm
d) 16mm
Answer: c
34. Cylinder having inner diameter to wall thickness ratio less than 15 are
a) Thin cylinders
b) Thick Cylinders
c) Moderate cylinders
d) none of the above
Answer: b
35. Lame’s equation used to find the thickness of the cylinder is based on maximum strain
failure.
a) True
b) False
Answer: b
36. The piston rod of a hydraulic cylinder exerts an operating force of 10kN. The allowable
stress in the cylinder is 45N/mm². Calculate the thickness of the cylinder using Lame’s equation.
Diameter of the cylinder is 40mm and pressure in cylinder is 10MPa.
a) 2.05mm
b) 4.2mm
c) 5.07mm
Answer: c
37. In a thick-cylinder pressurized from inside, the hoop stress is maximum at

a) The center of the wall thickness
b) the outer radius
c) the inner radius
d) both the inner and the outer radii
Answer: the inner radius
38 A thick cylinder is subjected to an internal pressure of 60 MPa. If the hoop stress on the outer
surface is 150 MPa, then the hoop stress on the internal surface is
a) 105 MPa
b) 180 MPa
c) 210 MPa
d) 135 MPa.
Answer: 210 MPa.
39. A short, hollow cast iron cylinder with a wall thickness of 1 cm is to carry a compressive
load of 10 tonnes. If the working stress in compression is 800 kg/cm2, the outside diameter of
the cylinder should not be less than
a) 0.5cm
b) 5 cm
c) 2.5cm
d) 4.5 cm
Answer : b)
40. A water main 1 m in diameter contains a fluid having pressure 1 N/mm2. If the maximum
permissible tensile stress in the metal is 20 N/mm2, th thickness of the metal required would be
a) 2 cm
b) 2.5cm
c) 1 cm
d) 0.5 cm
Answer : b
41. A sphericalpressure vessel is made of thin magnesium plate 0.25 cm thick. The main
diameter of the sphere is 600 cm and allowable stress in tension is 900 kg/cm2. The safe internal
gas pressure for the vessel would be
0.5 kg/cm2
a)
2
b) 1.5 kg/cm
2
c) 4.5 kg/cm
2
d) 5.7 kg/cm
Answer : b
42. When a thin cylindrical shell is subjected to an internal pressure, there will be
a) a decrease in diameter and length of the shell

b) an increase in diameter and length of the shell
c) an increase in diameter and decrease in length of the shell
d) a decrease in diameter and increase in length of the shell
Answer : b
43. Lame's theory is associated with
a) thick cylindrical shells

b) thin cylindrical shells
c) direct and bending stresses
d) none of these
Answer : A
44. In a thick cylindrical shell subjected to an internal pressure (p), the radial stress across the
thickness of a cylinder is
a) maximum at the outer surface and minimum at the inner surface

b) maximum at the inner surface and minimum at the outer surface
c) maximum at the inner surface and zero at the outer surface
d) maximum at the outer surface and zero at the inner surface
Answer : C
HELICAL SPRING
Question.1. The load required to produce a unit deflection in the spring is called
(a) Modulus of Rigidity
(b) Spring stiffness
(c) Flexural rigidity
(d) Tensional rigidity
Ans: b
Question.2. In spring balances, the spring is used
(a) To apply forces
(b) To absorb shocks
(c) To store strain energy
(d) To measure forces
Ans: d
Question.3. The most important property for the spring material is
(a) High elastic limit
(b) High deflection value
(c) Resistance to fatigue and shock
(d) All of these
Ans: d
Question.4. The springs in brakes and clutches are used

(a) To apply forces
(b) To measure forces
(c) To absorb shocks
(d) To absorb strain energy
Ans: a
Question.5. In a watch, the spring is used to store energy. The energy is released
(a) To stop the watch
(b) To run the watch
(c) To change the time
(d) All of these
Ans: b
Question.6. A spring used to absorb shocks and vibrations is
(a) Close-coil helical spring
(b) Open coiled helical spring
(c) Spiral spring
(d) Leaf spring
Ans: d
Question.7. The spring used in mechanical toys is
(a) Leaf spring
(b) Spiral spring
(c) Helical spring
(d) All of these

Ans: b
Question.8. The laminated springs are given initial curvature
(a) To have uniform strength
(b) To make it more economical
(c) So that plates may become flat, when subjected to design load
(d) None of these
Ans: c
Question.9. If a close-coiled helical spring is subjected to load W and the deflection

produced is , then stiffness of the spring is given by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ans: a
Question.10. When a close-coiled helical spring is subjected to an axial load, it is said to be

under.
(a) Bending
(b) Shear
(c) Torsion
(d) Crushing
Ans: c
Question.11. The close-coiled helical springs ‘A’ and ‘B’ are of same material, same coil
diameter, same wire diameter and subjected to same load. If the number of turns of spring
‘A’ is half that of spring ‘B’, the ratio of deflection of spring ‘A’ to spring ‘B’ is
(a)1/2
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 4
Ans: a
Question.12. In the above question, the ratio of stiffness of spring A to spring B is
(a) 1/2
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 4
Ans: c
Question.13. A close –coiled helical spring is cut into two equal parts. The stiffness of the
resulting springs will be
(a) same
(b) double
(c) half
(d) One-fourth
Ans: b
Question.14. Two close-coiled helical springs are equal in all respects except the number of
turns. If the number of turns are in the ratio of 2:3, then the stiffness of the spring will be
in the ratio of
(a) 2:3
(b) 4:9
(c) 3:2
(d) 9:4
Ans: c
Question.15. The equivalent spring constant is
(a) 20 N/mm
(b) 30 N/mm
(c) 45 N/mm
(d) 90 N/mm
Ans: a
Question.16. A tensional bar with a spring constant ‘K’ is cut into ‘n’ equal lengths. The
spring constant of each new portion is
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ans: b
Question.17. A close-coiled helical spring of stiffness 30 N/mm is arranged in series with

another such spring of stiffness 60 N/mm. The stiffness of composite unit is
(a) 20 N/mm
(b) 30 N/mm
(c) 45 N/mm
(d) 90 N/mm
Ans: a
Question.18. Two close-coiled helical spring of stiffness are connected in

parallel. The combination is equivalent to a single spring of stiffness
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ans: c
Question.19. If a close-coiled helical spring absorbs 50 N-mm of energy while extending by

5 mm, its stiffness will be
(a) 2 N/mm
(b) 4 N/mm
(c) 6 N/mm
(d) 10 N/mm
Ans: d
Question.20. A helical spring of constant k is cut into four equal pieces and the four pieces
are then combined in parallel. The equivalent spring constant will be
(a) k/16
(b) k/4
(c) 4k
(d) 16k
Ans: d
21. Angle of helix in a close coiled spring is

(a) < 100
(b) >100
(c) =100
(d) None
(Ans: a)
22. A close coiled spring under axial load produces

(a) Bending stresses
(b) Shear stresses
(c) Tensile stresses
(d) None
(Ans:b)
23. Deflection in a spring should be

(a) Large
(b) Medium
(c) Small
(d) None
(Ans: a)
24. Spring is an
(a) Elastic device
(b) Plastic device
(c) Elastic as well as plastic device
(d) None
(Ans: a)
25. Wahl’s stress concentration factor is
(a) [(4C—1)/(4C—4)] +0.615/C
(b) [(4C—1)/(4C—4)] +0.625/C
(c) [(4C—1)/(4C—4)] +0.635/C
(d) None
(Ans: a)
26. Shear stress in a close coiled helical spring is

(a) 16WD/π d3
(b) 32WD/π d3
(c) 8WD/π d3
(d) None
(Ans:c)
27. Deflection in a close coiled helical spring is

(a) 16 WR3n/Gd4
(b) 32 WR3n/Gd4
(c) 64 WR3n/Gd4
(d) None
(Ans: c)
28. Strain energy in a close coiled helical spring is

(a) τ2/8G
(b) τ2/16G
(c) τ2/4G
(d) None
(Ans:c)
29.Strain energy in a spring should be

(a) Large
(b) Small
(c) Zero
(d) None
(Ans:a)
(a) Large
(b) Small
(c) Zero
(d) None
(Ans:a)
31. Free length for helical compression springs having square ends is given as ________.
a.pn + 2d
b.pn + 3d
c. 2(p + d)
d.pn + 4d
ans: b
32.What is the Wahl's factor if spring index is 6?
a. 1.477
b. 0.995
c. 1.252
ans: c
33. Why are mechanical springs used?
a. To apply force
b. To store energy
c. To measure force
d. All of the above
ans: d
34. Which of the following statements is/are true?
1. In volute springs, number of active coils gradually decreases as load increases

2. Stiffness of spring decreases as number of coils decreases in conical springs
3. Torsion springs are generally spiral
4. Helical torsion springs are used in automobile starters
a. Statements 1 and 3
b. Statements 2, 3 and 4
c. Statements 1, 3 and 4
d. All of the above
ans: c
35. In which condition the axial distance between two adjacent coils is called as pitch?
a. Compressed condition
b. Uncompressed condition
c. Both a. and b.
ans: b
36. Solid length for helical compression springs having square and ground ends is given as
_________.
a. (n + 2)d
b. (n + 3)d
c. (n + 1)d
ans: a
37. Which type of springs have only active coils?
a. Helical compression springs

b. Helical tension springs
c. Both a. and b.
ans: b
38. The shear stress concentration factor (Ks) in mechanical springs is given as _____
a. (1 + 0.5 / C)
b. 0.615 / C
c. (1 + 0.615 / C)
d. [(4C – 1) / (4C + 1)] + [0.615 / C]
ans: a
39. Which factor is used to consider the effects of direct shear stress and torsional shear
stress when curvature effect stress is not considered?
a. Shear stress concentration factor
b. Wahl shear stress concentration factor
c. Both a. and b.
ans: a
40. Determine number of coils in a helical compression spring, if modulus of rigidity is 80

Gpa and spring stiffness is 50 N/ mm. Assume wire diameter and spring index as 8 mm and
5 respectively
a. 11.8 turns
b. 12.8 turns
c. 13.3 turns
ans: b
41. 1. If a spring has plain ends then number of inactive coils is?
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 0
Ans. D
42. The angle of twist for the equivalent bar to a spring is given by? (Symbols have their usual
meaning)
a) 8PD²N/Gd⁴
b) 16PD²N/Gd⁴
c) 16PDN/Gdᵌ
d) 8PDN/Gdᵌ
Ans: b
43. The axial deflection of spring for the small angle of θ is given by?
a) 328PDᵌN/Gd⁴
b) 8PDᵌN/Gd⁴
c) 16PDᵌN/Gd⁴
d) 8PD²N/Gdᵌ
Ans: b
44. Find the Wahl’s factor if spring index is 6.

a) 1.2020
b) 1.2424
c) 1.2525
d) 1.5252
Ans: c
45. Find the shear stress in the spring wire used to design a helical compression sprig if a load of
1200N is applied on the spring. Spring index is 6, and wire diameter 7mm.
a) 452.2N/mm²
b) 468.6N/mm²
c) 512.2N/mm²
Ans: b
46. Find total number coils in a spring having square and ground ends. Deflection in the spring is
6mm when load of 1100N is applied. Modulus of rigidity is 81370N/mm². Wire diameter and
pitch circle diameter are 10mm and 50mm respectively.
a) 7
b) 6
c) 5
d) 4
Ans: a
47. A railway wagon moving with a speed of 1.5m/s is brought to rest by bumper consisting of
two springs. Mass of wagon is 100kg. The springs are compressed by 125mm. Calculate the
maximum force acting on each spring.
a) 1200N
b) 1500N
c) 1800N
d) 2000N
Ans: c
48. When two helical springs of equal lengths are arranged to form a cluster spring, then
a. Shear stress in each spring will be equal
b. Load taken by each spring will be half the total load
c. Only A is correct
d. Both A and B is correct
Ans: D
49. A close coiled helical spring is compressed. Its wire is subjected to
A. Compression
B. Tension
C.Shear
D. Torque
Ans: B
50. A spring is designed for

(a) Higher strength
(b) Higher deflection
(c) Higher stiffness
(d) None
(Ans: b)
51. A carriage spring is designed on the basis of

(a) Shear
(b) Compression
(c) Bending
(d) None
(Ans: c)
52. A closed helical spring under axial load is designed on the basis of
(a) Shear
(b) Compression
(c) Bending
(d) None
(Ans: a)
53. A closed helical spring under axial torque is designed on the basis of
(a) Shear
(b) Compression
(c) Bending
(d) None
(Ans: c)
54. A open helical spring under axial torque is designed on the basis of
(a) Shear
(b) Compression
(c) Bending
(d) None
(Ans: d)
55. Spring index is

(a) D – d
(b) D/d
(c) D2 –d2
(d) None
(Ans: b)
56. Wahl’s stress concentration factor is

(a) (4C – 1)/ (4C – 3) + 0.615/C
(b) (4C – 1)/ (4C – 2) + 0.615/C
(c) (4C – 1)/ (4C – 4) + 0.615/C
(d) None
(Ans: c)
57. Resilience of spring is

(a) Strain energy per unit length
(b) Strain energy per unit area
(c) Strain energy per unit mass
(d) None
(Ans: d)
58. Wahl’s stress concentration factor is used in close coiled springs under axial load to account
for
(a) Shear effect
(b) Bending effect
(c) Compression effect
(d) none
(Ans:b)
59. There are number of laminations in a
(a) Close coiled spring
(b) Open coiled spring
(c) Spiral spring
(d) None
(Ans: d)
60. Most important features of any spring are
(a) Deflection, stiffness and strength
(b) Stiffness, bending and shear strengths
(c) Strain energy, deflection and strength
(d) None
(Ans: c)
61. Value of Wahl’s stress concentration factor is always
(a) > 1
(b) = 1
(c) < 1
(d) None
(Ans: a)
62. The most common value of spring index lies between
(a) 0 and 5
(b) 5 and 10
(c) 10 and 15
(d) None
(Ans: b)
63. Laminated springs are used in
(a) Watches
(b) Sofas
(c) Motorcycles
(d) None
(Ans: d)
64. Coil springs absorb shocks by
(A) bending
(B) twisting
(C) compression
(D) tension
Ans: c
65. Spring shackles are used to join
(A) chassis frame and spring
(B) Spring and Axle
(C) chassis frame and axle
(D) all of the above
Ans: A
66. The coil spring in used in
(A) Wishbone Arm system
(B) Trailing Link system
(C) Sliding Pillar system
(D) all of the above
Ans: D
67. The spring constant of a helical compression spring does not depend on
a. Coil diameter
b. Material strength
c. Number of active turns
d. wire diameter
Ans: b
68. A compression spring is made of music wire of 2 mm diameter having a shear strength and
shear modulus of 800 Mpa and 80 Gpa respectively. The mean coil diameter is 20mm, free
length is 40 mm, and the number of active coils is 10. If the mean coil diameter is reduced to 10
mm, the stiffness of the spring is approximately
a. increased by 8 times
b. decreased by 2 times
c. increased by 2 times
d. decreased by 8 times
Ans: a
69. Determine the maximum shearing stress and elongation in a bronze helical spring composed
of 20 turns of 25.4 mm diameter wire on a mean radius of 101.6 mm. when the spring is
supporting a load of 2224N, and G = 41368 N/mm2.
a. 174 mm
b. 250 mm
c. 255 mm
d. 400 mm
Ans: a
70. Determine the maximum shearing stress and elongation in a helical steel spring composed of 20
turns of 20-mm-diameter wire on a mean radius of 90 mm when the spring is supporting a load of 1.5
kN. and G = 83 GPa.
a. 200 mm
b. 105.4 mm
c. 150 mm
d. 250 mm
Ans: b
71. A helical spring is fabricated by wrapping wire 19.05 mm in diameter around a forming cylinder
203.2 mm in diameter. Compute the number of turns required to permit an elongation of 101.6 mm.
without exceeding a shearing stress of 124 N/mm2. G = 82737 N/mm2.
a. 10 turns
b. 20 turns
c. 25 turns
d. 30 turns
Ans: a
72. Compute the maximum shearing stress developed in a phosphor bronze spring having mean
diameter of 200 mm and consisting of 24 turns of 20-mm diameter wire when the spring is stretched
100 mm. and G = 42 GPa.
a. 51 MPa
b. 31.89 MPa
c. 80 MPa
d. 70 MPa
Ans: b
73. Two steel springs arranged in series as shown in Fig. P-347 supports a load P. The upper
spring has 12 turns of 25-mm-diameter wire on a mean radius of 100 mm. The lower spring
consists of 10 turns of 20-mm diameter wire on a mean radius of 75 mm. If the maximum
shearing stress in either spring must not exceed 200 MPa, compute the maximum value of P and
the total elongation of the assembly. and G = 83 GPa.
a. 3500N and 154 mm
b. 4500 N and 199 mm
c. 5500N and 250 mm
d. 7500 N and 301 mm
Ans: a
74. A rigid bar, pinned at O, is supported by two identical springs as shown in Fig. P-348. Each
spring consists of 20 turns of 19.05 mm diameter wire having a mean diameter of 152.4 mm.
Determine the maximum load W that may be supported if the shearing stress in the springs is
limited to 138N/mm2.
a. 2000N
b. 2500N
c. 1650N
d. 4000N
Ans: c
75. Music wires are concerned with
a. musical instruments
b. tuning forks
c. springs
d. measuring instruments
Ans: C
76. In a square and ground helical spring the effective number of turns is incresead by
a. 1 b. 2 c. 1.5 d. 0
Ans: b
77. Frequency of the fluctuating load of helical compression spring should be
a. lees than natural frequency of vibration
b. twenty times the natural frequency of vibration
c. slightly greater than the natural frequency
d. twenty times less than the natural frequency of vibration
Ans: d
78. Two concentric springs with stiffness equal to 100 N/mm and 80 N/mm respectively,
when subjected to load of 900N will deflect by
a. 9mm b. 11.25 mm c. 5mm d. 31.5 mm
Ans: c
79. Stiffness of the spring can be increased by
a. increase the number of turns b. increase the free length
c. decrease the number of turns d. decrease the spring wire diameter
Ans: c
80. In a four stroke I.C engine completing 3000rpm the natural frequency of vibration of the
exhaust valve should be
a. 1200 Hz b. 1000 Hz c. 600 Hz d. 120 Hz
Ans: b
81. Initial gap between two turns of a close coil helical tension spring should be
a. 0.5 mm b. based on the maximum deflection
c. 1 mm d. zero
Ans: d
82. A spring with 25 active coils cannot be accommodated within a given space. Hence 5 coils of
the spring are cut. The stiffness of the new spring will be
a. the same b. 1.25 times the original spring
c. 0.8 times the original spring d. 20 times the original spring
Ans: b
83. The type of stress induced in a closed coiled helical tension spring is
a. tensile b. compressive
c. torsional shear d. tensile and compressive
Ans: c
84. Wahl suggested the correction in the stress factor to account for
a. the additional transverse shear stress b. stress concentration
c. fatigue stress d. axial stress
Ans: b
85. Springs with rectangular or square cross section used for
a. higher stiffness b. larger volume
c. larger length d. smaller length

Ans: b
86. A spring of stiffness 100 N/mm used in a spring-loaded safety valve of diameter 20 mm on a
boiler with the pressure inside the boiler equal to 1 MPa should be initially compressed by
a. 5mm b. 3.14 mm c. 2mm d. 6.28 mm
Ans: b
Leaf Springs
1. Leaf springs are used in

(a) Scooters (b) Bikes (c) Trucks (d) None
(Ans: c)
2. Leaf springs use
(a) All full length leaves (b) All leaves of different lengths (c) Few full length
leaves with truncated leaves (d) None
(Ans:c)
3. Leaf springs are designed on the basis of
(a) Maximum bending stresses (b) Maximum deflection (c) Maximum bending
as well as maximum deflection (d) None
(Ans: c)
4. Maximum bending stress in a leaf spring is
(a) 3WL/4nbt2 (b) 3WL/8nbt2 (c) 3WL/2nbt2 (d) None
(Ans:c)
5. Maximum deflection in a leaf spring is given by
(a) 3WL3/4Enbt3 (b) 3WL3/8Enbt3 (c) 3WL3/16Enbt3 (d) None
(Ans:b)
6. Overlap in a leaf spring is
(a) L/n (b) L/2n (c) L/3n (d) None
(Ans:b)
7. Strain energy in a leaf spring is
(a) W x δ (b) W x δ/3 (c) W x δ/2 (d) None
(Ans: c)
8. Spring is an
(a) Elastic device (b) Plastic device (c) Elastic as well as plastic device (d) None
(Ans: a)
9. Strain energy in a spring should be
(a) Large (b) Small (c) Zero (d) None
(Ans:a)
(a) Large (b) Small (c) Zero (d) None
(Ans:a)
11. The load required to produce a unit deflection in the spring is called
(a) Modulus of Rigidity (b) Spring stiffness (c) Flexural rigidity (d) Tensional
rigidity
(Ans:b)
12. In spring balances, the spring is used
(a) To apply forces (b) To absorb shocks (c) To store strain energy (d) To
measure forces
(Ans:d)
13. The most important property for the spring material is
(a) High elastic limit (b) High deflection value (c) Resistance to fatigue and shock
(d) All of these
(Ans:d)
14. The springs in brakes and clutches are used
(a) To apply forces (b) To measure forces (c) To absorb shocks (d) To absorb strain
energy
(Ans:a)
15. In a watch, the spring is used to store energy. The energy is released
(a) To stop the watch (b) To run the watch (c) To change the time (d) All of these
(Ans:b)
16. A spring used to absorb shocks and vibrations is
(a) Close-coil helical spring (b) Open coiled helical spring (c) Spiral spring (d)
Leaf spring
(Ans:d)
17. The spring used in mechanical toys is
(a) Leaf spring (b) Spiral spring (c) Helical spring (d) All of these
(Ans:b)
18. The laminated springs are given initial curvature
(a) To have uniform strength (b) To make it more economical (c) So that plates may
become flat, when subjected to design load (d) None of these
(Ans:c)
19. Leaf springs absorb shocks by
(a) bending (b) twisting (c) compression (d) tension
(Ans: a)
20. Coil springs absorb shocks by
(a) bending (b) twisting (c) compression (d) tension
(Ans: c)
21. The following is a type of leaf springs
(a) three Quarter elliptic (b) semi elliptic (c) quarter elliptic (d) all of the
above
(Ans: d)
22. The material used for making torsion bar is
(a) Steel (b) Cast iron (c) High carbon steel (d) All of the above
(Ans: a)
23. Shackles are sort of
(a) coupling (b) link (c) spring (d) none of the above
(Ans: b)
24. Spring shackles are used to join
(a) chassis frame and spring (b) Spring and Axle (c) chassis frame and axle (d) all of
the above
(Ans: a)
25. Bending stress in graduated length leaves are more than that in full length leaves.
(a) Yes (b) No (c) In some cases (d) Can’t be stated
Ans: (b)
26. A leaf spring consists of 3 extra full length leaves and 14 graduated length leaves. The
maximum force that can act on the spring is 70kN and the distance between eyes of the
spring is 1.2m. Width and thickness of the leaves are 100mm and 12mm respectively. If
modulus of elasticity is 207000N/mm², calculate the initial nip.
(a) 26.8mm (b) 24.9mm (c) 22.5mm (d)23.1mm
Ans: (b)
27. A leaf spring consists of 3 extra full length leaves and 14 graduated length leaves. The
maximum force that can act on the spring is 70kN and the distance between eyes of the
spring is 1.2m. Width and thickness of the leaves are 100mm and 12mm respectively.
Calculate the initial pre load required to close the nip.
(a) 4332.2N (b) 4674.1N (c) 4985.4N (d) Can’t be determined
Ans: (b)
28. Belleville spring can only produce linear load deflection characteristics.
(a) Only linear (b) Linear as well as non linear (c) Non-linear (d) None of
the mentioned
Ans: (b).
29. When two Belleville sprigs are arranged in series, half deflection is obtained for same
force.
(a) One fourth deflection (b) Double deflection (c) Four time deflection (d)
None of the listed
Ans:(b)
30. When two Belleville springs are in parallel, half force is obtained for a given deflection.
(a) Half force (b) Double force (c) Same force (d) Can’t be determined
Ans: (b)
31. Propagation of fatigue failure is always due to compressive stresses.
(a) Due to bending (b) Due to tensile (c) Due to fatigue (d) None of the listed
Ans: (b)
32. The strain energy stored in a spiral spring is given by?
(a) 12M²L/Ebtᵌ (b) 6M²L/Ebtᵌ (c) 8M²L/Ebtᵌ (d) None of the listed
Ans: (b)
33. A concentric spring consists of 2 sprigs of diameter 10mm and 4mm. The net force
acting on the composite spring is 5000N. Find the force acting on each of the two springs.
(a) 1232.2N and 3767.8N (b) 786.4N and 4213.6N (c) 689.7N and 4310.3N
(d) 645.3N and 4354.7N
Ans:(c)
34. What will happen if stresses induced due to surge in the spring exceeds the endurance
limit stress of the spring.
(a) Fatigue Failure (b) Fracture (c) None of the listed (d) Nipping
Ans: (a)
35. Spiral spring is quite rigid.
(a) Yes (b) No it is flexible (c) It is of moderate rigidity (d) Rigidity can’t be
determined
Ans: (b)
36. Laminated springs are used in
(a) Watches (b) Sofas (c) Motorcycles (d) None
(Ans: d)
37. Most important features of any spring are
(a) Deflection, stiffness and strength (b) Stiffness, bending and shear strengths
(c) Strain energy, deflection and strength (d) None
(Ans: c)
38. There are number of laminations in a
(a) Close coiled spring (b) Open coiled spring (c) Spiral spring (d) None
(Ans: d)
39. The weight or pressure required to deflect a spring in mm is called the spring
(a) Weight (b) deflection (c) rate (d) rebound
(Ans: c)
40. Leaf spring for vehicles are nipped to
(a) To vary the effective length of the spring (b) to increase the interleaf friction
(c) Improve the load carrying capacity of spring (d) ensure that all leaves are uniformly
stressed during loading
(Ans: d)
41. The device that permits variation in the distance between the spring eyes of a leaf spring
as the spring flexes is called
(a) Spring shackle (b) spring U bolt (c) spring hanger (d) spring leaf
(Ans: a)
42. In leaf springs the longest leaf is known as
(a) Lower leaf (b) Master leaf (c) Upper leaf (d) None of these
(Ans: b)
43. The laminated spring which is in common use, is of the type
(a) full elliptic (b) semi elliptic (c)one quarter elliptic (d)three quarter elliptic
(Ans: b)
44. The clips placed at intervals along some leaf spring to prevent spring leaf separation on
rebound are
(a) rebound clips (b) separation clips (c) interval clips (d)relief clips
(Ans: a)
45. In a vehicle with torque tube drive, the rear suspension spring
(a) takes up driving thrust and torque reaction (b) supports load and takes up end thrust
(c) takes up braking thrust and torque reaction (d) takes up end thrust and torque
reaction
46. With a leaf spring type of suspension, interference between steering and suspension
system can be
(a) front end of the spring is pin joined and the rear end is shackled
(b) front end of the spring is shackled and the rear end is pin joined
(c) both end of the spring are shackled (d) both end of the spring are pin joined
(Ans: b)
47. The type of spring used to achieve greater load carrying capacity within given space is
(a)spiral spring (b) springs in series (c)multi-leaf spring (d) concentric spring
(Ans: d)
48. The type of spring used to achieve any linear and non-linear load-deflection
characteristics is
(a)spiral spring (b) non-ferrous spring (c)Belleville spring (d) torsion spring
(Ans: c)
49. ------------- are called cantilever laminated springs
(a) Semi-elliptical springs (b) quarter elliptical springs (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none
(Ans: b)
50. In case of a laminated spring, the load at which the plates become straight is called
(a) working load (b) safe load (c) proof load (d) none
(Ans: c)
Strength of Materials
Question No. 01
According to Lami's theorem
(A) Three forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium
(B) Three forces acting at a point can be represented by a triangle, each side being proportional
to force
(C) If three forces acting upon a particle are represented in magnitude and direction by the
sides of a triangle, taken in order, they will be in equilibrium
(D) If three forces acting at a point are in equilibrium, each force is proportional to the sine of
the angle between the other two
Answer: Option D
Question No. 02
A number of forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium if
(A) Their total sum is zero
(B) Two resolved parts in two directions at right angles are equal
(C) Sum of resolved parts in any two perpendicular directions are both zero
(D) All of them are inclined equally
Answer: Option C
Question No. 03
The center of gravity of a triangle lies at the point of
(A) Concurrence of the medians
(B) Intersection of its altitudes
(C) Intersection of bisector of angles
(D) Intersection of diagonals
Answer: Option A
Question No. 04
Angle of friction is the
(A) Angle between normal reaction and the resultant of normal reaction and the limiting friction
(B) Ratio of limiting friction and normal reaction
(C) The ratio of minimum friction force to the friction force acting when the body is just about
to move
(D) The ratio of minimum friction force to friction force acting when the body is in motion
Answer: Option A
Question No. 05
Limiting force of friction is the
(A) Tangent of angle between normal reaction and the resultant of normal reaction and limiting
friction
(C) The friction force acting when the body is just about to move
(D) The friction force acting when the body is in motion
Answer: Option C
Question No. 06
The necessary condition for forces to be in equilibrium is that these should be
(A) Coplanar
(B) Meet at one point
(C) Both (A) and (B) above
(D) All be equal
Answer: Option C
Question No. 07
Which of the following is the example of lever of first order?
(A) Arm of man
(B) Pair of scissors
(C) Pair of clinical tongs
(D) All of the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 08
A cable with a uniformly distributed load per horizontal metre run will take the following shape
(A) Straight line
(B) Parabola
(C) Hyperbola
(D) Elliptical
Answer: Option B
Question No. 09
In determining stresses in frames by methods of sections, the frame is divided into two parts by an
imaginary section drawn in such a way as not to cut more than
(A) Two members with unknown forces of the frame
(B) Three members with unknown forces of the frame
(C) Four members with unknown forces of the frame
(D) Three members with known forces of the frame
Answer: Option B
Question No. 10
According to principle of transmissibility of forces, the effect of a force upon a body is
(A) Maximum when it acts at the center of gravity of a body
(B) Different at different points in its line of action
(C) The same at every point in its line of action
(D) Minimum when it acts at the C.G. of the body
Answer: Option C
Question No. 11
Which of the following do not have identical dimensions?
(A) Momentum and impulse
(B) Torque and energy
(C) Torque and work
(D) Moment of a force and angular momentum
Answer: Option D
Question No. 12
If a number of forces act simultaneously on a particle, it is possible
(A) Not a replace them by a single force
(B) To replace them by a single force
(C) To replace them by a single force through C.G.
(D) To replace them by a couple
Answer: Option B
Question No. 13
Two coplanar couples having equal and opposite moments
(A) Balance each other
(B) Produce a couple and an unbalanced force
(C) Are equivalent
(D) Produce a moment of couple
Answer: Option D
Question No. 14
If a suspended body is struck at the centre of percussion, then the pressure on die axis passing
through the point of suspension will be
(A) Maximum
(B) Minimum
(C) Zero
(D) Infinity
Answer: Option C
Question No. 15
Kinetic friction is the
(A) Tangent of angle between normal reaction and the resultant of normal reaction and the
limiting friction
Answer: Option D
Question No. 16
The center of gravity of a uniform lamina lies at
(A) The center of heavy portion
(B) The bottom surface
(C) The midpoint of its axis
Answer: Option C
Question No. 17
The bending moment at E for the structure shown in below figure, is
(A) Zero
(B) 10 Tm
(C) 20 Tm
(D) 40 Tm
Answer: Option A
Question No. 18
The maximum twisting moment a shaft can resist, is the product of the permissible shear stress
and
(A) Moment of inertia
(B) Polar moment of inertia
(C) Polar modulus
(D) Modulus of rigidly
Answer: Option C
Question No. 19
The deflection of any rectangular beam simply supported, is
(A) Directly proportional to its weight
(B) Inversely proportional to its width
(C) Inversely proportional to the cube of its depth
(D) Directly proportional to the cube of its length
Answer: Option C
Question No. 20
Pick up the correct statement from the following:
(A) The point through which the resultant of the shear stresses passes is known as shear centre
(B) In the standard rolled channels, the shear centre is on the horizontal line passing through
and away from the C.G. beyond web
(C) In equal angles, the shear centre is on the horizontal plane and away from the C.G., outside
of the leg projection
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 21
A heavy string attached at two ends at same horizontal level and when central dip is very small
approaches the following curve
(A) Catenary
(B) Parabola
(C) Hyperbola
(D) Elliptical
Answer: Option B
Question No. 22
A beam is said to be of uniform strength, if
(A) B.M. is same throughout the beam
(B) Deflection is same throughout the beam
(C) Bending stress is same throughout the beam
(D) Shear stress is same throughout the beam
Answer: Option C
Question No. 23
(A) The distance of the eccentric axial load from the C.G. beyond which tension develops, is
known as kern distance
(B) In visco-elastic material, stress-strain relation is dependent on time
(C) An orthotropic material has different properties in three mutually perpendicular directions
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 24
The ratio of limiting friction and normal reaction is known as
(A) Coefficient of friction
(B) Angle of friction
(C) Angle of repose
(D) Sliding friction
Answer: Option A
Question No. 25
If a three hinged parabolic arch carries a uniformly distributed load on its entire span, every
section of the arch resists.
(A) Compressive force
(B) Tensile force
(C) Shear force
(D) Bending moment
Answer: Option A
Question No. 26
The under mentioned type is simple strain
(A) Tensile strain
(B) Compressive strain
(C) Shear strain
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 27
If rain is falling in the opposite direction of the movement of a pedestrian, he has to hold his
umbrella
(A) More inclined when moving
(B) Less inclined when moving
(C) More inclined when standing
(D) Less inclined when standing
Answer: Option D
Question No. 28
The reaction at support A of the beam shown in below figure, is
(A) Zero
(B) 5 T
(C) 10 T
(D) 1 T
Answer: Option A
Question No. 29
In a solid arch, shear force acts
(A) Vertically upwards
(B) Along the axis of the arch
(C) Perpendicular to the axis of arch
(D) Tangentially to the arch
Answer: Option C
Question No. 30
The maximum frictional force which comes into play when a body just begins to slide over another
surface is called
(A) Limiting friction
(B) Sliding friction
(C) Rolling friction
(D) Kinematic friction
Answer: Option A
Question No. 31
An arch with three hinges, is a structure
(A) Statically determinate
(B) Statically indeterminate
(C) Geometrically unstable
(D) Structurally sound but indeterminate
Answer: Option A
Question No. 32
Beams of uniform strength are preferred to those of uniform section because these are
economical for
(A) Large spans
(B) Heavy weights
(C) Light weights
(D) Short spans
Answer: Option A
Question No. 33
The M.I. of hollow circular section about a central axis perpendicular to section as compared to its
M.I. about horizontal axis is
(A) Same
(B) Double
(C) Half
(D) Four times
Answer: Option B
Question No. 34
The tensile force required to cause an elongation of 0.045 mm in a steel rod of 1000 mm length
and 12 mm diameter, is (where E = 2 × 106 kg/cm2)
(A) 166 kg
(B) 102 kg
(C) 204 kg
(D) 74 kg
Answer: Option B
Question No. 35
A long vertical member, subjected to an axial compressive load, is called
(A) A column
(B) A strut
(C) A tie
(D) A stanchion
Answer: Option A
Question No. 36
In ideal machines
(A) Mechanical advantage is greater than velocity ratio
(B) Mechanical advantage is equal to velocity ratio
(C) Mechanical advantage is less than velocity ratio
(D) Mechanical advantage is unity
Answer: Option B
Question No. 37
The nature of the stress in horizontal members of the truss shown in below figure may be
(A) Compressive
(B) Tensile
(C) Shear
(D) Zero
Answer: Option B
Question No. 38
The property of a material by which it can be drawn to a smaller section, due to tension, is called
(A) Plasticity
(B) Ductility
(C) Elasticity
(D) Malleability
Answer: Option B
Question No. 39
The unit of force in S.I. units is
(A) Kilogram
(B) Newton
(C) Watt
(D) Dyne
Answer: Option B
Question No. 40
A bending moment may be defined as:
(A) Arithmetic sum of the moments of all the forces on either side of the section
(B) Arithmetic sum of the forces on either side of the section
(C) Algebraic sum of the moments of all the forces on either side of the section
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 41
If a circular beam of diameter d experiences a longitudinal strain P/E and a lateral strain 2P/mE,
the volumetric strain is
(A) (P/E) + (2P/mE)
(B) (P/E) - (2P/mE)
(C) (P/E) + (mE/2P)
(D) (P/E) - (mE/2P)
Answer: Option B
Question No. 42
The resolved part of the resultant of two forces inclined at an angle in a given direction is equal
to
(A) The algebraic sum of the resolved parts of the forces in the given direction
(B) The sum of the resolved parts of the forces in the given direction
(C) The difference of the forces multiplied by the cosine of
(D) The sum of the forces multiplied by the sine of
Answer: Option A
Question No. 43
For structural analysis, Maxwell's reciprocal theorem can be applied to:
(A) Plastic structures
(B) Elastic structures
(C) Symmetrical structures
(D) All the above
Answer: Option B
Question No. 44
If all the dimensions of a bar are increased in the proportion n : 1, the proportion with which the
maximum stress produced in the prismatic bar by its own weight, will increase in the ratio
(A) 1 : n
(B) n : 1
(C) 1 : (1/n)
(D) 1 : n
Answer: Option B
Question No. 45
Which of the following is a vector quantity?
(A) Energy
(B) Mass
(C) Momentum
(D) Angle
Answer: Option C
Question No. 46
Pick up the incorrect statement
(A) The cross-sectional area of the welded member is effective
(B) A welded joint develops strength of its parent metal
(C) Welded joints provide rigidity
(D) Welding takes more time than riveting
Answer: Option D
Question No. 47
A 8 metre long simply supported rectangular beam which carries a distributed load 45 kg/m.
experiences a maximum fibre stress 160 kg/cm2. If the moment of inertia of the beam is 640 cm4,
the overall depth of the beam is
(A) 10 cm
(B) 12 cm
(C) 15 cm
(D) 18 cm
Answer: Option A
Question No. 48
A heavy ladder resting on floor and against a vertical wall may not be in equilibrium, if
(A) The floor is smooth, the wall is rough
(B) The floor is rough, the wall is smooth
(C) The floor and wall both are smooth surfaces
(D) The floor and wall both are rough surfaces
Answer: Option C
Question No. 49
A triangular section having base b, height h, is placed with its base horizontal. If the shear stress at
a depth y from top is q, the maximum shear stress is
(A) 3S/bh
(B) 4S/bh
(C) 4b/Sh
(D) 3b/bS
Answer: Option A
Question No. 50
Maximum deflection of a
(A) Cantilever beam carrying a concentrated load W at its free end is WL3/3EI
(B) Simply supported beam carrying a concentrated load W at mid-span is WL3/48EI
(C) Cantilever beam, carrying a uniformly distributed load over span is WL3/8EI
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 51
From a circular plate of diameter 6 cm is cut out a circle whose diameter is a radius of the plate.
Find the e.g. of the remainder from the center of circular plate
(A) 0.5 cm
(B) 1.0 cm
(C) 1.5 cm
(D) 2.5 cm
Answer: Option A
Question No. 52
If a rectangular beam measuring 10 × 18 × 400 cm carries a uniformly distributed load such that
the bending stress developed is 100 kg/cm2. The intensity of the load per metre length, is
(A) 240 kg
(B) 250 kg
(C) 260 kg
(D) 270 kg
Answer: Option B
Question No. 53
If two tensile forces mutually perpendicular act on a rectangular parallelepiped bar are equal, the
resulting elongation of the pipe, is
(A) (P/E) (1 - m)
(B) (E/P) (m -1)
(C) (E/P) (1 - m)
(D) (P/E) (1 + m)
Answer: Option A
Question No. 54
On a ladder resting on smooth ground and leaning against vertical wall, the force of friction will be
(A) Towards the wall at its upper end
(B) Away from the wall at its upper end
(C) Upwards at its upper end
(D) Downwards at its upper end
Answer: Option C
Question No. 55
If the rivets in adjacent rows are staggered and outermost row has only one rivet, the
arrangement of the rivets, is called
(A) Chain riveting
(B) Zig-zag riveting
(C) Diamond riveting
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 56
The bending moment at C of a portal frame shown in below figure is
(A) 8 t-m
(B) 4 t-m
(C) 28 t-m
(D) Zero
Answer: Option D
Question No. 57
If three forces acting in one plane upon a rigid body, keep it in equilibrium, then they must either
(A) Meet in a point
(B) Be all parallel
(C) At least two of them must meet
(D) All the above are correct
Answer: Option D
Question No. 58
In a three hinged arch, the shear force is usually
(A) Maximum at crown
(B) Maximum at springing
(C) Maximum at quarter points
(D) Varies with slope
Answer: Option B
Question No. 59
If Z and I are the section modulus and moment of inertia of the section, the shear force F and
bending moment M at a section are related by
(A) F = My/I
(B) F = M/Z
(C) F = dM/dx
(D) F Mdx
Answer: Option C
Question No. 60
A pair of smith's tongs is an example of the lever of
(A) Zeroth order
(B) First order
(C) Second order
(D) Third order
Answer: Option C
Question No. 61
The direction of the reaction at support B of a truss shown in below figure will be
(A) East of North

(B) West of North
(C) East of South
(D) West of South
Answer: Option A
Question No. 62
A beam of length L supported on two intermediate rollers carries a uniformly distributed load on
its entire length. If sagging B.M. and hogging B.M. of the beam are equal, the length of each
overhang, is
(A) 0.107 L
(B) 0.207 L
(C) 0.307 L
(D) 0.407 L
Answer: Option B
Question No. 63
The unit of work or energy in S.I. units is
(A) Newton
(B) Pascal
(C) Kilogram meter
(D) Joule
Answer: Option D
Question No. 64
The shear force on a simply supported beam is proportional to
(A) Displacement of the neutral axis
(B) Sum of the forces
(C) Sum of the transverse forces
(D) Algebraic sum of the transverse forces of the section
Answer: Option D
Question No. 65
Shear deflection of a cantilever of length L, cross sectional area A and shear modulus G, subjected
to w/m u.d.l., is
(A) (3/4) (L²w/GA)
(B) (3/2) (L²w/GA)
(C) (2/3) (L3w/GA)
(D) (3/2) (Lw/GA²)
Answer: Option A
Question No. 66
Which of the following is not the unit of distance?
(A) Angstrom
(B) Light year
(C) Micron
(D) Milestone
Answer: Option D
Question No. 67
In a bar of large length when held vertically and subjected to a load at its lower end, its own-
weight produces additional stress. The maximum stress will be
(A) At the lower cross-section
(B) At the built-in upper cross-section
(C) At the central cross-section
(D) At every point of the bar
Answer: Option B
Question No. 68
The value of Poisson's ratio always remains
(A) Greater than one
(B) Less than one
(C) Equal to one
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 69
The B.M. diagram of the beam shown in below figure, is
(A) A rectangle
(B) A triangle
(C) A trapezium
(D) A parabola
Answer: Option A
Question No. 70
Which of the following is not a vector quantity?
(A) Weight
(B) Velocity
(C) Acceleration
(D) Force
Answer: Option A
Question No. 71
The greatest eccentricity which a load W can have without producing tension on the cross-section
of a short column of external diameter D and internal diameter d, is
(A) 4W/ (D² - d²)
(B) (D² - d²)/32D
(C) (D² + d²)/8D
(D) (D² - d²)/8D
Answer: Option C
Question No. 72
If is the shear force at a section of an I-joist, having web depth and moment of inertia
about its neutral axis, the difference between the maximum and mean shear stresses in the
web is,
(A) Sd²/8I
(B) Sd²/12I
(C) Sd²/16I
(D) Sd²/24I
Answer: Option D
Question No. 73
Center of gravity of a thin hollow cone lies on the axis at a height of
(A) One-fourth of the total height above base
(B) One-third of the total height above base
(C) One-half of the total height above base
(D) Three-eighth of the total height above the base
Answer: Option B
Question No. 74
A rectangular bar of width b and height h is being used as a cantilever. The loading is in a plane
parallel to the side b. The section modulus is
(A) bh3/12
(B) bh²/6
(C) b²h/6
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 75
A beam is said to be of uniform strength, if
(A) B.M. is same throughout the beam
(B) Shear stress is same throughout the beam
(C) Deflection is same throughout the beam
(D) Bending stress is same at every section along its longitudinal axis
Answer: Option D
Question No. 76
The coefficient of friction depends on
(A) Area of contact
(B) Shape of surfaces
(C) Strength of surfaces
(D) Nature of surface
Answer: Option D
Question No. 77
A closely coiled helical spring of radius R, contains n turns and is subjected to an axial loadW. If the
radius of the coil wire is r and modulus of rigidity of the coil material is C, the stress developed in
the helical spring is
(A) WR/ 3
(B) 2WR/ 3
(C) 2WR/ 2
(D) 4WR/ 2
Answer: Option B
Question No. 78
The intensity of direct longitudinal stress in the cross-section at any point distant r from the
neutral axis, is proportional to
(A) r
(B) 1/r
(C) r2
(D) 1/r²
Answer: Option A
Question No. 79
The coefficient of friction depends upon
(A) Nature of surfaces
(B) Area of contact
(C) Shape of the surfaces
Answer: Option A
Question No. 80
The force in member U2L2 of the truss shown in below figure, is
(A) 10 T tension
(B) 10 T compression
(C) Zero
(D) 15 T compression
Answer: Option B
Question No. 81
The ratio of the moments of resistance of a solid circular shaft of diameter D and a hollow shaft
(external diameter D and internal diameter d), is
(A) D4/(D4 - d4)
(B) D3/(D3 - d3)
(C) (D4 - d4)/D4
(D) (D3 - d3)/D3
Answer: Option A
Question No. 82
The angle which an inclined plane makes with the horizontal when a body placed on it is about to
move down is known as angle of
(A) Friction
(B) Limiting friction
(C) Repose
(D) Kinematic friction
Answer: Option C
Question No. 83
When loads are applied proportionately to a frame structure containing its members in one plane,
the structure is called
(A) Grid frame
(B) Plane frame
(C) Space frame
(D) Truss frame
Answer: Option C
Question No. 84
The maximum stress intensity due to a suddenly applied load is x-times the stress intensity
produced by the load of the same magnitude applied gradually. The value of x is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 1/2
Answer: Option B
Question No. 85
The unit of power in S.I. units is
(A) Newton meter
(B) Watt
(C) Joule
(D) Kilogram meter/sec
Answer: Option B
Question No. 86
The maximum bending moment due to a moving load on a simply supported beam, occurs
(A) At the mid span
(B) At the supports
(C) Under the load
(D) Anywhere on the beam
Answer: Option C
Question No. 87
Which of the following is not the unit of pressure?
(A) kg/cm
(B) atm
(C) kg/cm²
(D) Newton
Answer: Option D
Question No. 88
The force in BD of the truss shown in below figure is:
(A) 500 kg compressive

(B) 500 kg tensile
(C) 1500 kg tensile
(D) 1500 kg compressive
Answer: Option A
Question No. 89
The maximum resistance against rotation, is offered by the weld at a point
(A) Most distant
(B) Least distant
(C) At either end
(D) Centrally located
Answer: Option A
Question No. 90
During a tensile test on a ductile material
(A) Nominal stress at fracture is higher than the ultimate stress
(B) True stress at fracture is higher than the ultimate stress
(C) True stress at fracture is the same as the ultimate stress
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 91
A framed structure is perfect if it contains members equal to
(A) 2n3
(B) nl
(C) 2nl
(D) 3n²
Where n = number of joints in a frame
Answer: Option A
Question No. 92
When equal and opposite forces applied to a body, tend to elongate it, the stress so produced, is
called
(A) Shear stress
(B) Compressive stress
(C) Tensile stress
(D) Transverse stress
Answer: Option C
Question No. 93
A joint of a frame is subjected to three tensile forces P, Q and R equally inclined to each other.
If P is 10 tonnes, the other forces will be
(A) Q = 10 tonnes and R = zero
(B) R + 10 tonnes and Q = zero
(C) Q + R = 10 tonnes
(D) Q and R each is equal to 10 tonnes
Answer: Option D
Question No. 94
In the equation of virtual work, following force is neglected
(A) Reaction of any smooth surface with which the body is in contact
(B) Reaction of a rough surface of a body which rolls on it without slipping
(C) Reaction at a point or an axis, fixed in space, around which a body is constrained to turn
Answer: Option D
Question No. 95
The structure shown in below figure is stable, if
(A) x y/2
(B) x = 2y
(C) =y
(D) x) = y
Answer: Option D
Question No. 96
(A) The rate of change of bending moment is equal to rate of shear force
(B) The rate of change of shear force is equal to rate of loading
(C) Neither (a) nor (b)
(D) Both (a) and (b)
Answer: Option D
Question No. 97
Tangent of angle of friction is equal to
(A) Kinetic friction
(C) Angle of repose
(D) Coefficient of friction
Answer: Option D
Question No. 98
The type of butt joints in common use, is:
(A) Single inverted V-butt joint
(B) Double V-butt joint
(C) Double U-butt joint
(D) Single V-butt joint
Answer: Option A
Question No. 99
For keeping the stress wholly compressive the load may be applied on a circular column anywhere
within a concentric circle of diameter
(A) d/2
(B) d/3
(C) d/4
(D) d/8
Answer: Option C
Question No. 100

The C.G. of a solid hemisphere lies on the central radius 3r
(A) At distance from the plane base 3r
(B) At distance from the plane base 3r
(C) At distance from the plane base 3r
(D) At distance from the plane base or
Answer: Option D
Question No. 101

In a loaded beam, the point of contraflexure occurs at a section where
(A) Bending moment is minimum
(B) Bending moment is zero or changes sign
(C) Bending moment is maximum
(D) Shearing force is maximum
Answer: Option B
Question No. 102
In actual machines
(A) Mechanical advantage is greater than velocity ratio
(B) Mechanical advantage is equal to velocity ratio
(C) Mechanical advantage is less than velocity ratio
(D) Mechanical advantage is unity
Answer: Option C
Question No. 103

In the given below figure, the rivets with maximum stress, are:
(A) 1 and 2
(B) 1 and 3
(C) 3 and 4
(D) 2 and 4
Answer: Option D
Question No. 104

If two forces acting at a joint are not along the straight line, then for the equilibrium of the joint
(A) One of the forces must be zero
(B) Each force must be zero
(C) Forces must be equal and of the same sign
(D) Forces must be equal in magnitude but opposite in sign
Answer: Option B
Question No. 105

Shear deflection of a cantilever of length L, cross sectional area A and shear modulus G, under a
concentrated load W at its free end, is
(A) (2/3) (WL/AG)
(B) (1/3) (WL²/EIA)
(C) (3/2) (WL/AG)
(D) (3/2) (WL²/AG)
Answer: Option C
Question No. 106

Forces are called concurrent when their lines of action meet in
(A) One point
(B) Two points
(C) Plane
(D) Perpendicular planes
Answer: Option A
Question No. 107

The ratio of the maximum deflections of a beam simply supported at its ends with an isolated
central load and that of with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
(A) 3/2
(B) 15/24
(C) 24/15
(D) 2/3
Answer: Option C
Question No. 108

At either end of a plane frame, maximum number of possible bending moments, are
(A) Zero
(B) One
(C) Two
(D) Three
Answer: Option A
Question No. 109

Which of the following is not the unit of work, energy and heat?
(A) kcal
(B) kg m
(C) kWhr
(D) hp
Answer: Option D
Question No. 110

If a shaft is rotating N revolutions per minute with an applied torque T kg-m, the horse power
being transmitted by the shaft, is
(A) 2 /550
(B) 2 /750
(C) 2 /4500
(D) 2 /55
Answer: Option C
Question No. 111
In a shaft shear stress intensity at a point is not
(A) Directly proportional to the distance from the axis
(B) Inversely proportional to the distance from the axis
(C) Inversely proportional to the polar moment of inertia
(D) Directly proportional to the applied torque
Answer: Option B
Question No. 112

Center of gravity of a solid cone lies on the axis at the height
(A) One-fourth of the total height above base
(B) One-third of the total height above base
(C) One-half of the total height above base
(D) Three-eighth of the total height above the base
Answer: Option A
Question No. 113

The force in DB of the truss shown in below figure is
(A) W compression
(B) W tension
(C) 2 W compression
(D) 5 W tension
Answer: Option B
Question No. 114

A diagram which shows the variations of the axial load for all sections of the span of a beam, is
called
(A) Bending moment diagram
(B) Shear force diagram
(C) Thrust diagram
(D) Stress diagram
Answer: Option C
Question No. 115

The resultant of the following three couples 20 kg force, 0.5 m arm, +ve sense 30 kg force, 1 m
arm, -ve sense 40 kg force, 0.25 m arm, +ve sense having arm of 0.5 m will be
(A) 20 kg, -ve sense
(B) 20 kg, +ve sense
(C) 10 kg, +ve sense
(D) 10 kg, -ve sense
Answer: Option A
Question No. 116

A cantilever beam rectangular in cross-section is subjected to an isolated load at its free end. If the
width of the beam is doubled, the deflection of the free end will be changed in the ratio of
(A) 8
(B) 1/8
(C) 1/2
(D) 3
Answer: Option C
Question No. 117

In rectangular columns (cross-section b × h), the core is a
(A) Rectangle of lengths b/2 and h/2
(B) Square of length b/2
(C) Rhombus of length h/2
(D) Rhombus of diagonals b/3 and h/3
Answer: Option D
Question No. 118

Pick up the correct assumption of the theory of simple bending
(A) The value of the Young's modulus is the same in tension as well as in compression
(B) Transverse section of a beam remains plane before and after bending
(C) The material of the beam is homogeneous and isotropic
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 119

Dynamic friction as compared to static friction is
(A) Same
(B) More
(C) Less
(D) May be less of more depending on nature of surfaces and velocity
Answer: Option C
Question No. 120

The property of a material by which it can be beaten or rolled into thin plates, is called
(A) Malleability
(B) Ductility
(C) Plasticity
(D) Elasticity
Answer: Option A
Question No. 121
A closely coiled helical spring of radius R, contains n turns and is subjected to an axial load W. If
the radius of the coil wire is r and modulus of rigidity of the coil material is C, the deflection of the
coil is
(A) WR3n/Cr4
(B) 2WR3n/Cr4
(C) 3WR3n/Cr4
(D) 4WR3n/Cr4
Answer: Option D
Question No. 122

In the lever of third order, load W, effort P and fulcrum F are oriented as follows
(A) W between P and F
(B) F between W and P
(C) P between W and F
(D) W, P and F all on one side
Answer: Option A
Question No. 123

In the cantilever truss as shown in below figure, the horizontal component of the reaction at A, is
(A) 30 tonnes
(B) 60 tonnes
(C) 90 tonnes
(D) 120 tonnes
Answer: Option A
Question No. 124

The property by which a body returns to its original shape after removal of the force, is called
(A) Plasticity
(B) Elasticity
(C) Ductility
(D) Malleability
Answer: Option B
Question No. 125
Forces are called coplanar when all of them acting on body lie in
(A) One point
(B) One plane
(C) Different planes
(D) Perpendicular planes
Answer: Option B
Question No. 126

The slenderness ratio of a vertical column of a square cross-section of 2.5 cm sides and 300 cm
length, is
(A) 200
(B) 240
(C) 360
(D) 416
Answer: Option D
Question No. 127

The stress necessary to initiate yielding, is considerably
(A) More than that necessary to continue it
(B) Less than that necessary to continue it
(C) More than that necessary to stop it
(D) Less than that necessary to stop it
Answer: Option A
Question No. 128

Which of the following is not a scalar quantity?
(A) Time
(B) Mass
(C) Volume
(D) Acceleration
Answer: Option D
Question No. 129

Influence lines are drawn for structures
(A) Of any type
(B) Statically determinate
(C) Pin-jointed truss
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 130

A cast iron T section beam is subjected to pure bending. For maximum compressive stress to be
three times the maximum tensile stress, centre of gravity of the section from flange side is
(A) h/4
(B) h/3
(C) h/2
(D) 2/3 h
Answer: Option A
Question No. 131

The units of moment of inertia of an area are
(A) kg m²
(B) m4
(C) kg/m²
(D) m3
Answer: Option B
Question No. 132

The radius of gyration of a rectangular section is not proportional to
(A) Square root of the moment of inertia
(B) Square root of the inverse of the area
(C) Square root of the moment of inertia divided by area of the section
(D) None of these
Answer: Option D
Question No. 133

Ties are load carrying members of a frame, which are subjected to
(A) Transverse loads
(B) Axial tension loads
(C) Axial compressive loads
(D) Torsional loads
Answer: Option B
Question No. 134

On the ladder resting on the ground and leaning against a smooth vertical wall, the force of
friction will be
(A) Downwards at its upper end
(B) Upwards at its upper end
(C) Perpendicular to the wall at its upper end
(D) Zero at its upper end
Answer: Option D
Question No. 135

The phenomenon of slow extension of materials having constant load, i.e. increasing with the time
is called
(A) Creeping
(B) Yielding
(C) Breaking
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 136

The maximum deflection of
(A) A simply supported beam carrying a uniformly increasing load from either end and having
the apex at the mid span is WL3/60EI
(B) A fixed ended beam carrying a distributed load over the span is WL3/384EI
(C) A fixed ended beam carrying a concentrated load at the mid span is WL3/192EI
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 137

A flywheel on a motor goes from rest to 1000 rpm in 6 sec. The number of revolutions made is
nearly equal to
(A) 25
(B) 50
(C) 100
(D) 250
Answer: Option B
Question No. 138

The B.M. of a cantilever beam shown in below figure at A, is
(A) Zero
(B) 8 Tm
(C) 12 Tm
(D) 20 Tm
Answer: Option A
Question No. 139

A cantilever carries is uniformly distributed load W over its whole length and a force W acts at its
free end upward. The net deflection of the free end will be
(A) Zero
(B) (5/24) (WL3/EI) upward
(C) (5/24) (WL3/EI) downward
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 140
The C.G. of a plane lamina will not be at its geometrical centre in the case of a
(A) Right angled triangle
(B) Equilateral triangle
(C) Square
(D) Circle
Answer: Option A
Question No. 141

Struts are load carrying members of a frame structure which are subjected to
(A) Axial tension loads
(B) Axial compressive loads
(C) Torsional loads
(D) Transverse loads
Answer: Option B
Question No. 142

Strain energy of a member may be equated to
(A) Average resistance × displacement
(B) ½ stress × strain × area of its cross-section
(C) ½ stress × strain × volume of the member
(D) ½ (stress)2 × volume of the member + Young's modulus E
Answer: Option D
Question No. 143

A force acting on a body may
(A) Introduce internal stresses
(B) Balance the other forces acting on it
(C) Retard its motion
Answer: Option D
Question No. 144

A simply supported beam (l + 2a) with equal overhangs (a) carries a uniformly distributed load
over the whole length, the B.M. changes sign if
(A) l > 2a
(B) l < 2a
(C) l = 2a
(D) l = 4a
Answer: Option A
Question No. 145

The stress in the wall of a cylinder in a direction normal to its longitudinal axis, due to a force
acting along the circumference, is known as
(A) Yield stress
(B) Longitudinal stress
(C) Hoop stress
(D) Circumferential stress
Answer: Option C
Question No. 146

According to principle of moments
(A) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then their algebraic sum is zero
(B) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then the algebraic sum of their moments
about any point in their plane is zero
(C) The algebraic sum of the moments of any two forces about any point is equal to moment of
their resultant about the same point
(D) Positive and negative couples can be balanced
Answer: Option B
Question No. 147

The ratio of strengths of solid to hollow shafts, both having outside diameter D and hollow having
inside diameter D/2, in torsion, is
(A) 1/4
(B) 1/2
(C) 1/16
(D) 15/15
Answer: Option D
Question No. 148

Along the neutral axis of a simply supported beam
(A) Fibres do not undergo strain
(B) Fibres undergo minimum strain
(C) Fibres undergo maximum strain
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 149

A trolley wire weighs 1.2 kg per meter length. The ends of the wire are attached to two poles 20
meters apart. If the horizontal tension is 1500 kg find the dip in the middle of the span
(A) 2.5 cm
(B) 3.0 cm
(C) 4.0 cm
(D) 5.0 cm
Answer: Option C
Question No. 150

In case of an eccentric loading on a bracket subjected to moment M, the tangential force
developed in any rivet, at right angles to its radius vector r is
(A) Mr/ r²
(B) r²/Mr
(C) Mr²/ r²
(D) Mr/ r²
Answer: Option A
Question No. 151

A composite member shown in below figure was formed at 25°C and was made of two
materials a and b. If the coefficient of thermal expansion of a is more than that of b and the
composite member is heated upto 45°C, then
(A) a will be in tension and b in compression

(B) Both will be in compression
(C) Both will be in tension
(D) a will be in compression and b in tension
Answer: Option D
Question No. 152

Coulomb friction is the friction between
(A) Bodies having relative motion
(B) Two dry surfaces
(C) Two lubricated surfaces
(D) Solids and liquids
Answer: Option A
Question No. 153

The ratio of the moment of inertia of a circular plate and that of a square plate for equal depth, is
(A) Less than one
(B) Equal to one
(C) More than one
(D) Equal
Answer: Option D
Question No. 154

The principal stresses at a point are 100, 100 and -200 kgf/cm2, the octahedral shear stress at the
point is:
(A) 100 kg/cm2
(B) 200 kg/cm2
(C) 300 kg/cm2
(D) 400 kg/cm2
Answer: Option A
Question No. 155

A sample of metal weighs 219 gms in air, 180 gms in water, 120 gms in an unknown fluid. Then
which is correct statement about density of metal
(A) Density of metal can't be determined
(B) Metal is twice as dense as water
(C) Metal will float in water
(D) Metal is twice as dense as unknown fluid
Answer: Option A
Question No. 156

The energy stored in a beam of length subjected to a constant B.M. is
(A) M²L/2EI
(B) ML²/2EI
(C) M²L/EI
(D) ML²/EI
Answer: Option A
Question No. 157

In a simply supported beam L with a triangular load W varying from zero at one end to the
maximum value at the other end, the maximum bending moment is
(A) WL/3
(B) WL
(C) WL/4
(D) WL3
Answer: Option D
Question No. 158

Which is the correct statement about law of polygon of forces?
(A) If any number of forces acting at a point can be represented by the sides of a polygon taken
in order, then the forces are in equilibrium
(B) If any number of forces acting at a point can be represented in direction and magnitude by
the sides of a polygon, then the forces are in equilibrium
(C) If a polygon representing forces acting at a point is closed then forces are in equilibrium
(D) If any number of forces acting at a point can be represented in direction and magnitude by
the sides of a polygon taken in order, then the forces are in equilibrium
Answer: Option D
Question No. 159

If a member carries a tensile force P on its area of cross-section A, the normal stress introduced on
(A) (P/A
(B) (P/A
(C) (P/A
(D) (P/2A
Answer: Option B
Question No. 160

Failure of riveted joints is due to
(A) Tearing of the plates between the rivet hole and the edge of the plate
(B) Tearing of plates between rivets
(C) Shearing of rivets
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 161

Two non-collinear parallel equal forces acting in opposite direction
(B) Constitute a moment
(C) Constitute a couple
(D) Constitute a moment of couple
Answer: Option C
Question No. 162

A simply supported wooden beam 150 cm long and having a cross section 16 cm × 24 cm carries a
concentrated load, at the centre. If the permissible stress ft = 75 kg/cm2 and fs= 10 kg/cm2 the safe
load is
(A) 3025 kg
(B) 3050 kg
(C) 3075 kg
(D) 3100 kg
Answer: Option C
Question No. 163

If a steel rod of 20 mm diameter and 5 metres long elongates by 2.275 mm when subjected to an
axial pull of 3000 kg, the stress developed, is
(A) 9.5541 kg/cm2
(B) 95.541 kg/cm2
(C) 955.41 kg/cm2
(D) 9554.1 kg/cm2
Answer: Option C
Question No. 164

Least force required to draw a body up the inclined plane is W sin (plane inclination + friction
angle) applied in the direction
(A) Along the plane
(B) Horizontally
(C) Vertically
(D) At an angle equal to the angle of friction to the inclined plane
Answer: Option D
Question No. 165

If a constant section beam is subjected to a uniform bending moment throughout, its length bends
to
(A) A circular arc
(B) A parabolic arc
(C) A catenary
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 166

The width b and depth d of a beam cut from a wooden cylindrical log of 100 cm diameter for
maximum strength are:
(A) b = 57.73 cm d = 81.65 cm
(B) b = 81.65 cm d = 57.73 cm
(C) b = 50.00 cm d = 50.00 cm
(D) b = 40.00 cm d = 80.00 cm
Answer: Option A
Question No. 167

Which of the following is the locus of a point that moves in such a manner that its distance from a
fixed point is equal to its distance from a fixed line multiplied by a constant greater than one
(A) Ellipse
(B) Hyperbola
(C) Parabola
(D) Circle
Answer: Option B
Question No. 168

As compared to uniaxial tension or compression, the strain energy stored in bending is only
(A) 1/8
(B) 1/4
(C) 1/3
(D) 1/2
Answer: Option C
Question No. 169

Strain energy of any member may be defined as work done on it
(A) To deform it
(B) To resist elongation
(C) To resist shortening
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 170
Effect of a force on a body depends upon
(A) Magnitude
(B) Direction
(C) Position or line of action
Answer: Option D
Question No. 171

If n is the ratio of internal and external diameters of a hollow shaft, the ratio of the weight of the
hollow shaft and that of solid shaft of same strength, will be
(A) (1 - n²)/(1 - n²)1/2
(B) (1 - n²)/(1 - n4)2/3
(C) (1 + n3)/(1 + n4)1/2
(D) (1 + n1)/(1 + n4)2/3
Answer: Option B
Question No. 172

The effect of arching a beam, is
(A) To reduce the bending moment throughout
(B) To increase the bending moment throughout
(C) Nothing on the bending throughout
(D) All the above
Answer: Option A
Question No. 173

D' Alembert's principle is used for
(A) Reducing the problem of kinetics to equivalent statics problem
(B) Determining stresses in the truss
(C) Stability of floating bodies
(D) Designing safe structures
Answer: Option A
Question No. 174

The range within which a load can be applied on a rectangular column, to avoid any tensile stress,
is
(A) One-half of the base
(B) One-fifth of the base
(C) One-fourth of the base
(D) One-fifth of the base
Answer: Option B
Question No. 175

For the same height, the bottom width for no tension,
(A) For triangular section is more than rectangular section
(B) For rectangular section is more than triangular section
(C) For triangular section is same as that of a rectangular section
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 176

Coefficient of friction is the
(A) Angle between normal reaction and the resultant of normal reaction and the limiting friction
Answer: Option B
Question No. 177

An arch may be subjected to
(A) Shear and axial force
(B) Bending moment and shear force
(C) Bending moment and axial force
(D) Thrust, shear force and bending moment
Answer: Option D
Question No. 178

The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, carrying a uniformly
increasing load, is always
(A) Linear
(B) Parabolic
(C) Cubical
(D) Circular
Answer: Option C
Question No. 179

The C.G. of a right circular solid cone of height h lies at the following distance from the base
(A) h/2
(B) J/3
(C) h/6
(D) h/4
Answer: Option D
Question No. 180

For a channel section, the shear centre lies at a distance of
(A) dbt/2I
(B) d²bt/3I
(C) d²b²t/4I
(D) db²t/5I
Answer: Option C
Question No. 181
For the beam shown in below figure, the maximum positive bending moment is nearly equal to
negative bending moment when L1 is equal to
(A) 1.0 L
(B) 0.7 L
(C) 0.5 L
(D) 0.35 L
Answer: Option D
Question No. 182

A force is completely defined when we specify
(A) Magnitude
(B) Direction
(C) Point of application
Answer: Option D
Question No. 183

In a three hinged arch, the third hinge is generally kept at
(A) Crown of the arch
(B) Midpoint of the crown and left support hinge
(C) Midpoint of the crown and right support hinge
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 184

The stiffness factor for a prismatic beam of length L and moment of inertia I, is
(A) IE/L
(B) 2EI/L
(C) 3EI/L
(D) 4EI/L
Answer: Option A
Question No. 185

Center of percussion is
(A) The point of C.G.
(B) The point of metacentre
(C) The point of application of the resultant of all the forces tending to cause a body to rotate
about a certain axis
(D) Point of suspension
Answer: Option C
Question No. 186

The weakest section of a diamond riveting, is the section which passes through
(A) First row
(B) Second row
(C) Central row
(D) One rivet hole of end row
Answer: Option A
Question No. 187

If a solid shaft is subjected to a torque at its end such that maximum shear stress does not
exceed fs the diameter of the shaft will be
(A) 16T/ fs
(B) T/ fs)
(C) (16T/ fs)
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 188

Pick up wrong statement about friction force for dry surfaces. Friction force is
(A) Proportional to normal load between the surfaces
(B) Dependent on the materials of contact surface
(C) Proportional to velocity of sliding
(D) Independent of the area of contact surfaces
Answer: Option C
Question No. 189

The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, carrying a uniformly
distributed load is always
(A) Linear
(B) Parabolic
(C) Cubical
(D) Circular
Answer: Option B
Question No. 190

The maximum load to which a fillet joint of length can be subjected to, is
(A) 0.7 × S × fillet size × L
(B) 2 × S × fillet size × L
(C) Permissible shear stress × fillet size × L
(D) (S × fillet size × L)/3
Answer: Option A
Question No. 191

Which of the following is not the unit of energy?
(A) kg m
(B) kcal
(C) watt
(D) watt hours
Answer: Option C
Question No. 192

In a beam, the neutral plane
(A) May be its centre
(B) Passes through the C.G. of the area of cross-section
(C) Does not change during deformation
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 193

The moment diagram for a cantilever whose free end is subjected to a bending moment, will be a
(A) Triangle
(B) Rectangle
(C) Parabola
(D) Cubic parabola
Answer: Option B
Question No. 194

The algebraic sum of the resolved parts of a number of forces in a given direction is equal to the
resolved part of their resultant in the same direction. This is as per the principle of
(A) Forces
(B) Independence of forces
(C) Dependence of forces
(D) Resolution of forces
Answer: Option D
Question No. 195

The law which states, "Within elastic limits strain produced is proportional to the stress producing
it", is known as
(A) Bernoulli's law
(B) Stress law
(C) Hooke's law
(D) Poisson's law
Answer: Option C
Question No. 196
For a beam of uniform strength keeping its depth constant, the width will vary in proportion to
(A) Bending moment (M)
(B)
(C) M2
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 197

The product of either force of couple with the arm of the couple is called
(A) Resultant couple
(B) Moment of the forces
(C) Resulting couple
(D) Moment of the couple
Answer: Option D
Question No. 198

While testing a cast iron beam (2.5 cm × 2.5 cm) in section and a metre long simply supported at
the ends failed when a 100 kg weight is applied at the centre. The maximum stress induced is:
(A) 960 kg/cm2
(B) 980 kg/cm2
(C) 1000 kg/cm2
(D) 1200 kg/cm2
Answer: Option A
Question No. 199

Simple bending equation is
(A) M/I = R/E = F/Y
(B) I/M = E/R = Y/F
(C) M/I = E/R = F/Y
(D) M/I = R/E = Y/F
Answer: Option C
Question No. 200

The algebraic sum of moments of the forces forming couple about any point in their plane is
(A) Equal to the moment of the couple
(B) Constant
(C) Both of above are correct
(D) Both of above are wrong
Answer: Option A
Question No. 201

and are numbers of members and joints in a frame. It contains redundant members if
(A) n = 2j - 3
(B) n = 3j - 2
(C) n < 2j - 3
(D) n > 2j - 3
Answer: Option D
Question No. 202

The equivalent length of a column fixed at both ends, is
(A) 0.5 l
(B) 0.7 l
(C) l
(D) 1.5 l
Answer: Option A
Question No. 203

Which of the following is not the unit of power?
(A) kW (kilowatt)
(B) hp (horse power)
(C) kcal/sec
(D) kcal/kg sec
Answer: Option D
Question No. 204

The ratio of elongations of a conical bar due to its own weight and that of a prismatic bar of the
same length, is
(A) 1/2
(B) 1/3
(C) 1/4
(D) 1/5
Answer: Option B
Question No. 205

The force in the member DE of the truss shown in below figure will be
(A) Zero
(B) 2 W tensile
(C) 2 W compressive
(D) 4 W compressive
Answer: Option C
Question No. 206
The possible loading in various members of framed structures are
(A) Compression or tension
(B) Buckling or shear
(C) Shear or tension
Answer: Option A
Question No. 207

A simply supported beam of span L carries a concentrated load W at its mid-span. The maximum
bending moment M is
(A) WL/2
(B) WL/4
(C) WL/8
(D) WL/12
Answer: Option B
Question No. 208

The following assumption is not true in the theory of pure torsion:
(A) The twist along the shaft is uniform
(B) The shaft is of uniform circular section throughout
(C) Cross-section of the shaft, which is plane before twist remains plane after twist
(D) All radii get twisted due to torsion
Answer: Option D
Question No. 209

If three forces acting in different planes can be represented by a triangle, these will be in
(A) Non-equilibrium
(B) Partial equilibrium
(C) Full equilibrium
(D) None of the above
Answer: Option A
Question No. 210

A simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed load over its whole span, is propped at
the centre of the span so that the beam is held to the level of the end supports. The reaction of
the prop will be
(A) Half the distributed load
(B) 3/8th the distributed load
(C) 5/8th the distributed load
(D) Distributed load
Answer: Option C
Question No. 211
Shear force for a cantilever carrying a uniformly distributed load over its length, is
(A) Triangle
(B) Rectangle
(C) Parabola
(D) Cubic parabola
Answer: Option B
Question No. 212

The weight of a body is due to
(A) Centripetal force of earth
(B) Gravitational pull exerted by the earth
(C) Forces experienced by body in atmosphere
(D) Gravitational force of attraction towards the centre of the earth
Answer: Option D
Question No. 213

For structural analysis of forces, the method refers to
(A) Moment-area-theorem
(B) Three-moment equation
(C) Maxwell's reciprocal theorem
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 214

The section modulus of a rectangular section is proportional to
(A) Area of the section
(B) Square of the area of the section
(C) Product of the area and depth
(D) Product of the area and width
Answer: Option A
Question No. 215

Pick up the incorrect statement from the following:
(A) The C.G. of a circle is at its center
(B) The C.G. of a triangle is at the intersection of its medians
(C) The C.G. of a rectangle is at the intersection of its diagonals
(D) The C.G. of a semicircle is at a distance of r/2 from the center
Answer: Option D
Question No. 216

According to Unwin's formula, the diameter of a rivet of plate of thickness is :
(A) d = 6.05 t
(B) d = 1.5 t + 4
(C) d = t
(D) d = t + 1.5
Answer: Option A
Question No. 217

For a beam having fixed ends, the unknown element of the reactions, is
(A) Horizontal components at either end
(B) Vertical components at either end
(C) Horizontal component at one end and vertical component at the other
(D) Horizontal and vertical components at both the ends
Answer: Option D
Question No. 218

If a rigid body is in equilibrium under the action of three forces, then
(A) These forces are equal
(B) The lines of action of these forces meet in a point
(C) The lines of action of these forces are parallel
(D) Both (B) and (C) above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 219

The materials which have the same elastic properties in all directions, are called
(A) Isotropic
(B) Brittle
(C) Homogeneous
(D) Hard
Answer: Option A
Question No. 220

A solid circular shaft of diameter d is subjected to a torque T. The maximum normal stress induced
in the shaft, is
(A) Zero
(B) 16T/ 3
(C) 32T/ 3
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 221

Frictional force encountered after commencement of motion is called
(A) Post friction
(C) Kinematic friction
(D) Dynamic friction
Answer: Option D
Question No. 222
A three-hinged arch is said to be:
(A) Statically determinate structure
(B) Statically indeterminate structure
(C) A bent beam
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 223

The areas of cross-section of a square beam and a circular beam subjected to equal bending
moments, are same.
(A) Circular beam is more economical
(B) Square beam is more economical
(C) Both the beams are equally strong
(D) Both the beams are equally economical
Answer: Option B
Question No. 224

A single force and a couple acting in the same plane upon a rigid body
(B) Cannot balance each other
(C) Produce moment of a couple
(D) Are equivalent
Answer: Option B
Question No. 225

If the shear force along a section of a beam is zero, the bending moment at the section is
(A) Zero
(B) Maximum
(C) Minimum
(D) Average of maximum-minimum
Answer: Option B
Question No. 226

The moment diagram for a cantilever carrying a concentrated load at its free end, will be
(A) Triangle
(B) Rectangle
(C) Parabola
(D) Cubic parabola
Answer: Option A
Question No. 227

The forces, which meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie in a plane, are called
(A) Coplanar non-concurrent forces
(B) Non-coplanar concurrent forces
(C) Non-coplanar non-concurrent forces
(D) Intersecting forces
Answer: Option B
Question No. 228

The shear stress at any section of a shaft is maximum
(A) At the centre of the section
(B) At a distance r/2 from the centre
(C) At the top of the surface
(D) At a distance 3/4 r from the centre
Answer: Option C
Question No. 229

If the width b and depth d of a beam simply supported with a central load are interchanged, the
deflection at the centre of the beam will be changed in the ratio of
(A) b/d
(B) d/b
(C) (d/b)2
(D) (b/d)2
Answer: Option D
Question No. 230

The centre of percussion of a solid cylinder of radius r resting on a horizontal plane will be
(A) r/2
(B) 2r/3
(C) r/A
(D) 3r/2
Answer: Option D
Question No. 231

A three hinged parabolic arch hinged at the crown and springing, has a horizontal span of 4.8 m
and a central rise of 1 m. It carries a uniformly distributed load of 0.75 tonne per metre over half
left hand span. The horizontal thrust at the support will be
(A) 10.8 tonnes
(B) 1.08 tonnes
(C) 1.8 tonnes
(D) 0.8 tonnes
Answer: Option B
Question No. 232

A member which is subjected to reversible tensile or compressive stress may fail at a stress lower
than the ultimate stress of the material. This property of metal, is called
(A) Plasticity of the metal
(B) Elasticity of the metal
(C) Fatigue of the metal
(D) Workability of the metal
Answer: Option C
Question No. 233

A body moves, from rest with a constant acceleration of 5 m per sec. The distance covered in 5 sec
is most nearly
(A) 38 m
(B) 62.5 m
(C) 96 m
(D) 124 m
Answer: Option B
Question No. 234

Stress in a beam due to simple bending, is
(A) Directly proportional
(B) Inversely proportional
(C) Curvilinearly related
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 235

The ratio of the tensile stress developed in the wall of a boiler in the circumferential direction to
the tensile stress in the axial direction, is
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
Answer: Option C
Question No. 236

According to law of triangle of forces
(A) Three forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium
(B) Three forces acting at a point can be represented by a triangle, each side being proportional
to force
(C) If three forces acting upon a particle are represented in magnitude and direction by the
sides of a triangle, taken in order, they will be in equilibrium
(D) If three forces acting at a point are in equilibrium, each force is proportional to the sine of
the angle between the other two
Answer: Option C
Question No. 237

The deflection due to couple M at the free end of a cantilever length L is
(A) ML/EI
(B) 2ML/EI
(C) ML²/2EI
(D) M²L/2EI
Answer: Option C
Question No. 238

The bending moment is maximum on a section where shearing force
(A) Is maximum
(B) Is minimum
(C) Is equal
(D) Changes sign
Answer: Option D
Question No. 239

Which one of the following statements is not correct?
(A) The tangent of the angle of friction is equal to coefficient of friction
(B) The angle of repose is equal to angle of friction
(C) The tangent of the angle of repose is equal to coefficient of friction
(D) The sine of the angle of repose is equal to coefficient to friction
Answer: Option D
Question No. 240

For a simply supported beam with a central load, the bending moment is
(A) Least at the centre
(B) Least at the supports
(C) Maximum at the supports
(D) Maximum at the centre
Answer: Option D
Question No. 241

A member is balanced at its end by two inclined members carrying equal forces. For equilibrium
the angle between the inclined bars must be
(A) 3°
(B) 45°
(C) 90°
(D) 120°
Answer: Option D
Question No. 242

When trying to turn a key into a lock, following is applied
(A) Coplanar force
(B) Non-coplanar forces
(C) Couple
(D) Moment
Answer: Option C
Question No. 243
A reinforced concrete beam is assumed to be made of
(A) Homogeneous material
(B) Heterogeneous material
(C) Isotropic material
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 244

For a stable frame structure, number of members required, is
(A) Three times the number of joints minus three
(B) Twice the number of joints minus three
(C) Twice the number of joints minus two
(D) Twice the number of joints minus one
Answer: Option B
Question No. 245

The units of moment of inertia of mass are
(A) kg m²
(B) m4
(C) kg/m²
(D) kg/m
Answer: Option A
Question No. 246

The reaction at the supports will be vertical to the plane of the support if the frame structure rests
on
(A) Roller supports
(B) Free supports
(C) Hinged supports
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 247

If the stress produced by a prismatic bar is equal to the working stress, the area of the cross-
section of the prismatic bar, becomes
(A) Zero
(B) Infinite
(C) Maximum
(D) Minimum
Answer: Option B
Question No. 248
(A) L/2
(B) L/3
(C) 3L/4
(D) 2L/3
Answer: Option D
Question No. 249

A beam of length L is pinned at both ends and is subjected to a concentrated bending couple of
moment M at its centre. The maximum bending moment in the beam is
(A) M
(B) M/2
(C) M/3
(D) ML/2
Answer: Option A
Question No. 250

If b is the width of a plate joined by diamond riveting of diameter d, the efficiency of the joint is
given by
(A) (b + d)/b
(B) (b - d)/b
(C) (d - b)/d
(D) (b - d)/d
Answer: Option B
Question No. 251

A projectile is fired at an angle to the vertical. Its horizontal range will be maximum when is
(A) 0°
(B) 30°
(C) 45°
(D) 60°
Answer: Option C
Question No. 252

For a simply supported beam of length , the bending moment is described as M = a (x- x3/L2),
x < L; where is a constant. The shear force will be zero at
(A) The supports
(B) x = L/2
(C) x = L
(D) x = L/3
Answer: Option C
Question No. 253

A column is said to be of medium size if its slenderness ratio is between
(A) 20 and 32
(B) 32 and 120
(C) 120 and 160
(D) 160 and 180
Answer: Option B
Question No. 254

The length of a column, having a uniform circular cross-section of 7.5 cm diameter and whose ends
are hinged, is 5 m. If the value of E for the material is 2100 tonnes/cm2, the permissible maximum
crippling load will be
(A) 1.288 tonnes
(B) 12.88
(C) 128.8 tonnes
(D) 288.0
Answer: Option B
Question No. 255

The moment diagram for a cantilever which is subjected to a uniformly distributed load will be a
(A) Triangle
(B) Rectangle
(C) Parabola
(D) Cubic parabola
Answer: Option C
Question No. 256

If the normal cross-section of a member is subjected to tensile force , the resulting normal
(A) (P/A
(B) (P/A
(C) (P/2A
(D) (P/2A
Answer: Option B
Question No. 257

In a shaft rotated by a couple, the shear force varies
(A) From zero at the centre to a maximum at the circumference
(B) From minimum at the centre of maximum at the circumference
(C) From maximum at the centre to zero at the circumference
(D) Equally throughout the section
Answer: Option A
Question No. 258

The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, having no external load, is
always
(A) Linear
(B) Parabolic
(C) Cubical
(D) Circular
Answer: Option A
Question No. 259

The stress at which extension of a material takes place more quickly as compared to the increase
in load, is called
(A) Elastic point
(B) Plastic point
(C) Breaking point
(D) Yielding point
Answer: Option D
Question No. 260

A shaft turning 150 r.p.m. is subjected to a torque of 150 kgm. Horse power transmitted by the
shaft is
(A)
(B) 10
(C) ²
(D) 1/
Answer: Option B
Question No. 261

In a simply supported beam (l + 2a) with equal overhangs (a) and carrying a uniformly distributed
load over its entire length, B.M. at the middle point of the beam will be zero if
(A) l = 2a
(B) l = 4a
(C) l < 2a
(D) l > a
Answer: Option A
Question No. 262

A simply supported beam of span carries a uniformly distributed load . The maximum
bending moment is
(A) WL/2
(B) WL/4
(C) WL/8
(D) WL/12
Answer: Option C
Question No. 263

A member which does not regain its original shape after removed of load producing deformation
is said
(A) Plastic
(B) Elastic
(C) Rigid
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 264

A solid cube is subjected to equal normal forces on all its faces. The volumetric strain will be x-
times the linear strain in any of the three axes when
(A) x = 1
(B) x = 2
(C) x = 3
(D) x = 4
Answer: Option C
Question No. 265

A three hinged arch is loaded with an isolated load 1000 kg at a horizontal distance of 2.5 m from
the crown, 1 m above the level of hinges at the supports 10 metres apart. The horizontal thrust is
(A) 1250 kg
(B) 125 kg
(C) 750 kg
(D) 2500 kg
Answer: Option A
Question No. 266

A uniform girder simply supported at its ends is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its
entire length and is propped at the centre so as to neutralise the deflection. The net B.M. at the
centre will be
(A) WL
(B) WL/8
(C) WL/24
(D) WL/32
Answer: Option D
Question No. 267

When a rectangular beam is loaded transversely, the maximum compressive stress develops on
(A) Bottom fibre
(B) Top fibre
(C) Neutral axis
(D) Every cross-section
Answer: Option B
Question No. 268

In a tension test, the yield stress is 300 kg/cm2, in the octahedral shear stress at the point is:
(A) 100 kg/cm2
(B) 150 kg/cm2
(C) 200 kg/cm
(D) 250 kg/cm2
Answer: Option A
Question No. 269
Columns of given length, cross-section and material have different values of buckling loads for
different end conditions. The strongest column is one whose
(A) One end is fixed and other end is hinged
(B) Both ends are hinged or pin jointed
(C) One end is fixed and the other end entirely free
(D) Both the ends are fixed
Answer: Option D
Question No. 270

A cantilever carrying a uniformly distributed load W over its full length is propped at its free end
such that it is at the level of the fixed end. The bending moment will be zero at its free end also at
(A) Midpoint of the cantilever
(B) Fixed point of the cantilever
(C) 1/4th length from free end
(D) 3/4th length from free end
Answer: Option D
Question No. 271

If the depth of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its centre, is doubled, the
deflection of the beam at the centre will be changed by a factor of
(A) 2
(B) 1/2
(C) 8
(D) 1/8
Answer: Option D
Question No. 272

The minimum number of rivets for the connection of a gusset plate, is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Answer: Option B
Question No. 273

The cross sections of the beams of equal length are a circle and a square whose permissible
bending stress is same under same maximum bending. The ratio of their flexural weights is,
(A) 1.118
(B) 1.338
(C) 1.228
(D) 1.108
Answer: Option A
Question No. 274
(A) A ductile material has large plastic zone
(B) A brittle material has no plastic zone
(C) A rigid material has no plastic zone
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 275

The section modulus of a rectangular light beam 25 metres long is 12.500 cm3. The beam is simply
supported at its ends and carries a longitudinal axial tensile load of 10 tonnes in addition to a
point load of 4 tonnes at the centre. The maximum stress in the bottom most fibre at the mid span
section, is
(A) 13.33 kg/cm2 tensile
(B) 13.33 kg/cm2 compressive
(C) 26.67 kg/cm2 tensile
(D) 26.67 kg/cm2 compressive
Answer: Option C
Question No. 276

Stress in members of statically determinate simple frames, can be determined by
(A) Method of joints
(B) Method of sections
(C) Graphical solution
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 277

The point of contraflexure occurs in
(A) Cantilever beams only
(B) Continuous beams only
(C) Over hanging beams only
(D) All types of beams
Answer: Option C
Question No. 278

A rectangular beam 20 cm wide is subjected to a maximum shearing force of 10,000 kg, the
corresponding maximum shearing stress being 30 kg/cm2. The depth of the beam is
(A) 15 cm
(B) 20 cm
(C) 25 cm
(D) 30 cm
Answer: Option C
Question No. 279
If a member is subjected to a tensile force P, having its normal cross-section A, the resulting shear
(A) (P/A
(B) (P/2A
(C) (P/2A
(D) (P/A
Answer: Option B
Question No. 280

If a shaft is simultaneously subjected to a toque T and a bending moment M, the ratio of
maximum bending stress and maximum shearing stress is
(A) M/T
(B) T/M
(C) 2M/T
(D) 2T/M
Answer: Option C
Question No. 281

The ratio of the effective length of a column and minimum radius of gyration of its cross-sectional
area, is known
(A) Buckling factor
(B) Slenderness ratio
(C) Crippling factor
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 282

The region of the cross-section of a column in which compressive load may be applied without
producing any tensile stress, is known as the core of the cross-section. In circular columns the
radius of the core, is
(A) One-half of the radius
(B) One-third of the radius
(C) One-quarter of the radius
(D) One-fifth of the radius
Answer: Option C
Question No. 283

If the width of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its centre is doubled, the
deflection of the beam at the centre is changed by
(A) 2 times
(B) 4 times
(C) 8 times
(D) 1/2 times
Answer: Option C
Question No. 284
A cylinder is said to be thin if the ratio of its thickness and diameter, is less than
(A) 1/25
(B) 1/20
(C) 1/15
(D) 1/10
Answer: Option D
Question No. 285

As the elastic limit reaches, tensile strain
(A) Increases more rapidly
(B) Decreases more rapidly
(C) Increases in proportion to the stress
(D) Decreases in proportion to the stress
Answer: Option A
Question No. 286

For a given material Young's modulus is 200 GN/m2 and modulus of rigidity is 80 GN/m2. The value
of Poisson's ratio is
(A) 0.15
(B) 0.20
(C) 0.25
(D) 0.30
Answer: Option C
Question No. 287

The rise of a parabolic arch at quarter points, is equal to
(A) 1/3 times the rise of the crown
(B) 1/4 times the rise of the crown
(C) 1/2 times the rise of the crown
(D) 3/4 times the rise of the crown
Answer: Option D
Question No. 288

The number of points of contraflexure in a simple supported beam carrying uniformly distributed
load, is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
Answer: Option A
Question No. 289

When two plates butt together and are riveted with two cover plates with two rows of rivets, the
joint is known as
(A) Lap joint
(B) Butt joint
(C) Single riveted single cover butt joint
(D) Double riveted double cover butt joint
Answer: Option D
Question No. 290

If the width of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its centre is doubled, the
deflection of the beam at the centre is changed by
(A) 1/2
(B) 1/8
(C) 2
(D) 8
Answer: Option A
Question No. 291

The moment diagram for a cantilever carrying linearly varying load from zero at its free end and to
maximum at the fixed end will be a
(A) Triangle
(B) Rectangle
(C) Parabola
(D) Cubic parabola
Answer: Option D
Question No. 292

When a rectangular beam is loaded longitudinally, shear develops on
(A) Bottom fibre
(B) Top fibre
(C) Middle fibre
(D) Every-horizontal plane
Answer: Option D
Question No. 293

For a simply supported beam carrying uniformly distributed load W on it entire length L, the
maximum bending moment is
(A) WL/4
(B) WL/8
(C) WL/2
(D) WL/3
Answer: Option B
Question No. 294

Along the principal plan subjected to maximum principal stress
(A) Maximum shear stress acts
(B) Minimum shear stress acts
(C) No shear stress acts
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 295

The width of a beam of uniform strength having a constant depth d length L, simply supported at
the ends with a central load W is
(A) 2WL/3fd²
(B) 3WL/2fd²
(C) 2fL/3Wd4
(D) 3fL²/2Wd
Answer: Option B
Question No. 296

The distance between the centres of adjacent rivets in the same row, is called
(A) Pitch
(B) Lap
(C) Gauge
(D) Staggered pitch
Answer: Option A
Question No. 297

Hooke's law states that stress and strain are
(A) Directly proportional
(B) Inversely proportional
(C) Curvilinearly related
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 298

For a beam, if fundamental equations of statics are not sufficient to determine all the reactive
forces at the supports, the structure is said to be
(A) Determinate
(B) Statically determinate
(C) Statically indeterminate
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 299

The tension coefficient of any member is
(A) Force divided by the length
(B) Tension divided by the length
(C) Tension per unit area
(D) Tension in the member
Answer: Option B
Question No. 300
Rankine-Golden formula accounts for direct as well as buckling stress and is applicable to
(A) Very long columns
(B) Long columns
(C) Short columns
(D) Intermediate columns
Answer: Option D
Question No. 301

The neutral axis of a beam cross-section must
(A) Pass through the centroid of the section
(B) Be equidistant from the top of bottom films
(C) Be an axis of symmetry of the section
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 302

In a continuous bending moment curve the point where it changes sign, is called
(A) Point of inflexion
(B) Point of contraflexure
(C) Point of virtual hinge
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 303

The equivalent length of a column fixed at one end and free at the other end, is
(A) 0.5 l
(B) 0.7 l
(C) 2 l
(D) 1.5 l
Answer: Option C
Question No. 304

For a given material, if E, C, K and m are Young's modulus, shearing modulus, bulk modulus and
Poisson ratio, the following relation does not hold good
(A) E = 9KC/3K + C
(B) E = 2K (1 + 2/m)
(C) E = 2C (1 + 1/m)
(D) E = 3C (1 - 1/m)
Answer: Option C
Question No. 305

A short masonry pillar is 60 cm x 60 cm in cross-section, the core of the pillar is a square whose
side is
(A) 17.32 cm
(B) 14.14 cm
(C) 20.00 cm
(D) 22.36 cm
Answer: Option B
Question No. 306

The ratio of the maximum deflection of a cantilever beam with an isolated load at its free end and
with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
(A) 1
(B) 24/15
(C) 3/8
(D) 8/3
Answer: Option D
Question No. 307

The slenderness ratio of a vertical column of square cross- section of 10 cm side and 500 cm long,
is
(A) 117.2
(B) 17.3
(C) 173.2
(D) 137.2
Answer: Option C
Question No. 308

A steel rod of 2 cm diameter and 5 metres long is subjected to an axial pull of 3000 kg. If E = 2.1 ×
106, the elongation of the rod will be
(A) 2.275 mm
(B) 0.2275 mm
(C) 0.02275 mm
(D) 2.02275 mm
Answer: Option B
Question No. 309

A rectangular log of wood is floating in water with a load of 100 N at its centre. The maximum
shear force in the wooden log is
(A) 50 N at each end
(B) 50 N at the centre
(C) 100 N at the centre
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 310

The maximum compressive stress at the top of a beam is 1600 kg/cm2 and the corresponding
tensile stress at its bottom is 400 kg/cm2. If the depth of the beam is 10 cm, the neutral axis from
the top, is
(A) 2 cm
(B) 4 cm
(C) 6 cm
(D) 8 cm
Answer: Option D
Question No. 311

At either end of a plane frame, maximum number of possible transverse shear forces, are
(A) One
(B) Two
(C) Three
(D) Four
Answer: Option A
Question No. 312

In a square beam loaded longitudinally, shear develops
(A) On middle fibre along horizontal plane
(B) On lower fibre along horizontal plane
(C) On top fibre along vertical plane
(D) Equally on each fibre along horizontal plane
Answer: Option D
Question No. 313

Reactions at the supports of a structure can be determined by equating the algebraic sum of
(A) Horizontal forces to zero
(B) Vertical forces to zero
(C) Moment about any point to zero
(D) All the above
Answer: Option D
Question No. 314

The phenomenon of slow growth of strain under a steady tensile stress, is called
(A) Yielding
(B) Creeping
(C) Breaking
(D) None of these
Answer: Option B
Question No. 315

If the stress in each cross-section of a pillar is equal to its working stress, it is called
(A) Body of equal
(B) Body of equal section
(C) Body of equal strength
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 316
Maximum deflection of a cantilever due to pure bending moment M at its free end, is
(A) ML²/3EI
(B) ML²/4EI
(C) ML²/6EI
(D) ML²/2EI
Answer: Option D
Question No. 317

The maximum deflection of a simply supported beam of length L with a central load W, is
(A) WL²/48EI
(B) W²L/24EI
(C) WL3/48EI
(D) WL²/8EI
Answer: Option C
Question No. 318

An open-ended cylinder of radius and thickness is subjected to internal pressure . The
Young's modulus for the material is and Poisson's ratio is . The longitudinal strain is
(A) Zero
(B) pr/TE
(C) pr/2TE
(D) None of these
Answer: Option A
Question No. 319

Euler's formula states that the buckling load for a column of length , both ends hinged and
whose least moment of inertia and modulus of elasticity of the material of the column
are and respectively, is given by the relation
(A) P = ²EI/l²
(B) P = /EI
(C) P = /l²
(D) P = ²EI/l3
Answer: Option A
Question No. 320

In a three hinged arch, the bending moment will be zero
(A) At right hinge only
(B) At left hinge only
(C) At both right and left hinges
(D) At all the three hinges
Answer: Option D
Question No. 321
A simply supported beam carries two equal concentrated loads W at distances L/3 from either
support. The maximum bending moment
(A) WL/3
(B) WL/4
(C) 5WL/4
(D) 3WL/12
Answer: Option A
Question No. 322

If the beam is supported so that there are only three unknown reactive elements at the supports.
These can be determined by using the following fundamental equation of statics
(A) H = 0
(B) V = 0
(C) H H=0
(D) H V M=0
Answer: Option D
Question No. 323

For a cantilever with a uniformly distributed load W over its entire length L, the maximum bending
moment is
(A) WL
(B) ½ WL
(C) WL
(D) ½ WL2
Answer: Option B
Question No. 324

To ascertain the maximum permissible eccentricity of loads on circular columns, the rule generally
followed, is
(A) Middle half rule of columns
(B) Middle third rule of columns
(C) Middle fourth rule of columns
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 325

A shaft 9 m long is subjected to a torque 30 t-m at a point 3 m distant from either end. The
reactive torque at the nearer end will be
(A) 5 tonnes metre
(B) 10 tonnes metre
(C) 15 tonnes metre
(D) 20 tonnes metre
Answer: Option D
Question No. 326
Every material obeys the Hooke's law within its
(A) Elastic limit
(B) Plastic point
(C) Limit of proportionality
(D) None of these
Answer: Option C
Question No. 327

If the length of a cantilever carrying an isolated load at its free end is doubled, the deflection of
the free end will increase by
(A) 8
(B) 1/8
(C) 1/3
(D) 2
Answer: Option B
Question No. 328

If is the internal pressure in a thin cylinder of diameter and thickness , the developed hoop
stress, is
(A) pd/2t
(B) pd/4t
(C) pd/t
(D) 2pd/t
Answer: Option A
Uni
t1.Si
mpl
est
resses&St
rai
ns
1 Whatwi
l
lbet hepoi
sonsr
ati
o,i
fbul
kmodul
usandmodul
usofRi
gidi
tyar
e
KandGrespecti
vel
y
A
B
Ans
3 Measur
ement
shav
ebeenmadef
ort
heYoungsmodul
usofel
ast
ici
tyf
or
mi
l
dst
eel
speci
menbot
hint
ensi
onandcompr
essi
on,
Ther
ati
o wi
l
lbe
appr
oxi
mat
elyequal
to
A 0.
5
B 0.
75
C 1.
0 Ans
D 1.
25
4 Consi
derabaroflengthL,
breadthbandthi
cknesstsubj
ect
edt
oanaxi
al
pul
l.Theresul
ti
ngvolumetr
icstr
ainwi
ll
beequal t
o
A Ans
TheProper
tybywhi
chbodyr
etur
nst
oit
sor
igi
nal
shapeaf
terr
emov
aloft
he
for
ce,
iscall
ed
A.Pl
ast
ici
ty
B.El
ast
ici
ty
C.duct
il
it
y
D.mal
l
eabi
l
ity
ANSWER:
B
Thedef
ormat
ionperuni
tlengt
hiscal
l
ed,
A.st
rai
n
B.t
ensi
l
est
ress
C.compr
essi
vest
ress
D.shearst
ress
ANSWER:
A
Thest
ressatwhi
chextensi
onofamateri
alt
akespl
acemor
equi
ckl
yas
comparedt
othei
ncreaseinl
oad,
iscal
led
A.el
ast
icl
i
mit
B.Pl
ast
icpoi
nt
C.br
eaki
ngpoi
nt
D.y
iel
dingpoi
nt
ANSWER:
D
Theint
ernal
resi
stancewhi
cht
hebodyof
fer
stomeett
hel
oadorext
ernal
for
cei
s
cal
led,
A.st
ress
B.st
rai
n
C.pr
essur
e
D.noneoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
A
Si
mpl
est
ressof
tencal
l
ed
A.di
rectst
ress
B.t
ransv
ersest
ress
C.t
otal
str
ess
D.anyoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
A
Ther
ati
oofchangei
nvol
umeandor
igi
nal
vol
umeoft
hebodyi
scal
l
ed
A.t
ensi
l
est
rai
n
B.compr
essi
vest
rai
n
C.shearst
rai
n
D.v
olumet
ri
cst
rai
n
ANSWER:
D
Rober
tHookedi
scov
eredexper
iment
all
ythatwi
thi
nel
ast
icl
i
mit
,
A.st
ress=st
rai
n
B.st
ressxst
rai
n=1
C.st
ress/
str
ain=const
ant
D.noneoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
C
Modul
usofel
ast
ici
tyi
sdef
ineast
her
ati
oof
A.shearst
resst
oshearst
rai
n
B.l
i
nearst
resst
oli
nearst
rai
n
C.l
i
nearst
rai
ntol
ater
alst
rai
n
D.l
ater
alst
rai
ntol
i
nearst
rai
n
ANSWER:
B
2m l
onguni
for
m steel
wir
e,5mm indiamet
eri
ssubj
ect
edt
oanaxi
alt
ensi
l
eload
of15KN,Theel
ongati
onofwir
eis,t
akeE=200GPa
A.3.
42mm
B.7.
64mm
C.2.
55mm
D.6.
75mm
ANSWER:
B
Thestr
essbasedonact
ual
areaofcr
oss-
sect
iondur
ingt
ensi
onst
ageofami
l
d
st
eelspeci
meniscal
l
ed,
A.Nomi
nal
str
ess
B.Nor
mal
str
ess
C.Tr
uest
ress
D.Yi
eldst
ress
ANSWER:
C
Ther
elat
ionbet
weent
hreeel
ast
icconst
ant
sis,
A.E=3KG/
(K+G)
B.E=6KG/
(3K+G)
C.E=9KG/
(3K+G)
D.E=3KG/
(3K+G)
ANSWER:
C
Asteelr
odof2cm2ar
eaand1m hei
ghti
ssubject
edtopul
lof40000N.
If
Youngsmodul
usi
s2x10^2N/mm2,Theelongati
onoft
herodinmm wi
llbe
A.10
B.100
C.1
D.0.
1
ANSWER:
C
Rat
ioofl
ater
alst
rai
ntol
i
nearst
rai
nisknownas
A.modul
usofel
ast
ici
ty
B.modul
usofr
igi
dit
y
C.Poi
ssonsr
ati
o
D.el
ast
icl
i
mit
ANSWER:
C
Whi
choft
hef
oll
owi
ngst
atementi
sincor
rect
?
A.st
ressi
ddi
rect
lypr
opor
ti
onal
tost
rai
nwi
thi
nel
ast
icl
i
mit
B.st
ressi
sfor
ceperuni
tar
ea
C.Hooke'
slawhol
dgoodupt
othebr
eaki
ngpoi
nt
D.r
ati
oofl
i
nearst
resst
oli
nearst
rai
niscal
l
edYoungsmodul
us
ANSWER:
C
Uni
t2-SFD&BMD
1 Thef
igur
eshowsshearf
orcedi
agr
am f
ort
hebeam ABCD,
bendi
ngmomenti
n
t
hepor
ti
onBCoft
hebeam
A i
sanonzer
oconst
ant Ans
B i
szer
o
C v
ari
esl
i
near
lyf
rom Bt
oC
D v
ari
esPar
abol
i
cal
l
yfr
om Bt
oC
2 Asimpl
ysuppor
tedbeam l
oadedasshowni
nfi
gur
e,t
hemaxi
mum shearf
orce
i
nthebeam i
sequalt
o
A W
B WL/
3
C WL/
2 Ans
D WL/
4
3 Ther
ati
oofr
eact
ionofRAandRBoft
hesi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam showni
nthe
f
igur
ebel
owi
s,
A 1/
2
B 2/
3
C 3/
2
D 1 Ans
5 Poi
ntofCont
raf
lexur
ear
ethepoi
ntswher
e
A S.
F.i
szer
o
B Def
lect
ioni
szer
o
C B.
M.andS.
F.ar
ezer
o
D Noneoft
hese Ans
6 Acanti
leverbeam ABandspanLi
sloadedasshowni
nfi
gur
e,t
hemaxi
mum
shearf
orcewouldbe
A W/
2
B WL/
3
C WL/
2 Ans
D zer
o
Thebendi
ngmomenti
nbeam i
smaxi
mum wher
e,
A.S.
F.i
suni
for
m
B.S.
F.i
smaxi
mum
C.S.
F.i
smi
nimum
D.S.
F.i
schangessi
gn
ANSWER:
D
Thepoi
ntsofcont
raf
lexur
ear
ethepoi
ntswher
e,
A.S.
F.i
szer
o
B.Def
lect
ioni
szer
o
C.B.
M.i
szer
o
D.Noneoft
hese
ANSWER:
C
Therat
ioofr
eacti
onofRAandRBoft
hesi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam showni
nthe
fi
gur
ebelowis,
A.1/
2
B.2/
3
C.3/
2
D.1
ANSWER:
D
Asimpl
ysuppor
tedbeam,asshowni
nfi
gur
e,i
sloadedt
hemaxi
mum shear
f
orcei
nthebeam i
sequal
to,
A.WL/
2
B.WL/
3
C.WL/
4
D.W
ANSWER:
A
Theshapeofthebendi
ngmomentdi
agram f
orauni
for
m cani
l
everbeam car
ryi
ng
auni
formlydi
str
ibut
edloadov
eri
tsl
engthi
s,
A.ast
rai
ghtl
i
ne
B.ahy
per
bol
a
C.anel
l
ipse
D.apar
abol
a
ANSWER:
D
Bendi
ngmomentdi
agram f
orsi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam i
sgi
venbel
ow,
thenl
oad
act
ingont
hebeam i
s,
A.poi
ntl
oadatC
B.UDLov
erwhol
elengt
h
C.equal
&opposi
temoment
sappl
i
edatA&B
D.momentappl
i
edatC
ANSWER:
D
Whi
choft
hef
oll
owi
ngar
ecor
rectst
atement
s,
A.Ther
ateofchangeofbendi
ngmomentgi
vesshearf
orce
B.Ther
ateofchangeofshearf
orcegi
vesr
ateofl
oadi
ng
C.nei
therAnorB
D.bot
hA&Bcor
rect
ANSWER:
D
Abeam i
ssimplysuppor
tedati
tsend&poi
ntl
oadatt
hecent
er,
thebendi
ng
momentdiagr
am wil
lbe,
A.Tr
iangl
e
B.Cubi
cpar
abol
a
C.Par
abol
a
D.Rect
angl
e
ANSWER:
A
Aconcentr
atedloadofPactsonasi mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam ofspanLata
di
stanceL/3fr
om thelef
tsuppor
t,bendi
ngmomentatthepointl
oadisgi
venby
,
A.PL/
3
B.2PL/
3
C.PL/
9
D.2PL/
9
ANSWER:
D
Canti
l
everbeam ABofspan4m car
ri
es Unif
orml
ydi
str
ibut
edl
oadofi
ntensi
ty2
kN/m,maximum bendi
ngmomentwi l
lbe,
A.8kN.
m
B.16kN.
m
C.32kN.
m
D.noneoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
B
Uni
t3.Bendi
ngst
resses&Shear
ingSt
resses
4 Thesect
ionmodul
usofar
ect
angul
arsect
ionhav
ingwi
dth(
b)anddept
h(d)i
s
A bd/
6
B bd2/
6 Ans
C bd3/
6
D b2d/
6
5 Thesect
ionmodul
usofaci
rcul
arsect
ionofdi
amet
er(
d)i
s
A
B
Ans
8 Theshearst
ressatanysect
ionatadi
stanceyf
rom N.
A.i
sgi
venby
A
B
Ans
D noneoft
heabov
e
Whenacanti
l
everi
sloadedati
tsf
reeend,
maxi
mum compr
essi
vest
ressshal
l
dev
elopat
A.bot
tom f
iber
B.t
opf
iber
C.neut
ral
axi
s
D.att
heC.
G.
ANSWER:
A
I
nthet
heor
yofsi
mpl
ebendi
ng,
thebendi
ngst
ressi
nthebeam sect
ionv
ari
es
A.seconddegr
eecuv
e
B.t
hir
ddegr
eecur
ve
C.l
i
near
ly
D.par
abol
i
cal
l
y
ANSWER:
C
Abeam ofr
ect
angul
arsecti
on,
bendi
ngst
ressdi
agr
am i
sdr
wan,
atext
rem f
iber
t
heval
ueofbendi
ngstressi
s,
A.mi
nimum
B.zer
o
C.maxi
mum
D.i
nfi
nit
y
ANSWER:
C
ATherati
oofmomentofi
ner
ti
aofcr
oss-
sect
iont
odi
stanceoft
heext
rem f
iber
f
rom neut
ral
axi
s
A.momentogResi
stance
B.maxi
mum bendi
ngmoment
C.Shearmodul
us
D.Sect
ionmodul
us
ANSWER:
D
MomentofI
ner
ti
aisal
sot
ermedas
A.secondmomentoff
orce
B.Secondmomentofar
ea
C.Fi
rstmomentoff
orce
D.Fi
rstmomentofar
ea
ANSWER:
B
Theshapeofshearst
ressdi
str
ibut
iondi
agr
am f
orCi
rcul
arsect
ionbeam i
s
A.Par
abol
i
c
B.Rect
angul
ar
C.Hy
per
bol
i
c
D.noneoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
A
Therat
ioofmaximum shearst
resst
otheav
erageshearst
ressi
nbeam wi
th
Cir
cul
arcross-
sect
ioni
s,
A.1.
5
B.1.
33
C.2.
0
D.2.
5
ANSWER:
B
Therat
ioofmaxi
mum shearstr
esst
otheav
erageshearst
ressi
nbeam wi
th
Rect
angul
arcr
oss-sect
ioni
s,
A.2/
3
B.1/
3
C.1/
3
D.3/
2
ANSWER:
D
Maxi
mum bendi
ngmomentr
esi
stedbyt
hesect
ioni
scal
l
edas
A.momentofI
ner
ti
a
B.modul
usofel
ast
ici
ty
C.momentofr
esi
stance
D.modul
usofsect
ion
ANSWER:
C
I
ntheshearst
ressdi
stri
but
iondiagr
am,asthedi
stancef
rom t
heneut
ral
axi
s
i
ncr
easesthemagnetudeofshearstr
ess,
A.i
ncr
eases
B.decr
eases
C.doesnotchange
D.r
emai
nsconst
ant
ANSWER:
B
Thesect
ionmodul
uscanbeexpr
essesmat
hamat
ical
l
yas
A.M/
I
B.E/
R
C.I
/y
D.M/
Y
ANSWER:
C
TheBendi
ngst
resscanbedet
ermi
nebyt
heexpr
essi
on
A.M/
I
B.M/
Z
C.M/
y
D.I
/Y
ANSWER:
B
Aport
ionofabeam bet
weent
wosect
ionsi
ssai
dtobei
npur
ebendi
ngwhen
t
herei
s
A.const
antB.
M.andzer
oS.
F
B.const
antS.
F.andzer
oB.
M.
C.const
antB.
M.andS.
F
D.noneoft
heabov
e
ANSWER:
A
Arectangul
arbeam 10cm wi
de,i
ssubject
edtomaxi
mum shearf
orceof50kN,
thecorr
espondi
ngmaximum shearst
ressbei
ng3N/mm2.Thedepthofthe
beam is
A.25cm
B.22cm
C.16.
67cm
D.30cm
ANSWER:
A
Therati
oofmaxi
mum shearst
resst
otheav
erageshearst
ressi
nbeam wi
th
Tri
angul
arcr
oss-
sect
ioni
s,
A.3/
2
B.2/
3
C.4/
3
D.1/
3
ANSWER:
A
I
nat
ri
angul
arsect
ionofdept
hhmet
er,
themaxi
mum shearst
ressoccur
esat
A.2h/
3fr
om base
B.h/
2fr
om base
C.att
heN.
A.
D.2h/
4fr
om base
ANSWER:
B
Forabeam ofr
ect
angul
arsect
ion,
theshearst
ressacr
ossi
tsdept
hvar
ies
A.Li
near
ly
B.r
emai
nsconst
ant
C.par
abol
i
cal
l
y
D.Hy
per
bol
i
cal
l
y
ANSWER:
C
TheAv
erageshearst
ressf
orabeam asr
ect
angul
arcr
oss-
sect
ioni
s
A.F/
bd
B.F/
2bd
C.F/
3bd
D.bd/
F
ANSWER:
A
Abeam ofr
ect
angul
arcr
oss-
sect
ion,
theshearst
ressoccur
esatt
heneut
ral
axi
s
i
s
A.z
ero
B.mi
nimum
C.const
ant
D.maxi
mum
ANSWER:
D
Unit 1
Stresses and Strains
01 mark
1. Definition of Lateral Strain
Change in width / Original width, Change in depth / Original depth,
Change in diameter / Original diameter, All the above
2. Poisson’s ratio is the ratio is the ratio of ……………………………
Lateral Stress / Linear Strain, Lateral Strain / Linear Strain,
Linear Strain / Lateral Strain, Linear Strain / Linear Strain
3. Modulus of Rigidity is the ratio of ………………………………..
Elastic Stress / Lateral Strain, Shear Strain / Shear Stress,
Linear Strain / Lateral Strain, Shear Stress / Shear Strain
4. When material is loaded, Within the elastic limit, the stress is proportional to Strain, this law is
called as
Poisson’s Law Modulus law Hook’s Law Plasticity law
5. Bulk modulus is the ratio of ………………………………….
Volumetric Strain / Volumetric Stress, Direct Stress / Volumetric Strain,
Volumetric change / Volumetric Strain, Elastic Modulus / Lateral strain
6. When bar is free to expand, the stresses developed due to increase in temperature in the bar will
be …………………….
Tensile stresses Compressive Stresses Shear stresses No stresses
7. Factor of safety is the ratio of …………………
Ultimate Stress / Working Stress, Working Stress / Ultimate Stress,
Yield Stress / Safe Stress,, Shear Stress / Yield stress
8. When compound bar subjected to load, generally it has same
Diameter Length Stresses Deformation
9. In relation between E, G and K, Which is the valid equation
E=2G(1+Mu) E=3K(1-2Mu) E=2G(1-Mu) E=3K(1+2Mu)
E=3G(1+Mu) E=3K(1+3Mu) E=9KG(1+Mu) E=3KG(1+2Mu)
10. As an engineer, considering all the engineering aspects, which material you will prefer for the
construction of civil Engineering structures.
Copper Brass Mild Steel Aluminium
Q11. Stress strain curve is always straight line for_____
A. Elastic materials
B. Materials obeying Hooke's law
C. Elasto plastic materials
D. None of the answer ANSWER: B
Q12. The term nominal stress in stress-strain curve for mild steel implies _____
A. Average stress
B. Actual stress
C. Yield stress
D. Stress at necking ANSWER:A
Q13. Where is the necking region?

A. The area between lower yield point and upper yield point
B. The area between the plastic limit and elastic limit
C. The area between the ultimate point and initial point
D. The area between the ultimate point and rupture ANSWER:D
Q14. The relation between modulus of elasticity (E), modulus of rigidity (G) and bulk modulus
(K) is given as ________
A. K+G / (3K+ G)
B. 3 KG / (3K+ G)
C. 3 KG / (9K+ G)
D. 9 KG / (3K+ G) ANSWER: D
Q15. What is the point shown in the stress strain curve?
A. Elastic limit
B. Lower yield point
C. Yield plateau
D. Ultimate point ANSWER:D
Q16. The actual breaking stress in stress-strain diagram is the ratio of ______
A. Load at breaking point and original cross-sectional area
B. Load at breaking point and reduced cross-sectional area
C. Maximum load and original cross-sectional area
D. Yield load and original cross-sectional area ANSWER:B
Q17. A material has identical properties in all directions, it is said to be _____

A. Homogeneous
B. Isotropic
C. Elastic
D. Orthotropic ANSWER:B
Q18. The ratio of 'E' for a mild steel specimen in tension and compression is nearly
A. 1
B. 2
C. 1.5
D. 0.5 ANSWER:A
Q19. A uniform steel rod, 6mm in diameter and 0.5m long is subjected to a tensile force of 3kN.
Find the normal stress in the bar and its elongation. (Take E=200GPa)
A. 106.2 MPa ; 0.5mm
B. 106.2 MPa ; 0.265mm
C. 265 MPa ; 0.106mm
D. 265 MPa ; 0.5mm ANSWER:B
Q20. A brass bar having c/s area 500 mm2 is subjected to axial forces as shown in fig. Find the
total elongation of the bar. (Take E=80GPa)
A. 0.5mm
B. 0.85mm
C. 0.66mm
D. 0.085mm ANSWER:B
Q21. A rod is 2m long at 100 C. Find the expansion of the rod when the temperature is raised to
800 C. If this expansion is prevented, find the stress in material. Take E= 80 GPa and 
=0.000012 per 0C.
A. 1.68 mm ; 67.2 MPa
B. 1.75 mm ; 63.25 MPa
C. 0.168 mm ; 67.2 MPa
D. 16.8 mm ; 63.25 MPa ANSWER:A
Q22. A steel cube of volume 0.008 m3 is subjected to all round stress of 130 N/m2. The bulk
modulus of the material is 1.33 x 103 N/m2. The volumetric change is….
A. 6 x 10-4 m3
B. 7.81 x 10-3 m3
C. 6 x 10-3 m3
D. 7.81 x 10-4 m3 ANSWER:D
Q23. A steel rod 20mm diameter and 5m long is connected to two pipes one at each end and at a
temperature of 1300C. Find the pull exerted when temperature falls to 400C. If (i) ends yield by
1.10mm. E=200 X 103MPa,  =1.2 X 10-5/0C.
A. 50.35 kN
B. 54.03 kN
C. 56.18 kN
D. None of the above ANSWER:B
Q24. Rails of 10 m length each are laid on the track in the morning when the atmospheric
temperature was 120 C. A gap of 3mm was kept between two consecutive rails, at what
maximum temperature the rails will remain stress free. Take E = 200 GPa and α = 12 x 10-6 / 0 C
A. 350 C
B. 37.50 C
C. 250 C
D. None of the above ANSWER:C
25 What will be the poisons ratio, if bulk modulus and modulus of Rigidity are K and
G respectively
A 3K  2G
6 K  2G
B 3K  2G
Ans
6 K  2G
C 3K  4G
6 K  4G
D 3K  4G
6 K  4G
26 What will be the relation between Youngs modulus(E) and bulk modulus(K),
when Poissons ratio (  ) = 0.25 ?
A E=K
B E=2K
C E=1.5K Ans
D E=K=0
27 Measurements have been made for the Youngs modulus of elasticity for mild steel
E
specimen both in tension and compression, The ratio t will be approximately
Ec
equal to
A 0.5
B 0.75
C 1.0 Ans
D 1.25
28 Consider a bar of length L, breadth b and thickness t subjected to an axial pull .
The resulting volumetric strain will be equal to
A  L (1  2  ) Ans
B  L (1   )
C  L (1  2  )
D 3 L
29 A Tensile test conducted on mild steel specimen 30mm diameter & 200 mm long,
yield point load is 90 kN, Yield stress (kN/mm2) in the material would be,
A 0.127 Ans
B 0.137
C 0.147
D 127.3
30 A Steel bar 90mm x 90mm in section 3 m long is subjected to pull of 400 kN,
what will be the change in length if modulus of elasticity(E) =200 Gpa.
A 0.74 mm Ans
B 0.60 mm
C 7.4 cm
D 7m
31 The ratio of Youngs modulus(E) to modulus of rigidity(G) for a material having
poisons ratio 0.2 is,
A 12/5 Ans
B 5/12
C 5/14
D 14/5
32 Which material has the value of highest poisons ratio?

A Rubber AnsWER
B Wood
C Copper
D Steel
33 What will be the relation between Youngs modulus(E) and bulk modulus(K), when
Poissons ratio (  ) = 0.25 ?
A E=K
B E=2K
C E=1.5K Ans
D E=K=0
34 A shaft of diameter (d) and length (L) has been loaded axially. The ratio of change in
diameter to the original diameter is known as
A longitudinal strain
B shear strain
C volumetric strain
D lateral strain Ans
35 True stress represents the ratio of
A average load and average area
B average load and maximum area
C Instantaneous load and Instantaneous area Ans
D maximum load and maximum area
36 The Property by which body returns to its original shape after removal of the force, is
called
A Plasticity
B Elasticity Ans
C ductility
D malleability
37 The internal resistance which the body offers to meet the load or external force is
called,
A stress Ans
B strain
C pressure
D none of the above
38 Simple stress often called
A transverse stress
B total stress
C direct stress Ans
D None of the above
39 The stress based on actual area of crossection during tension stage of a mild steel
specimen is called,
A Nominal stress
B Normal stress
C Yield stress
D True stress Ans
40. A circular rod of diameter 20mm and 500mm long subjected to a tensile force 45KN. The
modulus of elasticity of for Steel 200Gpa. Find the strain induced in the bar.
1. 0.0007162 2. 143.24 3. 0.358 4. 314.159
41. A circular rod of diameter 20mm and 500mm long subjected to a tensile force 45KN. The
modulus of elasticity of for Steel 200Gpa. Find the elongation in the bar.
1. 143.24mm 2. 0.0007162mm 3. 0.358mm 4. 314.159mm
42. A specimen of steel 25mm diameter with a gauge length of 200mm is tested to destruction. It has
an extension of 0.16mm under a load of 160KN. Find the Young’s Modulus of Elasticity.
1. 407436.53Mpa 2. 203718.53Mpa 3. 414543.53Mpa 4. 473536.53Mpa
43. A mild steel rod 20mm diameter subjected to a axial pull 50KN. Determine the elongation of
the bar if unloaded length is 5m. Take E=210Gpa.
1. 159.155mm 2. 3.789mm 3. 4.108mm 4. 314.159mm
44. A copper bar fixed at the ends is heated through 30K. Find the stress developed in the bar.
Take E=90Gpa and Coe. of thermal expansion is 25x10-6/K.
1. 2.25Mpa 2. 27Mpa 3. 67.5Mpa 4. 5.50Mpa
45. A brass bar 2m long is fixed at both the ends. If the thermal stress not to exceed 80mpa. Find
the temperature through which it is heated. Take E=100Gpa and Coe. of thermal expansion is
18x10-6/K.
1. 44.44K 2. 1.8K 3. 50K 4. 100K
46. A brass specimen of 12mm diameter elongated 0.22 in a 200mm gauge when it is subjected
to 30KN force. Find the modulus of rigidly. Take E=241.143Gpa and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25.
1. 96.457Gpa 2. 90Gpa 3. 210Gpa 4. 200Gpa
47. A Steel specimen of 12mm diameter elongated 0.22 in a 200mm gauge when it is subjected
to 30KN force. Find the Bulk modulus. Take E=241.143Gpa and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25.
1. 96.457Gpa 2. 160.762Gpa 3. 90Gpa 4. 205Gpa
48. If 80mm dia. steel rod is subjected to axial compressive force of 80KN. If Bulk modulus is
170Gpa and Poisson’s ratio is 0.3. Find Young’s Modulus.
1. 150Gpa 2. 80Gpa 3. 100Gpa 4. 204Gpa
Unit 2 SFD and BMD
01 mark
1. A Simply supported beam subjected to UDL having a maximum bending moment ……….
WL2/4, WL/4 WL2/8 WL2/2
2. The point of contraflexure in shear force diagram shows the zero magnitude of
B.M. S.F. Load Slope
3. The point of contraflexure in the beam shows the maximum magnitude of
B.M. S.F. Load Slope
4. When variation of bending moment diagram is third degree curve, then in the shear force
diagram, it is …………….degree variation.
Fourth degree curve Third degree curve Second degree curve zero degree curve
5. When variation of bending moment diagram is Fourth degree curve, then the load acting on
the beam is …………….
UVL UDL Point load No load
6. Fixed end of the beam is having ………….number of unknowns.
2 3 4 1
7. Rate of change of Bending moment (Slope of B.M. Diagram)
gives……………………………….
Loading Shear Force Moment Force
8. A simply supported beam AB of 10m span subjected to 100KN point load at mid span.
Maximum support reaction at the end B will be ………………………
1. 100KN 2. 50KN 3. 250 4. 125KN

9. A simply supported beam AB of 10m span subjected to 50KN point load at mid span and
it also carries a UDL of intensity 10KN/m over entire span. The maximum support reaction
at the end A will be ………………………
1. 125KN 2. 25KN 3. 150KN 4. 50 KN
10. A simply supported beam 8m span subjected to uniformly distributed load 25 KN/m over the
entire span of the beam. The maximum bending moment at the mid span will be
1. 25KN.m 2. 50KN.m 3. 200KN.m 4. 100KN.m
11. A simply supported beam carries only clockwise moment of 45KN.m at center of the 6m
span. The support reaction at the end A will be ………..
1. 67.5KN 2. 7.5KN 3. 135KN 4. -7.5 KN
12. A cantilever beam of span of 5m carries a point load of 20KN at the free cantilever end and it
also carries another point load of 10KN at 2m from free end. The reaction at the fixed end will be
1. 30KN 2. 20KN 3. 10KN 4. 15KN
13 A cantilever beam of span of 5m carries a point load of 20KN at the free cantilever end and it
also carries another point load of 10KN at 2m from free end. The maximum moment at the fixed
end will be ……………….
1. 30KN.m 2. 130KN.m 3. 100KN.m 4. 20KN.m
14. A cantilever beam of span of 4m carries a UDL of 15KN/m over the entire span. The
moment at the free end will be ……………….
1. 30KN.m 2. 60KN.m 3. 120KN.m 4. 0 KN.m
8. A cantilever beam of span of 4m carries a UDL of 15KN/m over the entire span. The moment
at the fixed end will be ……………….
1. 30KN.m 2. 60KN.m 3. 120KN.m 4. 0 KN.m
15. A simply supported beam of span of 6m carries a uniformly varying load on the entire span
of the beam. The intensity of load is zero at end A and 50KN/m at end B. The total load acting
on both the support will be .……………….
1. 300KN 2. 150KN 3. 50KN 4. 75KN
16. A simply supported beam of span of 6m carries a uniformly varying load on the entire span
of the beam. The intensity of load is zero at end A and 50KN/m at end B. The reaction at support
B will be .……………….
1. 100KN 2. 50KN 3. 150KN 4. 75KN
17. A simply supported beam carries only anticlockwise moment of 45KN.m at center of the 6m
span. The support reaction at the end A will be ………..
1. 67.5KN 2. -7.5KN 3. 135KN 4. 7.5 KN
Q18. What is the maximum shear force, when a cantilever beam is loaded with udl throughout
_____
A. Wxl
B. W
C. W/l
D. W+l ANSWER:A
Q19. What is the maximum bending moment for simply supported beam carrying a point load
“W” kN at its centre?
A. W kNm
B. W/m kNm
C. W×l kNm
D. W×l/4 kNm ANSWER:D
Q20. How do point loads and udl be represented in SFD?

A. Simple lines and curved lines
B. Curved lines and inclined lines
C. Simple lines and inclined lines
D. Cant represent any more ANSWER:C
Q21. A cantilever beam subjected to point load at its free end, the maximum bending moment
develops at the ________ of the beam.
A. Free end
B. Fixed end
C. Centre
D. Point of inflection ANSWER:B
Q22. A simply supported beam of span “L” meters carries a udl of “w” per unit length over the
entire span, the maximum bending moment occurs at _____
A. At point of contra flexure
B. Centre
C. End supports
D. Anywhere on the beam ANSWER:B
Q24. Number of points of contra flexure for a double over hanging beam.
A. 3
B. 2
C. 4
D. Infinite ANSWER:B
Q25. What is the variation in the BM, if the simply supported beam carries a point load at the
centre.
A. Triangular
B. Rectangular
C. Trapezoidal
D. Other quadrilateral ANSWER:A
Q26. The rate of change of shear force is equal to _____
A. Direction of load
B. Change in BMD
C. Intensity of loading
D. Maximum bending ANSWER:C
Q27. A simply supported beam EF is subjected to a concentrated load at G, centre of the span.
The area of SFD from E to G will give…..
A. Bending moment at G
B. Shear force at G
C. Difference between BM values at E and G
D. Both „A‟ and „C‟ ANSWER:A
Q13. Couple „M‟ is applied at „C‟ on a simply supported beam AB as in figure. What is the
maximum shear force for the beam?
A. Zero
B. M
C. 2M/3
D. M/3 ANSWER:D
Q30. A simply supported beam AB of span L carries 2 concentrated loads „W‟ each at points L/3
from A and B. What is the shear force in the middle one-third portion of the beam?
A. W/2
B. 2W
C. W
D. Zero ANSWER:D
31 The figure shows shear force diagram for the beam ABCD, bending moment in the
portion BC of the beam

A is a non zero constant Ans
B is zero
C varies linearly from B to C
D varies Parabolically from B to C
32 A simply supported beam loaded as shown in figure, the maximum shear force in the
beam is equal to
A W
B WL/3
C WL/2 Ans
D WL/4
33 The ratio of reaction of RA and RB of the simply supported beam shown in the figure
below is,
A 1/2
B 2/3
C 3/2
D 1 Ans
2
34 Bending moment diagram for beam is given below, then load acting on the beam is,
A point load at C
B UDL over whole length
C equal & opposite moments applied at A & B
D moment applied at C Ans
35 Point of Contraflexure are the points where

A S.F. is zero
B Deflection is zero
C B.M. and S.F. are zero
D None of these Ans
36 A cantilever beam AB and span L is loaded as shown in figure, the maximum shear
force would be
A W/2
B WL/3
C WL/2 Ans
D zero
37 A concentrated load of W acts on a simply supported beam of span L at a distance L/3
from the left support, bending moment at the point load is given by,
A WL/3
B 2WL/3
C WL/9
D 2WL/9 Ans
38 The shear force in a beam subjected to pure positive bending is

A positive
B Zero Ans
C negative
D non zero constant
39 The shape of the bending moment diagram for a uniform cantilever beam carrying a
uniformly distributed load over its length is,
A a straight line
B a hyperbola
C an ellipse
D a parabola Ans
40 Which of the following are correct statements?

A The rate of change of bending moment gives shear force
B The rate of change of shear force gives rate of loading
C both A & B correct Ans
D neither A nor B
41 The shape of shear force diagram for a cantilever subjected to couple at its free end is
A No S.F. in any part of beam Ans
B Rectangular
C Linearly varying
D Parabolic
42 The number of independent reaction components for hinged supports are

A 0
B 1
C 2 Ans
D 3
43 Cantilever beam carrying uniformly varying load from zero at the free end and
maximum at the support, the shape of bending moment diagram is
A Triangle
B Cubic parabola Ans
C Parabola
D Rectangle
44 If a cantilever beam is subjected to a point load at its free end, then the shear force
under the point load is
A zero
B less than the load
C equal to the load Ans
D more than the load
45 The bending moment in beam is maximum where,

S.F. is uniform
S.F. is maximum
S.F. is minimum
S.F. is changes sign Ans
Unit-3
Bending and Shear Stresses
Q1. When the shear force produced in any portion of the beam is zero, Then that portion of the
beam is under ……….
Simple Bending Pure Bending No Bending No flexure
Q2. The radius of gyration is constant, when the cross section of the beam is ………………
Rectangular Triangular Hollow Circular I section
Q3. The unit of radius of gyration is
mm N/mm2 mm3 mm4
Q4.The Moment of Inertia for the Hollow rectangular section of wall thickness 25mm, width
110mm and depth 200mm about y-y axis is…………………
Q5. What will be the centroid in y-direction from top, for T section having flange width 150mm
and web depth 200mm including the flange? Take flange and web thickness are 50mm each.
find centroid from top ……………..
Q6. In which portion of the cantilever beam, the maximum tensile stress will be produced when
c beam is subjected to UDL
In entire cross section fibers at N.A. Top fibers above N.A. Bottom fibers below N.A.
Q7. The average shear stress in the beam of rectangular cross section is 150N/mm 2. The
maximum shear stress in the same cross section will be ………………….
225Mpa 399Mpa 199.5Mpa 150Mpa
Q8. A beam of rectangular cross section of size 100 wide and 150mm deep. The shear force
induced at ends is 50KN. Find the shear stress in the section at Neutral section.
12.5Mpa 15Mpa 20Mpa 25Mpa
Q9. Which Figure from the following shows the correct shear distribution diagram for Inverted
T- cross section?
Q.10 A circular pipe of Ext. dia. 100mm and 10mm thick is used as a simply supported beam
over a span of 5m. Find the bending stress induced in the beam, when this beam carries a udl
of 10KN/m over the entire span.
Ans 1. 539.53mpa 2. 431.62mpa 3. 269.76mpa 4. 100mpa
Q.11. A cantilever beam of span 5m carries a point of 15 KN at the free end. The c/s of the
beam is I section, as shown in figure 1. Find maximum stress induced.
Ans 1. 120.32mpa 2. 481.78mpa 3. 150mpa 4. 240.633mpa
Q.12. A simply supported beam of 10m span carries a central point load 100KN. The beam
has rectangular section of size 150mm by 300mm. Find the maximum bending stress induced
in the beam.
use flexural equation and solve
13. An symmetrical I-section of 200 x 400mm is subjected to maximum shear force of
100KN. The thickness of flange is 40mm and thickness of web is 25mm. Find the
Maximum shear stress at Neutral Axis.
Use Shear stress equation and solve
14. An symmetrical I-section of 200 x 400mm is subjected to maximum shear force of

100KN. The thickness of flange is 40mm and thickness of web is 25mm. Find the
Maximum shear stress at junction of web and flange.
Use Shear stress equation and solve

Q15. Stress in a beam due to simple bending is ___________ to distance from N-A
A. Directly proportional
B. Inversely proportional
C. Curvilinearly related
D. None of the mentioned ANSWER:A
Q16. What is the expression of the bending equation?

A. M/I = σ/y = E/R
B. M/R = σ/y = E/I
C. M/y = σ/R = E/I
D. M/I = σ/R = E/y ANSWER: A
Q16. On bending of a beam, which is the layer which is neither elongated nor shortened?
A. Axis of load
B. Neutral axis
C. Center of gravity
D. None of the mentioned ANSWER: B
Q17. Which of these are types of normal stresses?

A. Tensile and compressive stresses
B. Tensile and thermal stresses
C. Shear and bending
D. Compressive and plane stresses ANSWER: A
Q18. In a body loaded under plane stress conditions, what is the number of independent stress
components?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 6 ANSWER: C
Q19. In simple bending, ______ is constant.
A. Shear force
B. Loading
C. Deformation
D. Bending moment ANSWER:D
Q20. Maximum Shearing stress in a beam is at _____

A. Neutral axis
B. Extreme fibres
C. Mid span
D. Action of loading ANSWER: A
Q21. A beam is said to be of uniform strength, if ____________

A. B.M. is same throughout the beam
B. Shear stress is the same through the beam
C. Deflection is the same throughout the beam
D. Bending stress is the same at every section along its longitudinal axis
ANSWER: D
Q22. Calculate the modulus of section of rectangle beam of size 240 mm × 400 mm.
A. 5.4 × 106 mm3
B. 6.2 × 106 mm3
C. 5.5 × 106 mm3
D. 6.4 × 106 mm3 ANSWER:D
Q23. Determine section modulus for beam of 100mm diameter.

A. 785 × 103 mm3
B. 456 × 103 mm3
C. 87 × 103 mm3
D. 98 × 103 mm3 ANSWER:D
Q24. The steel plate is bent into a circular path of radius 10 metres. If the plate section be 120
mm wide and 20 mm thick, then calculate the maximum bending stress. [Consider Young’s
modulus = 200000 N/mm2]. FIND ANSWER
Q25. A ratio of moment carrying capacity of a circular beam of diameter ‘D’ and square beam of
size ‘D’ is
A. π/4
B. 3π/8
C. π/3
D. 3π/16 ANSWER:D
Q26. Determine moment of inertia about x-axis for the following section.
A. a4
B. 2a4
C. 0.702a4
D. 0.53 a4 ANSWER:C
Q27. A simply supported beam of span 5m carries a UDL of 2KN/m over the entire span. The c/s
of the beam is as shown in figure. Find out moment of inertia of the section.
Q28 The neutral axis of a section is an axis, at which the bending stress is
Q29 In the theory of simple bending, the bending stress in the beam section varies
Q30 When a cantilever is loaded at its free end, maximum compressive stress shall
develop at
Q31 The section modulus of a rectangular section having width (b) and depth (d) is
A bd/6
B bd2/6 Ans
Q32 The section modulus of a circular section of diameter (d) is
Q33 A portion of a beam between two sections is said to be in pure bending when there
is
Q34 Flexural strength of a beam depends upon

A moment of Inertia
B area
C Depth
D Section modulus Ans
Q35 The shear stress at any section at a distance ‘y’ from N.A. is given by
Savitribai Phule Pune University
Online Examination System,
Question bank for Strength Of Material
Subject code-202045
Unit-1
Question Strain is defined as the ratios of
A Change in volume to original volume
B Change in length to original length
C Change in cross-sectional area to original cross- sectional area
D Any one of above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Young's modulus is defined as the ratio of
A Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
B Lateral stress ans lateral strain
C Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
D Shear stress to shear strain
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of Young's modulus is
A mm/mm
B N/cm
C N
D N/cm2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Deformation per unit length in the direction of force is known as
A Strain
B Lateral strain
C Linear strain
D Linear stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In equal and opposite forces applied to a body tends to elongate it the stress so produced
is called
A Internal resistance
B Tensile stress
C Transverse stress
D Working stress
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The materials having same elastic properties in all the direction is called
A Ideal material
B Uniform material
C Isotropic Material
D Practical material
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of rigidity is defined as the ratio of
A Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
B Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
C Lateral stress and lateral strain
D Shear stress and shear strain
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ultimate tensile stress of mild steel compared to ultimate compressive stress is
A Same
B More
C Less
D Unpredictable
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Tensile strength of a material is obtained by dividing the maximum load during the test by
the
A Area at the time of fracture
B Original cross-sectional area
C Minimum area after fracture
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The intensity of stress which causes unit strain is called
A Unit stress
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of rigidity
D Modulus of elasticity
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following has no unit
A Surface tension
B Bulk modulus
C strain
D elasticity
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of material by virtue of which a body returns to its original shape after
removal of the load is called
A Plasticity
B elasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The material which exhibit the same elastic properties in all direction are called
A Homogeneous
B Inelastic
C Isotropic
D Isentropic
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material which allows it to be drawn into a smaller section is called
A Plasticity
B Ductility
C elasticity
D malleability
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If a material is loaded beyond yield point stress
A It becomes elastic
B It becomes ductile
C Its resistance to fatigue to fatigue increases
D It loses its tendency to return its original shape
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A body is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses of equal intensity. The ratio
of direct stress to corresponding volumetric strain is called
A Poisson’s ratio
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of rigidity
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A live load is one which
A Remains constant
B Varies with time
C Varies continuously
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of rigidity of metal is defined as
A Volumetric stress / Volumetric strain
B Direct stress / Longitudinal strain
C Strain energy / Volume
D Shear stress / Shear strain
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Hook's law holds good only within
A Elastic limit
B Limit of proportionality
C Limit of yield point
D None of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Elasticity of M S specimen is defined by
A Hooks law
B Yield point
C Proof stress
D Permanent set
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A
Id
Question Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
A Longitudinal stress and Longitudinal strain
B Lateral stress and Longitudinal stress
C Lateral stress and Lateral strain
D None of the above
Answer D
Marks 2
U
Id
Question When it is indicated that a member is elastic, it means that when force is applied, it will
A Not deform
B Be safest
C Stretch
D Not stretch
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain within elastic limit is known as
A Young's modulus
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of elasticity
D Poisson's ratio
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit A
Id
Question Limiting value of Poisson's ratio are
A 1 to -0.5
B 1 to +0.5
C 0 to +0.5
D 0 to -0.5
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The modulus of elasticity for mild steel is approximately equal to
A 10 kN/mm2
B 80 kN/mm2
C 100 kN/mm2
D 210 kN/mm2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of stress in S.I. units is
A Pa
B Kgf/mm2
C Tonne/m2
D any one of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The tensile strength of ductile materials is __________ its compressive strength.
A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Nearly equal to
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The compression test is carried on __________ materials.
A ductile
B brittle
C malleable
D plastic
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Poisson’s ratio lies in the range for most metals,
A 0.1 to 0.9
B 0.05 to 0.1
C 1 to 10
D 0.25 to 0.35
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Isotropic material behavior can be expressed using ____ properties are
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Within elastic limit stress is
A Inversely proportional to strain
B Directly proportional to strain
C Square root of strain
D Equal to strain
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The intensity of stress which causes unit strain is called
A Unit stress
B Modulus of rigidity
C Bulk modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A material obeys Hook’s law up to
A Plastic limit
B Elastic limit
C Yield point
D Limit of proportionality
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a stress strain curve of mild steel there is a point at which there is increase in strain
with no increase in stress. This point is called
A point of failure
B point of rupture
C yield point
D none of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The region in the stress-strain curve extending from origin to proportional limit is called
A plastic range
B elastic range
C semi plastic range
D semi elastic range
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Deformationofabarunderitsownweightascomparedtothatwhen subjected to a direct axial
load equal to its own weight will be
A The same
B One fourth
C Half
D Double
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For bolts of uniform strength, the shank diameter is made equal to
A Major diameter of threads
B Pitch diameter of threads
C Minor diameter of threads

D Nominal diameter of threads
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A test specimen is stressed slightly beyond the yield point and then unloaded.
Its yield strength will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remains same
D Becomes equal to ultimate tensile strength
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of the
following is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson’s ratio
D Both Young's modulus and shear modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Duringtensile-testingofaspecimenusingaUniversalTestingMachine,the parameters
actually measured include
A True stress and true strain
B Poisson’s ratio and Young's modulus
C Engineering stress and engineering strain
D Load and elongation
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following materials generally exhibits a yield point?
A Cast iron
B Mild steel
C Soft brass
D Aluminum
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Whichoneofthefollowingpropertiesismoresensitivetoincreaseinstrain rate?
A Yield strength
B Proportional limit
C Elastic limit
D Tensile strength
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous material, the number of elastic
constants required to relate stress and strain is:
A Two
B Three
C Four
D Six
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of elastic modulus is the same as those of
A Stress, shear modulus and pressure
B Strain, shear modulus and force
C Shear modulus, stress and force
D Stress, strain and pressure
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a simple tension test, Hook’s law is valid up to the
A Elastic limit
B Limit of proportionality
C Ultimate stress
D Breaking point
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Thepercentageelongationofamaterialasobtainedfrom statictensiontest depends
upon the
A Diameter of the test specimen
B Gauge length of the specimen
C Nature of end-grips of the testing machine
D Geometry of the test specimen
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a bolted joint two members are connected with an axial tightening force of 2200
N. If the boltused hasmetric threads of 4 mm pitch, then torque required for
achieving the tightening force is:
A 0.7 Nm
B 1.0 Nm
C 1.4 Nm
D 2.8 Nm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A tensile force P is acting on a body of length L and area of cross-section A. The change
in length would be
A P/LAE
B PE/AL
C PL/AE
D AL/PE
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of modulus of rigidity to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25
would be
A 0.5
B 0.4
C 0.3
D 1
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of bulk modulus to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25 would be
A 0.66
B 0.33
C 1.33
D 1
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If D is the diameter of the sphere, then volumetric strain is equal to
A Two times the strain of diameter
B 1.5 times the strain of diameter
C three times the strain of diameter
D the strain of diameter
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A rectangular bar when subjected to an axial pull P
A Decrease in length and width and increase in thickness

B Decrease in length and increase in width and thickness
C Increase in length and decrease in Width and thickness
D Increase in length, width and thickness
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Thermal Stress of unrestrained body will ______when the temperature of the body is
incresead
A Increased
B Decreased
C Remains constant
D Either A or B
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of Elasticity E is a ratio of
A Stress to strain
B Stress to original length
C Deformation to original length
D All of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Elongation for a taper bar with circular cross section is given by...
A 4PL/πEd2 d1
B 4πEd2 d1 /PL
C 4PE/πLd2 d1
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The maximum stress produced in a bar of tapering section is at...
A Larger end
B Smaller end
C Middle
D anywhere
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A composite section contains three different materials.The stress in all the different
material will be
A Same
B Zero
C Different
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15° C to 40° C and it is not free to expand. The bar
will induce
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
D compressive stress
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question When a bar fixed at both ends is cooled to - 5°C, it will develop
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
D compressive stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The stress at which the extension of the material takes place more quickly as compared to
the increase in load, is called
A elastic limit
B yield point
C ultimate point
D breaking point
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The work done on a unit volume of material, as simple tensile force is gradually increased
from zero to a value causing rupture, is called
A modulus of elasticity
B modulus of toughness
C modulus of resilience
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The necking in case of ductile material begins at the
A Elastic limit point
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Ultimate point
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The temperature stress is a function of
A Coefficient of linear expansion and and temperature rise
B Temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
C Coefficient of linear expansion and modulus of elasticity
D Coefficient of linear expansion, temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the radius of wire stretched by a load is doubled, then its Young's modulus will be
A doubled
B remain unaffected
C become one-fourth
D become four times
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Tensile strength of a material is obtained by dividing the maximum load during the test by
the
A area at the time of fracture
B original cross-sectional area
C average of (A) and (B)
D more or less depending on other factors
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Percentage reduction of area in performing tensile test on cast iron may be of the order of
A 50.00%
B 0.00%
C 10.00%
D 20.00%
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question True stress-strain curve for materials is plotted between
A load/original cross-sectional area and change in length/original length
B load/instantaneous cross-sectional area original area and log.
C load/instantaneous area and instantaneous area/original area
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1 cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
kN and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2. Ultimate tensile strength of specimen is
A 4 kN/cm2
B 8 kN/cm2
C 16 kN/cm2
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For steel, the ultimate strength in shear as compared to in tension is nearly
A half
B same
C One third
D One
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material by virtue of which a body returns to its original, shape after
removal of the load is called
A plasticity
B elasticity
C malleability
D ductility
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For which material the Poisson's ratio is more than unity
A Steel
B Copper
C Brass
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material by virtue of which it can be beaten or rolled into plates is
called
A reliability
B plasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Rupture stress is
A breaking stress
B load at breaking point/A
C load at breaking point/neck area
D maximum stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Linear strain of 0.004 was observed in a steel wire when subjected to tensile pull. What
will be the lateral strain if Poisson's ratio is 0.25?
A -0.01
B +0.01
C +0.001
D -0.001
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of square cross-section (50 mm x 50 mm) and length 2 m elongates by 1 mm
due to axial pull of 10 kN. If the lateral strain is 0.0002 then the change in side of the bar
cross-section will be …
A +0.001 mm
B +0.01mm
C - 0.01 mm
D - 0.001 mm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The change in length of a steel rod due to change in temperature depends on …
A original length
B change in temperature
C coefficient of expansion
D All of these
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of diameter 50 mm is subjected to a tensile pull 10 kN which results in the
diameter shrinking by 20 microns. The lateral strain in this case is …
A 4 x 10-4
B 2 x 10-4
C 8 x 10-4
D 4 x 10-4
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question An axial pull of 10 kN is applied to a mild steel bar of section area 200 sq mm. The
normal stress induced will be …
A 50 Pa
B 500 Pa
C 50 MPa
D 500 MPa
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A thin mild steel wire is loaded by adding loads in equal increments till it breaks. The
extensions noted with increasing loads will behave as under
A Uniform throughout
B Increase uniformly
C First increase and then decrease
D Increase uniformly first and then increase rapidly
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If the radius of wire is stretched by a load of doubled then its Young's modulus will be
A Doubled
B Half
C Become four time
D Remain unaffected
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The total elongation produced in a bar of uniform section hanging vertically downwards
due to its own weight is equal to that produced by a weight
A Of same magnitude as that of bar and applied at the lower end
B Half of the weight of bar applied at the lower end
C Half of the square of weight of bar applied at lower end
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The elongation produced in a tapered shaft with end diameter d1 and d2 due to tensile or
compressive axial load is proportional to
A D1+ d2
B 1/( d1+d2 )
C d1d2
D 1/( d1d2)
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cylindrical bar of length L meter, after application of load it deforms by l cm. The
strains in bar is
A 100* l/L
B 0.1*l/L
C 0.01*l /L
D l/L
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar made of steel and copper is heated up. The stresses developed in steel
and copper will be...
A Compressive and tensile
B Compressive and bending
C Bending and tensile
D Tensile and compressive
Answer D
Marks 2
--Unit --
Id
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 to d2 is same as of
uniform circular bar of diameter
A (d1+d2)/2
B (d1-d2)/2
C √( d1d2)
D √(d12-d22)
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The temperature stress is function of
1.Co-efficient of linear expansion
2.Temperature rise
3.Modulus of elasticity.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3 only
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of 40 mm × 40 mm square cross-section is subjected to an axial
compressive load of 200 kN. If the length of the bar is 2 m and E = 200 GPa, the
elongation of the bar will be
A 1.25 mm
B 2.70 mm
C 4.05 mm
D 5.40 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of the
following is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson's ratio
D Both Young's modulus and shear modulus
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A solid uniform metal bar of diameter D and length L is hanging vertically
from its upper end. The elongation of the bar due to self weight is
A Proportional to L and inversely proportional to square of D
B Proportional to L2 and inversely proportional to square of D
C Proportional of L but independent of D
D Proportional of U but independent of D
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In terms of Poisson's ratio (μ) the ratio of Young's Modulus (E) to Shear
Modulus (G) of elastic materials is
A 2G(1+ μ )
B 2G(1 − μ )
C 0.5G(1+ μ )
D 0.5G(1 − μ )
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The relationship between Young's modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson's
ratio (μ) is given by
A E = 3 K (1 − 2μ )
B K = 3 E (1 − 2μ )
C E = 3 K (1 − μ )
D K = 3 E (1 − μ )
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a beam is said to be of uniform strength, then which one of the following
statements is correct?
A The bending moment is the same throughout the beam
B The shear stress is the same throughout the beam
C The deflection is the same throughout the beam
D The bending stress is the same at every section along its longitudinal axis
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If the value of Poisson's ratio is zero, then it means that
A The material is rigid
B The material is perfectly plastic
C There is no longitudinal strain in the material
D The longitudinal strain in the material is infinite
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following pairs are correctly matched?
1. Resilience ........................ Resistance to deformation.
2. Malleability …………..Shape change.
3. Creep ........................ Progressive deformation.
4. Plasticity .... ………… .Permanent deformation.
A 2, 3 and 4
B 1, 2 and 3
C 1, 2 and 4
D 1, 3 and 4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question E, G, K and μ represent the elastic modulus, shear modulus, bulk modulus and
Poisson's ratio respectively of a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous
material. To express the stress-strain relations completely for this material, at
least
A E, G and μ must be known
B E, K and μ must be known
C Any two of the four must be known
D All the four must be known
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A taper bar of length l with diameter D at base and having specific weight w is suspended
freely under its own weight. The elongation of bar will be
A wl3 /6E
B wl3 /E
C wl3 /4E
D wl3 /3E
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The change in the unit volume of a material under tension with increase in its Poisson's
ratio will
A Increase
B Decrease
C Remain same
D Increase initially and then Decrease
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The value of Young's modulus E in terms of Shear modulus G and Bulk modulus K is
A 9KG/(K+G)
B 9KG/(G+3K)
C 9KG/(K+3G)
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A conical bar of diameter D, axial length L, weight density w is placed vertically. If
Young's modulus of the material is E , then change in its axial length will be
A wL2/2E
B WL2/6E
C wL2/8E
D wL/8E
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The ultimate tensile stress for mild steel is ------ the ultimate compressive stress.
A equal to
B less than
C more than
D Nearly equal to
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The shear modulus of most materials with respect to the modulus of elasticity is
A equal to half
B less than half
C more than half
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of length L and constant cross section(A) is hanging vertically. What would be total
increase in length due to self weight(W)?
A WL/AE
B 2WL/AE
C WL/2AE
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of circular cross section varies uniformly from a cross section 2D to D. If extension
of the bar is calculated treating it as a bar of average diameter, then the percentage error
will be
A 10
B 25
C 33
D 50
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A mild steel bar is in two parts having equal lengths. The area of cross section of Part I is
double that of Part II. If the bar carries an axial load P, then the ratio of elongation in Part
I to that in Part II will be
A 2
B 4
C 0.5
D 0.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D1
Id
Question The bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity. The Poisson’s
ratio of the material is
A 1/7
B 2/7
C 3/7
D 4/7
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In an experiment it is found that the bulk modulus of a material is equal to its shear
modulus. The Poisson’s ratio is
A 0.12
B 0.25
C 0.38
D 0.5
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If equal and opposite forces applied to a body tend to elongate it, the stress so produced is
called
A Internal resistance
B Tensile stress
C Compressive stress
D Working stress.
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a bar subjected to an axial pull P, it
A Decrease in length and width and increase in thickness
B Decrease in length and increase in width and thickness
C Increase in length and decrease in Width and thickness
D Increase in length, width and thickness
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cube is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses σ each. If E=Young's
modulus & ν =Poisson's ratio of the material, the volumetric strain in the cube is
A (3σ/E)*(1+ν)
B (3σ/E)*(1-ν)
C (3σ/E)*(1+2ν)
D (3σ/E)*(1-2ν)
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The percentage reduction in the area of cross section of a cast iron member during tensile
test would be
A More than 50 %
B 25-50 %
C 10-25 %
D Negligible
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For steel, the yield strength in shear as compared to that in tension is nearly
A Same
B Half
C One third
D Double
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The Young's modulus of a wire is defined as the stress which will increase the length of
the wire compared to its original length by...
A Half
B Double
C Same
D One third
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
3
Id
Question The value of Poisson's ratio for cast iron is...
A 0.01 to 0.1
B 0.25 to 0.33
C 0.4 to 0.6
D 0.23 to 0.27
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Stress increasing with time at a constsnt load is ...
A Creeping
B Yielding
C Breaking
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Assertion (A): Hook’s law is the constitutive law for a linear elastic material. Reason
(R) : Formulation of the theory of elasticity requires the hypothesis that there exists a
unique unstressed state of the body, to which the body returns whenever all the forces are
removed.
A Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
B Both A and R are individually true but R is notthe correct explanation of A
C A is true but R is false
D A is false but R is true
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the Lists:
A. Ultimate strength 1. Internal structure
B. Natural strain 2. Change of length per unit instantaneous length
C. Conventional strain 3. Change of length per unit gauge length
D. Stress 4. Load per unit area
A A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4
B A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1
C A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4
D A-4, B-2, C-3, D-1
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Assertion (A): Stress-strain curves for brittle material do not exhibit yield point.
Reason (R): Brittle materials fail without yielding.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a composite unit consisting of a steel rod surrounded by a cast iron tube is
subjected to an axial load.
Assertion(A):Theratioofnormalstressesinducedinboththematerialsis equal to the
ratio of Young's moduli of respective materials.
Reason (R): The composite unit of these two materials is firmly fastened together at
the ends to ensure equal deformation in both the materials.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A mild steel specimen is tested in tension up to fracture in a Universal Testing Machine.
Which of the following mechanical properties of the material can be evaluated from such
a test?
1. Modulus of elasticity
2. Yield stress
3. Ductility
4. Tensile strength
5. Modulus of rigidity
Select the correct answer using the code given below:
A 1, 3, 5 and 6
B 2, 3, 4 and 6
C 1, 2, 5 and 6
D 1, 2, 3 and 4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which one of the following pairs is NOT correctly matched?
A Uniformly distributed stress --Force passed through the centroid of the cross-section
B Elastic deformation -- Work done by external forces during deformation is dissipated fully
as heat
C Potential energy of strain -- Body is in a state of elastic deformation
D Hooke's law -- Relation between stress and strain
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Two bars of same material having diameters in ratio 1:2 are subjected to tensile pull of
same magnitude. The tensile stress induced will be in the ratio …
A 1:4
B 4:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Above figure indicates.....condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
C Linear elastic – perfectly plastic
D Perfect elastic – linearly plastic
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
Above figure indicates.....condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
C Linear elastic – perfectly plastic
D Perfect elastic – linearly plastic
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
Above figure indicates stress strain curve for...
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In the below figure, corresponding to point c is
A Elastic limit
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Proportional limit point
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of square cross section is subjected to an axial tensile force such that the
longitudinal strain in the bar is e. If the Poisson’s ratio of the bar is 0.3 the volumetric
strain in the bar will be
A 0.4e
B 0.6e
C 3e
D 1.6 e
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If all the dimensions of a prismatic bar of square cross section suspended freely from the
ceiling of a roof are doubled then the total elongation produced by its own weight will
increase
A eight times
B four times
C three times
D two times
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A given material has Young’s modulus E, modulus of rigidity G and Poisson’s ratio 0.25.
The ratio of Young’s modulus to modulus of rigidity of the material is
A 3.75
B 3
C 2.5
D 1.5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cylindrical bar of 20 mm diameter and 1 m length is subjected to a tensile test. Its
longitudinal strain is 4 times that of its lateral strain. If the modulus of elasticity is 2 x
105N/mm2, then its modulus of rigidity is
A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2

Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cylindrical bar of 20 mm diameter and 1 m length is subjected to a tensile test. Its
longitudinal strain is 4 times that of its lateral strain. If the modulus of elasticity is 2 x
105N/mm2, then its modulus of rigidity is
A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2

Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of uniform cross section is subject to uni-axial tension and develops a strain in the
direction of the force of 1/800. Assuming m = 1/3, the change of volume per unit volume
will be
A 1/1000
B 1/1200
C 1/2400
D 1/4800
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 4 cm in diameter is subjected to an axial load of 4 t. The extension of the bar over a
gauge length of 20 cm is 0.03 cm. The decreases in diameter is 0.0018 cm. The Poisson’s
ratio is
A 0.25
B 0.30
C 0.33
D 0.35
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 30 mm in diameter was subjected to tensile load of 54 kN and the measured
extension on 300 mm gauge length was 0.112 mm and change in diameter was 0.00366
mm. Poisson’s ration will be
A 0.25
B 0.326
C 0.356
D 0.28
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A mild steel bar is in two parts having equal lengths. The area of cross section of Part I is
double that of Part II. If the bar carries an axial load P, then the ratio of elongation in Part
I to that in Part II will be
A 2
B 4
C 1/2
D 1/4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar is made of strips of materials 1 and 2, each having area of cross section
50 mm2. Under an applied load of 3 kN, stress in material 1 is 20 N/mm2. If E for
material 1 is 100 kN/mm2, what is the value of E for material 2.
A 50 kN/mm2
B 100 kN/mm2
C 150 kN/mm2
D 200 kN/mm2
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A round steel rod a of diameter D and length L is subjected to an axial load P. another
steel bar B tapered with diameter D at one end uniformly tapering to diameter 0.4D at the
other end, length L is also subjected to same axial load P. the ratio of change in length in
bar A to the change in length in bar B is
A 2.5
B 1.6
C 0.8
D 0.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cube of of mild steel is subjected to principal stress p,p,p in 3 directions. The Poisson’s
ratio of mild steel is 0.3. The ratio of volumetric strain to longitudinal strain in any
direction is
A 1.2
B 1.8
C 2.4
D 3.0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of square section tapering from 25mm X 25mm at one end to 20 mm X 20 mm
at the other end is subjected to an axial force of 10 kN. The length of the bar is 1 meter
and its young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2 what is the change in the length of the bar
A 2 mm
B 0.2 mm
C 0.02 mm
D 0.01 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 50 mm long is subjected to a tensile stress. If the change in its length is 0.025 mm
and young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2, the stress in bar is
A 250 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 25 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bolt passes centrally through a brass tube. At the the ends washers and nuts are
provided. Nuts are tightened so as to produce a compressive stress of 50 N/mm2 in brass
tube. The area of cross section of brass tube and steel bolt is 500 mm2 each. Esteel= 2Ebrass .
What is the stress developed in steel rod.
A 200 N/mm2 (tensile)
B 200 N/mm2 (compressive)
C 50 N/mm2 (tensile)
D 100 N/mm2(compressive)
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 at one end to
diameter d2 at the other end, and subjected to an axial pull of P is __________ the
extension of a circular bar of diameter d1 d2 subjected to the same load P.
A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Sometimes less, Sometime more
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A specimen of 1.2 cm2 cross sectional area and a length 10 cm is tested under tension .
The max load recorded by universal testing machine is 60Kn, the area at the neck 0.8cm2
the ultimate strength of the material is
A 750 N/mm2
B 600 N/mm2
C 500 N/mm2
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
tonnes and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2.Ultimate tensile strength of
specimen is
A 4 tonnes/cm2
B 8 tonnes/cm2
C 16 tonnes/cm2
D 22 tonnes/cm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A spherical ball of volume 1000 cm3 is subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 18 N/mm2.
If bulk modulus of ball is 180 N/mm2. The change in the volume the ball will be
A 1000 mm3
B 100 mm3
C 10 mm3
D 5 mm3
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar is made of aluminum and steel strips each of 200 mm2 area of cross
section. If E steel = 3 E aluminum and stress in steel is 15 N/mm2, due to an axial load P,
what is the value of P ?
A 12 kN
B 6 kN
C 4 kN
D 2 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A copper bar 2 cm diameter is completely encased in steel tube or inner diameter 2 cm
and outer diameter 4 cm. Under an axial load, stress in a steel tube is 100 N/mm2 , If E
steel = 2*E copper, what will be stress in copper bar
A 300 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 33.33 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar of copper and steel is heated. The ratio of tensile force in steel and
compressive stress in copper will be
A 1
B 0.5
C 2
D 25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For the circular bar as shown above,if the elastic modulus and coefficient of thermal
expansion for steel are 200 GPa and 11.7 × 10-6 per °C respectively and for copper 70
GPa and 21.6 × 10-6 per °C respectively and if the temperature of the rod is raised by
50°C, then the free expansion of the rod will be
A 1.1025 mm (Tensile)
B 1.1025 cm (Compressive)
C 1.1025 mm (Compressive)
D 0.1025 mm (Tensile)
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Question
Refering the above figure if the free expansion of the stepped shaft is 1.1025 mm
(Compressive) then the deflection responsible for the temperature stress induced will
be....
A 0.0725 mm
B 0.7025 mm
C 0.7025 cm
D 1.7025 mm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
If a rigid beam of negligible weightis supported in a horizontal position by two rods of

steel and aluminum, 2 m and 1 m long having values of cross – sectional areas 1 cm2 and
2 cm2 and E of 200 GPa and 100 GPa respectively and if a load P is applied as shown in
the figure then for the rigid beam to remain horizontal....
A The forces on both sides should be equal
B The force on aluminum rod should be twice the force on steel
C The force on the steel rod should be twice the force on aluminum
D The force P must be applied at the centre of the beam
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown in the figure if Es = 210 GN/m2 and Eb = 105 GN/m2 ,
then the maximum normal stress in section CD will be .....
A 12.73 N/m2
B 12.73 MN/m
C 12.73 MN/m2
D 12.73 KN/m2
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown in the figure if Es = 210 GN/m2 and Eb = 105 GN/m2 ,
then the maximum normal stress in section AB will be .....
A 88.42 N/m2
B 88.42 GN/m2
C 88.42 KN/m2
D 88.42 MN/m2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown above, if the deflections in AB, BC, CD sections are
6.3157x10-5m,1.3466x10-5m, and 1.5154x10-5m respectively, then the net elongation of
the stepped shaft will be....
A 9.1777 x10-5 cm
B 9.1777 x10-5m
C 9.1777 x10-5mm
D 9.1777 x10-3mm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --

Subject code-202045
Unit-2
Id
Question A beam is called statically determinate when ..... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of useful
equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam is called statically in-determinate when ..... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of
useful equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Constant
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load on a beam is UDL then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UDL on a beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At point of contra-flexure_ _ _ _ _ _ _
A SF is zero
B SF is maximum
C BM is zero
D BM is maximum
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L is subjected to point load P at distance 'a' from right end.
The maximum bending moment will take place at __ _ _ _
A Middle
B At distance 'a' from right end
C At distance 'a' from left end
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If shear force for a part of beam varies linearly then the loading on same part must be
A UDL
B UVL
C Point load
D moment
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The point of contra flexure occurs only in
A Cantilever beam
B Overhanging beam
C Simply supported beam
D Uniform beam
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At the point of contra flexure shearing force
A is maximum
B is minimum
C is equal
D is zero
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The rate of change of bending moment is equal to
A Shear force at that section
B Deflection at that section
C Loading at that section
D Slope at that section
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam extending beyond the supports is called
A simply supported beam
B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D cantilever beam
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam supported on more than two supports is called
A simply supported beam
B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D continuous beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Bending moment in the center of a beam of length L simply supported at both ends &
having a central load of W is
A WL
B WL/2
C WL/4
D WL/8
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question An overhanging beam is
A Same as cantilever
B Not Same as cantilever
C One which extends beyond its support at either or both ends
D One which extends beyond its support at both ends
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a UDL of ‘w’ kN/m over its entire span.
The maximum bending moment will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a point load of ‘W’ kN at the free end. The
bending moment at the middle of the span will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span 2 m supports a point load of 40 kN at the free end. The bending
moment at distance of 0.5 m from free end will be …
A 40 kNm
B 80 kNm
C 20 kNm
D 60 kNm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If a simply supported beam carries a point load at the middle of the span then the shear
force diagram will be …
A Two equal and opp. triangles
B One rectangle
C Two equal and opp. rectangles
D A triangle
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam carries a couple at a point on its span, the shear force
A varies by cubic law
B varies by parabolic law
C varies linearly
D is uniform throughout
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Variation of bending moment in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
uniformly from zero at the free end to w per unit run at the fixed end is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Variation of shear force in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
uniformly from zero at the free end to w per unit run at the fixed end is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Maximum bending moment in a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load is
A wl2/4
B wl2/8
C wl2/12
D wl/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At the point of application of a point load on a beam there is
A maximum bending moment
B sudden change in shape of shear force diagram
C maximum deflection
D point of contraflexure
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Maximum bending moment in a cantilever carrying a point load at the free end occurs at
the
A free end
B mid span
C fixed end
D at the position of load
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of bending moment due to uniformly distributed load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of bending moment due to a point load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of shear force due to a uniformly distributed load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to bending moment at the free
end is
A triangle
B rectangle
C parabola
D elliptical
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Wherever the bending moment is maximum the shear force is
A zero
B also maximum
C minimum
D of any value
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram shows the variation of bending moment along the _______
of the beam.
A cross-sectional area
B length
C width
D depth
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A structural element which is subjected to loads transverse to its axis is known as a
_____.
A disc
B strut
C column
D beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A roller support can sustain a force only ________ to its surface.
A inclined
B parallel
C normal
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A hinged support can sustain reactions in _______________________.
A only vertical direction.
B vertical and horizontal directions
C only horizontal direction.
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam is said to be a cantilever whose_______.
A both ends are fixed
B both ends are free
C one end is free and one end is fixed
D Both ends supported on rollers
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A shear force diagram shows the variation of shear force along _______ of a beam.
A width
B length
C depth
D cross-section
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The rate of change of shear force at any section is equal to
A Bending moment
B Loading
C Deflection
D Intensity of loading
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Shear force diagram for a cantilever beam carrying a uniformly distributed load over its
length is a
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Hyperbola
D Parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force diagram of a simply supported beam carrying a central point load
A changes sign at its midpoint
B remains same
C increases to maximum
D decreases to minimum
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question When the shear force diagram is a parabolic curve between two points, it indicates that
there is a
A point load at the two points

B no loading between the two points
C uniformly distributed load between the two points
D uniformly varying load between the two points
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly
distributed load of w per unit length, will be
A a horizontal line
B a vertical line
C an inclined line
D a parabolic curve
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force in the centre of a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load of w per unit length, is
A zero
B wl2/2
C wl2/4
D wl2/8
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The point of contraflexure is a point where
A bending moment changes sign

B shear force changes sign
C shear force is maximum
D bending moment is maximum
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
there is a

Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
there is a

Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L is subjected to point load P at distance 'a' from right end.
The maximum bending moment will be __ _ _ _
A P*(L-a) * a/L
B P*(L-a) * b/L
C P*(L-a) /L
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 5m is subjected to a point load P at distance 2 m from right
end. The maximum SF will be __ _ _ _
A P
B P/2
C 3P/5
D 2P/5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L is subjected to UDL of intensity 'w' N/m throughout its length. what
is maximum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C 2*w*L
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
is minimum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L is subjected to UDL of intensity 'w' N/m throughout its length.
where will minimum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
D All along the length
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
where will maximum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
is maximum BM?
A w*L*L
B w*L*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
where will maximum BM act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question LOAD SFD
1 POINT LOAD A ZERO
2 UDL B PARABOLIC
3 UVL C LINEAR
4 MOMENT D CONSTANT
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question LOAD BMD
1 POINT LOAD A CONSTANT
2 UDL B CUBIC
3 UVL C PARABOLIC
4 MOMENT D LINEAR
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which one of the following beam is statically determinate?
A fixed beam
B propped cantilever beam
C continuous beam
D overhanging beam
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to a couple M at free end will be
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Parabolic
D hyperbolic
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In the case of cantilever irrespective of the type of loading, the maximum bending
moment and maximum shear force occurs at
A Free end
B Under the load
C Fixed end
D middle
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
ID
Question For a simply supported beam with span of 4 m carrying a triangular load with zero
intensity at one end and 2 kN/m ( rate of loading ) at other end , the maximum bending
moment in kN-m will be
A 4
B -4.33
C -5.33
D 6.33
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In a simply supported beam of span 9 m carrying load 10 kN/m uniformly distributed load
for a distance of 6 m from the left end, the maximum bending moment in kN-m is
A 270
B 80
C 45
D 607.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN at distance of 2 m
from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m will be …
A 8
B 1
C 4
D 2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN and 6 kN at distance of
2 m and 4 m respectively from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m
will be …
A 10
B 52
C 6
D 24
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the Maximum bending moment is
A 72 kN-m
B 8 kN-m
C 60 kN-m
D 104 kN-m
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the Maximum bending moment is
A 126 kN-m
B 12 kN-m
C 18 kN-m
D 180 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the maximum bending moment is located ______.
A at point C
B between points C & D
C at point D
D at point B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the shear force is zero ______.
A between points C & D

B at point C
C at point B
D at point D
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown, shear force diagram shows the change in sign (from +ve to -
ve) at points A and B. The maximum bending moment occurs _______.
A at point A
B between points A & C
C at point E
D at point B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point B is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point A is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown, the shear force is zero at a distance of 6 m from end 'A'.
Hence the bending moment at that location is _________.
A 90 kN-m
B 540 kN-m
C 180 kN-m
D 18 kN-m
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
d
Question A concentrated load of P acts on a simply supported beam of span L at a distance L/3 from the
left support. The bending moment at the point of application of the load is given by
A PL/3
B 2PL/3
C PL/9
D 2PL/9
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
What is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A M/L
B M/L/2
C Zero
D M
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
What is maximum BM and its location in above loading?
A M at fixed end
B M at free end
C M at middle
D M at everywhere along beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
For above loading how much is maximum BM?
A PL
B PL/2
C PL/4
D 2PL
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The reaction at left end will be_ _ _ _
A 3 kN
B 1.5 kN
C 1 kN
D 2.25 kN
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
what is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D W/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
what is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L^2
B W*L^2/2
C 2W*L^2
D W*L/2
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
What is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
What is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L*L
B W*L*L/2
C W*L*L/8
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a point load 'W' at free end
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a point load at the midspan is
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The Bending moment diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a UDL of intensity 'w'
over its entire span is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for following beam is
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a simply supported beam subjected to a point load 'W' is
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a simply supported beam subjected to a point load 'W'
is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
d
Question
For above loading how much is maximum shear force?
A M/L
B M/L/2
C 2M/L
D Zero
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For above loading how much is maximum BM?
A M
B M/2
C 2M
D Zero
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Maximum BM will occur at what point?
A 2.6 m from left end

B 2.6 m from right end
C Middle section
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
The BM for part AB is
A PL
B 2PL
C zero
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Which part of beam is under pure bending?
A DA
B AB
C BC
D DC
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For above loading how much is maximum SF?
A P
B P/2
C P/4
D 2P
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
which part of the beam is under pure bending?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
which part of the beam is under bending as well shearing ?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum shear force?
A 100 N
B 60 N
C 40N
D 50 N
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum bending moment?
A 100 Nm
B 300 Nm
C 200 Nm
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam 10 m long carries a point load. When SF diagram is drawn, there are two
rectangular of the size 10 kN X 3 m, one is starting from one end and above the reference
line and other starting from the other end but below the reference line. The bending
moment at the center line of the beam is ... (kNm)
A 50
B 40
C 30
D 20
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram will be a cubic parabola in the case of a cantilever loaded
as follows
A Bending moment applied at free end
B Concentrated load at the end
C Uniformly distributed load
D Varying load, zero at free end and maximum at fixed end
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If a beam of constant section is subjected throughout its length to a uniform bending
moment ,it will bend to
A A circular arc
B A parabolic arc
C Elliptical shape
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 10 m long carries uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/meter run starting
from fixed end up to the middle of its length. The bending moment at the middle of the
cantilever is
A 0 kN-m
B 50 kN-m
C 25 kN-m
D 100 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 8 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity w kN/m run, starting
from free end up to the middle of its length. If the maximum bending moment in the
cantilever is 240 kN-m, what is magnitude of w
A 30 kN-m
B 20 kN-m
C 10 kN-m
D 5 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 6 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity 20 kN/m run through
out its length, if it is propped by a force F at its free end so that the center of the cantilever
becomes the point of contraflexure, what is the magnitude of force F
A 120 kN
B 60 kN
C 30 kN
D 15 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported at its end carries a point load W at a distance of 3
m from one end, such that maximum bending moment in the beam is 1500 kN-m, what is
the magnitude of W
A 700 kN
B 750 kN
C 800 kN
D 1000 kN
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long, simply supported over 8 m long span, having equal overhang on
both the sides carries load of 80 kN at each end and load of 20 kN at it's center, the points
of contraflexure lie at
A The support
B Only at the center
C At 3 m from the ends
D There is no point of contraflexure
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported over 6 m with an overhang of 2 m on one side
carries a load of 60 kN at it's center. The maximum moment in the beam is
A 120 kN-m
B 100 kN-m
C 80 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam 10 m long, simply supported at its ends carries uniformly distributed load of w
N/m run from one end up to a distance of 3 m and also from the other end up-to a distance
of 3 m.The SF at the center of the beam is
A 5wN
B 3wN
C wN
D 0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long hinged at both the ends is subjected to clockwise turning moment of
50 kN-m at a distance of 3 m from one end. The SF at the center of the beam is
A 125 kN
B 105 kN
C 50 kN
D 5 kN
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force of a cantilever beam of length l carrying a uniformly distributed load of w
per unit length is __________ at the free end.
A zero
B wl/4
C wl/2
D wl
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 9 m supports a UDL of 18 kN/m over a span of 4 m
from right support. What will be the shear force at the distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 24 kN
B 20 kN
C 16 kN
D 12 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question An overhanging beam of span 14 m has supports located such that there is an overhang of
2 m on both the sides. It supports a UDL of 5 kN/m over the entire span. The maximum
bending moment will be …
A 72.5 kNm
B 52.5 kNm
C 37.5 kNm
D 47.5 kNm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 9 m supports a UDL of 18 kN/m over a span of 4 m
from right support. What will be the bending moment at a distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 90 kN-m
B 80 kN-m
C 70 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 4.5 m supports a UDL of 15 kN/m over a span of 3 m
from the right end. The maximum bending moment will occur at what distance from the
left support?
A 3.0 m
B 2.25 m
C 2.5 m
D 1.5 m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero at the mid span of AB. The
bending moment is ________.
A 0 kN-m
B 10 kN-m
C 12.5 kN-m
D 25 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam 2 m long carries a point load of 1.8 kN at its free end. The maximum
bending moment is _______.
A 3.6 kN-m
B 1.8 kN-m
C 1 kN-m
D 0 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment is ________.
A 4 kN-m
B 2.8 kN-m
C 3.2 kN-m
D 3 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a beam shown in fig. the shear force is zero between CB. And it occurs at a distance
of ___________.
A 1 m from C
B 0.75 m from C
C 2 m from B
D 3 m from A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero between CD. And it occurs at a
distance of ___________.
A 1.2 m from D
B 3.2 m from C
C 1.2 m from C
D 3 m from B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment which occurs between
AB is _______.
A 4 kN-m
B 18 kN-m
C 36 kN-m
D 2.25 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contraflexture which occurs between AB
is at a distance of _______.
A 2.67 m from C
B 1 m from B
C 3 m from A
D 2.67 m from A
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contrafleture which occurs between AC is
at a distance of _______.
A 1.5 m from A
B 0.33 m from A
C 1.33 m from A
D 1 m from A
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --

Subject code-202045
Unit-3
Id
Question Which of the following is not the assumption of theory of simple bending?
A Transverse plane remain plane and perpendicular to the neutral surface after bending
B The cross section of beam is symmetric
C The stress is purely longitudinal
D Stress concentration effect is included
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress along neutral axis is __________________
A Maximum
B Minimum
C Zero
D None of them
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In case of T section, bending stress is maximum at
A Upper fiber
B Lower fiber
C Neutral axis
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending is called unsymmetrical
A When the cross section is symmetric about vertical axis
B Load is along vertical symmetrical axis of cross section
C Both A and B
D None of A and B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The variation of bending stress and distance from neutral axis is
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress and radius of curvature at a distance from neutral fiber are
A Directly proportional
B Inversely proportional
C Not related
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus is increased then bending stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the rectangular beam of width ‘b’ and depth ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A bd^3/6
B bd^2/6
C bd^3/12
D bd^2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question For the circular beam of diameter ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A πd^3/64
B πd^3/32
C πd^2/64
D πd^2/32
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Beams with uniform bending strength will have
A Same bending moment all along the length
B Same depth all along the length
C Same bending stress all along the length
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of depth of simply supported beam with point load at middle to have
uniform bending strength is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the width of the section is increased then shear stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress along cross section of beam is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Linear
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The shear stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For hogging bending moment the compression zone is …
A along neutral axis
B above neutral axis
C below neutral axis
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The moment of inertia of a circular cross-section of diameter ‘d’ about an axis passing
through its centroid can be expressed as …
A πd4 /64
B πd2 /32
C πd2 /64
D πd4 /32
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If a beam having rectangular cross-section is subjected to shear force, the maximum shear
stress occurs at …
A Neutral axis
B Extreme fibre
C Depends on the dimensions
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress is linear across the depth for which cross-section?
A Rectangular
B Circular
C I – section
D None of these
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a beam subjected to shear force is inversely proportional to …
A M.I. and depth of section
B Polar M.I. and depth
C M.I. and width of section
D Polar M.I. and area of section
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A beam is subjected to shear force F. If shear force increases by 50% then the shear stress
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of M.I. of a section to the distance of extreme fiber is known as …
A Shear modulus
B Bulk modulus
C elastic modulus
D section modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a cantillever beam is loaded at its free end, maximum compressive stress shall
develop at ....
A Bottom fiber
B Top fiber
C Neutral axis
D Center of gravity
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The flexural formula for beam is...
A M/Y = E/R
B Y/M=E/R
C M/I = E/R
D M/R=E/I
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Section modulus (Z) for member under bending load is...
A σb(max)/E
B M/σb(max)
C σb(max)/M
D M/I
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Section modulus (Z) for member under bending load is...
A I/σbmax
B ymax/I
C σbmax/I
D I/ymax
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The beam material is stressed...
A Within plastic limit

B Within elastic limit
C Beyond plastic limit
D Between elastic and plastic limit
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The value of E during pure bending is assumed to be...
A More in tension and less in compression

B Same in tension and compression
C Less in tension and more in compression
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Flitched beams means...
A Continuous beam
B Fixed beam
C Composite beam consisting of wooden and mild steel plates
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question During bending of beams which of the following statement is true...
A Alternate layer is free to expand and contract independently.

B No layer is free to expand and contract independently.
C Each layer is free to expand and contract independently.
D Only extreme layer is free to expand and contract independently.
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam with central point load acting downwards, the fibre
experincing highest tension in bending will be....
A None of the below options

B Extreme above the NA
C At the NA
D Extreme below the NA
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question For a simply supported beam with central point load acting downwards, the fibre
experincing highest compression in bending will be....
A None of the below options

B Extreme above the NA
C At the NA
D Extreme below the NA
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question E1/E2 is called ...
A Poisson's ratio
B Ratio of elasticity
C Modular ratio
D Nodular ratio
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Factors influencing bending stress in beams are...
A Bending moment alone

B Bending moment and M.I.
C Bending moment , M.I. , E and R
D Bending moment, M.I., E, R and y
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Max. BM for Simply supported beam with udl is ....
A wL/8
B wL2/8
C wL3/8
D wL2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question A rectangular section (b x d) is subjected to shear force F. The maximum shear stress will
be …
A 5 F/(2bd)
B 3 F/(2bd)
C 3 F/(4bd)
D 2 F/(3bd)
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have width ’b’ mm and ‘2b’ mm respectively but have same
depth. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
bending stress in section A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have depth ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively but have same
width. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
bending stress in section A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Circular sections A and B have diameter ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively. If these are
subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum bending stress in section
A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:4
D 4:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam is subjected to shear force F. If shear force increases by 50% then the shear stress
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of solid circular rod of diameter D is equal to
A D²/10
B D³/10
C D4/10
D D4/20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of hollow circle with average diameter 'd' and wall thickness 't' is equal
to
A (4/5) t d2
B (4/5) t2 d2
C (4/5) d t2
D (5/4) t d2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Moment of beam is defined as its section modulus multiplied by
A moment of inertia
B stress
C strain
D Coefficient of elasticity
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If freely supported beam at its ends is loaded by a central concentrated load, then
maximum moment is M. If the same weight be equally distributed over the beam, then
maximum moment will be
A M
B M/2
C M/3
D M/4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to the average shear stress in a rectangular beam
subjected to torsion is
A 3/2
B 4/3
C 7/4
D 2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The section modulus of a circular section about an axis through its c.g is
A Π/16
B Π/32
C Π64
D Πd2/32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus of a beam decreases, then bending stress will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remain same
D There is no such correlation
Answer increase
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In an Isection of a beam subjected to transverse shear force Q, The maximum shear stress
is developed at.
A The top edge of the top flange
B The bottom edge of the top flange
C The upper edge of the bottom flange
D The center of the Web
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever length l is fixed at one end and a couple M is applied at the other end . If EI
is the flexural rigidity of the cantilever, then slope at the free end of the cantilever is
A 2Ml/ EI
B Ml/ EI
C Ml/ 2EI
D 4Ml/EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress in the case of circular shaft
transmitting power is
A 2
B 1.33
C 1
D 0.75
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of average shear stress to maximum shear stress for a beam of circular section
subjected to transverse shear force is
A 0.8
B 0.75
C 0.67
D 0.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The maximum shear stress developed in a beam of circular section is __________ the
average shear stress
A equal to
B 4/3 times
C 1.5 times
D twice
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Which of the following statements regarding assumptions in analysis of stressed beam is
false
A The material is homogeneous and isotropic, so that it has the same elastic properties in all
directions
B Modulus of elasticity in tension and compression are equal
C The radius of curvature of the beam before bending is equal to that of its transverse
dimensions
D Normal sections of the beam, which were plane before bending, remain plane after
bending
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In T-section
A Both flange and web resists in the ratio of the
their areas of cross-section
B Only flanges resists shear
C Most of the shear is resisted by web only
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a rectangular beam exhibits a
A Parabolic variation
B Linear variation
C Cubic variation
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In I-section, the bending moment is resisted mainly by
A Flanges only
B Web only
C Both by flanges and web
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of uniform strength is one in which
A B.M. is same throughout the beam
B Deflection is same throughout the length
C The bending stress is same in every section along the longitudinal axis
D Shear stress is uniform throughout the beam
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The beam section shown in figure is subjected to a maximum bending stress of 9 N/mm2.
Find (a). the force on the area shaded and (b). the moment of this force about the neutral
axis.
A 2100N, 3660Nm
B 5400N, 486Nm
C 54000N, 4860Nm
D 54005N, 4865Nm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the beam section shown in figure , find the ratio of the moments of resistance about
the XX and YY axes, for a given safe stress
A 1.814
B 1.184
C 4.481
D 8.142
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The section modulus for hollow rectangular section shown below is:
A BD-bd/6D
B BD2-bd2/6D
C B-b/6D
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The moment of resistance for the hollow circular section shown is:
A f.[π(D4-d4)/32D]
B f.[π(D4-d4)/34D]
C f.[π(D2-d2)/32D]
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The T-shaped cross-section of a beam is subjected to vertical shear force of 100kN.
Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and flange.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal neutral axis is 1.134x108mm4.
A 11.20N/mm2; 2.750N/mm2
B 11.02N/mm2; 2.755N/mm2
C 2.755N/mm2; 11.02N/mm2
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of rectangular section (width 100 mm and depth 200 mm) is subjected to a shear
force of 360 kN. Determine the maximum shear stress induced.
A 36.0 MPa
B 27.0 MPa
C 24.0 MPa
D 21.0 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Determine the maximum B.M. that can be applied to a beam of a hollow circular section
(OD 34 mm and thickness 5 mm) if the bending stress is not to exceed 110 MPa?
A 319 Nm
B 281 Nm
C 267 Nm
D 249 Nm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question What will be the maximum bending stress induced in a hollow circular section having OD
40 mm and ID 30 mm if bending moment 500 Nm acts upon it?
A 116.4 MPa
B 96.4 MPa
C 106.4 MPa
D 126.4 Mpa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel bar of rectangular section having width b = 20 mm and depth d = 60 mm is
subjected to a certain bending moment resulting in bending stress of 250 MPa. How much
is the bending moment?
A 2.1 kNm
B 2.4 kNm
C 2.7 kNm
D 3.0 kNm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel bar of rectangular section having width b = 20 mm and depth d = 60 mm is
subjected to bending moment of 1.5 kNm. What will be the bending stress induced?
A 145 MPa
B 135 MPa
C 125 MPa
D 175 MPa
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of rectangular section (width 230 mm and depth 460 mm) is subjected to a shear
force of 600 kN. Determine the maximum shear stress induced.
A 7.8 MPa
B 9.8 MPa
C 6.8 MPa
D 8.5 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length 1.2 m carries a concentrated load of 1.2 kn at the free end. The
Beam is of rectangular cross section with breadth equal to half the depth. The maximum
stress due to bendign is not to exeed 100 N/mm2. The minimum depth of the beam should
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A Beam of rectangular section of breath 10 cm and depth 20 cm is subjected to a bending
moment of 2.00 kNm. The stress developed at a distance of 5 cm from the top face is.
A 3 N/mm2
B 1.5 N/mm2
C 0.75 N/mm2
D 0.0 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A thin circular tube is used as a beam . At a particular section it is subjected to shear
force . If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is 'q', the mean shear stress
is.
A 0.5q
B 0.75q
C 0.80q
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel shaft A of diameter 'd ', length 'l' is subjected to a twisting moment T. another shaft
B of brass of same diameter 'd' but length '0.5l' is also subjected to same twisting moment
'T'. If the shear modulus of steel is twice the shear modulus of brass and the max shear
stress developed in steel shaft is 100 N/mm2, then the max stress developed in brass shaft
is.
A 200 N/mm2
B 100N/mm2
C 50N/mm2
D 25N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of T section is subjected to a bending moment. The depth of the section is 12cm.
The moment of the inertia of the section about the neutral axis is 600 cm4. The flange of
the section is in compression. If the maximum tensile stress in the section is double the
max compressive stress, then the value of the section modulus in tension for the section is
A 100 cm3
B 150 cm3
C 75 cm3
D 50 cm3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of of circular cross section , area 100mm2 is subjected to a transverse shear force
of 6 KN at a particular section. The magnitude of the maximum shear stress developed in
the section is
A 90 N/mm2
B 80 N/mm2
C 60 N/mm2
D 45 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Two tie rods are connected through a pin of a cross sectional area 80mm2. If the tie bars
are subjected to a tensile load of 20 Kn , then shear stress in the pin will be
A 500 N/mm2
B 250 N/mm2
C 125 N/mm2
D 50 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of I section of depth 20cm is subjected to a bending moment. The flange
thickness is 1.5cm and web thickness is 0.5cm. If the maximum stress developed in the I
section is 20 N/mm2 , the stress developed at the inner edge of the flange is
A 20 N/mm2
B 17 N/mm2
C 14 N/mm2
D 6.667 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam with a square cross section 100 X 100mm is simply supported at its ends and
carries a center load W. If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is not
exceed than 6 N/mm2,the maximum value of W is
A 20 KN
B 40 KN
C 80 KN
D 100KN
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam 3 m in length is simply supported at each end and bears a uniformly distributed
load of 10 kN per metre of length. The cross section of the bar is rectangular, 75 mm x
150 mm. Maximum bending stress in the beam will be
A 20 MPa
B 40 MPa
C 60 MPa
D 80 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam is loaded by a couple of 1 kNm at each of its ends. The beam is steel and of
rectangular cross section 25 mm wide by 50 mm deep. The maximum bending stress will
be
A 96 MPa
B 48 MPa
C 72 MPa
D 24 MPa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of circular cross section is 200 mm in diameter. It is simply supported at each end
and loaded by two concentrated loads of 100 kN, applied 250 mm from the ends of the
beam. The maximum stress in the beam will be
A 63.6 MPa
B 31.8 MPa
C 17.6 MPa
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel cantilever beam 5 m in length is subjected to a concentrated load of 1 kN acting at
the free end of the bar. The beam is of rectangular cross section, 50 mm wide by 75 mm
deep. The stress induced in the beam will be
A 0
B 107 MPa
C 110 MPa
D 117 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question An steel wire of 20 mm diameter is bent into a circular shape of 10 m radius. If E, the
modulus of elasticity is 2 x 106 kg/cm2, then the maximum stress induced in the wire is
A 103 kg/cm2
B 2 x 103 kg/cm2
C 4 x 103 kg/cm2
D 6 x 103
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A strip of steel 1 mm thick is bent into an arc of a circle of 1 m radius. The maximum
bending stress will be(E = 200 Gnm-2)
A 25 MPa
B 50 MPa
C 64 MPa
D 100 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length 1.2 m carries a concentrated load of 1.2 kn at the free end. The
Beam is of rectangular cross section with breadth equal to half the depth. The maximum
stress due to bendign is not to exeed 100 N/mm2. The minimum depth of the beam should
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10 meters. If the plate section be 120mm
wide and 20mm thick, find the maximum stress induced and the bending moment which
can produce this stress. Take E= 2 x 105 N/mm2?
A Fmax= 205 N/mm2 ; M= 1605Nm
B Fmax= 120 N/mm2 ; M= 160Nm
C Fmax= 200 N/mm2 ; M= 1600Nm
D Fmax= 1200 N/mm2 ; M= 1600Nm
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit

Subject code-202045
Unit-4
Id
Question The bending moment M = _______________.
A EIy
B E I (dy / dx)
C E I (d2y / dx2)
D E I (d3y / dx3)
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Shear force SF = _____________
A EIy
B E I (dy / dx)
C E I (d2y / dx2)
D E I (d3y / dx3)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Rate of loading w(x) = ___________.
A [E I (y/dx4)]
B E I (dy/dx)
C E I (d2y/dx2)
D E I (d3y/dx3)
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I (d2y/dx2) = _______________.
A SF
B M
C [- w (x)]
D none of the above.
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I (dy/dx) = _______________.
A M
B Int[M dx]+ C1
C Int[Int(M dx)]dx + C1 x + C2
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I y = _______________.
A M
B Int[M dx]+ C1
C Int[Int(M dx)]dx + C1 x + C2
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The slope is always zero at ________ support.
A roller
B hinge
C fixed
D all the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The deflection is always zero at ________ support.
A roller
B hinge
C fixed
D all the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question At a roller support, the slope is always _____.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question At a fixed support, the slope is always _____.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam simply supported at its ends and carrying a point load, the slope at the point of
maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load at its free end, the magnitude of slope at the
point of maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load at its centre, the magnitude of slope at the
point of maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L carries a point load at its centre. If x is the distance from
the fixed end, the slope is constant for _____.
A 0<x<L
B 0 < x < L/2
C L/2 < x < L
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L carries a point load at its centre. If x is the distance from
the fixed end, the deflection is maximum at x = _____.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at the centre. If x is the distance
from the left support, the deflection is maximum at x = _______.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at the centre. If x is the distance
from the left support, the slope is zero at x = _______.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at a distance of 3L/4 from the
left support. The deflection is maximum at a distance ______ from the left support.
A 0
B 3L/4
C more than 3L/4
D less than 3L/4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a clockwise couple moment at its centre. If x
is the distance from the left support, the deflection is zero at x = __________.
A L/3
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a UDL throughout its length. If x is the
distance from the left support, the deflection is maximum at x = __________.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a UDL throughout its length. If x is the
distance from the left support, the deflection is zero at x = __________.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load W at its free end, the magnitude of slope at the
free end is ________.
A W L2 / 2EI
B W L2 / 3EI
C W L3 / 3EI
D W L3 / 6EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load W at its free end, the magnitude of deflection
at the free end is ________.
A W L2 / 2EI
B W L2 / 3EI
C W L3 / 3EI
D W L3 / 6EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a UDL of w per unit length throughout its length, the
magnitude of slope at the free end is ________.
A w L2 / 2EI
B w L2 / 3EI
C w L3 / 3EI
D w L3 / 6EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a UDL of w per unit length throughout its length, the
magnitude of deflection at the free end is ________.
A w L3 / 3EI
B w L3 / 6EI
C w L3 / 8EI
D w L4 / 8EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a point load W at its centre, the slope at
the end points is _________.
A W L2 / 16 EI
B W L2 / 30 EI
C W L2 / 24 EI
D W L2 / 48 EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Deflection profile of a beam is known as its ____________
A Elastic curve
B Parabolic curve
C Plastic curve
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length over a
distance a (a < L) from the fixed end A to C, the slope at C is _________.
A w L3 / 3 EI
B w L3 / 6 EI
C w a3 / 3 EI
D w a3 / 6 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length over a
distance a (a < L) from the fixed end A to C, the slope at free end B is _________.
A w L3 / 3 EI
B w L3 / 6 EI
C w a3 / 3 EI
D w a3 / 6 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The energy absorbed in a body, when it is strained within the elastic limits, is known as
A Strain energy
B resilience
C Proof resilience
D toughness
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Resilience is the
A energy stored in a body when strained within elastic limits
B energy stored in a body when strained upto the breaking of the specimen
C maximum strain energy which can be stored in a body
D Strain Energy per unit volume in simple tension or compression
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Which of the following statement is correct?
A The energy stored in a body, when strained within elastic limit is known as strain energy.
B The maximum strain energy which can be stored in a body is termed as proof resilience.
C The proof resilience per unit volume of a material is known as modulus of resilience.
D all of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored in a spring, when subjected to maximum load, without suffering
permanent distortion, is known as
A impact energy
B proof resilience
C proof stress
D modulus of resilience
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The unit of modulus of elasticity is same as those of
A stress, strain and pressure
B stress, force and modulus of rigidity
C strain, force and pressure
D stress, pressure and modulus of rigidity
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a beam is subjected to a bending moment, the strain in a layer is __________ the
distance from the neutral axis.
A equal to
B directly proportional to
C inversely proportional to
D independent of
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of span L which supports a UDL of ‘w’ per unit length, the
maximum deflection is …
A 5WL3/348EI
B 5WL2/384EI
C 5WL3/384EI
D 5WL2/348EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a moving body hits a bar, ------- energy is stored in the bar in the form of ------
energy
A Kinetic, strain
B Strain, Kinetic
C Potential, Strain
D Not of these types
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a rigid beam deflection and slope is always
A Zero
B Infinite
C One
D Less than one
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Flexural rigidity of the beam is:
A E
B GI
C EI
D E/I
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Differential equation of bending of beam is of ----- order.
A Zeroth
B Fourth
C First
D Second
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L subjected to a concentrated load W at the center,
EI d2y/dx2 = ___________.
A (W/2)x | -W(x - (L/2))|
B Wx | -W(x - (L/2))|
C (W/2)x | -W(x - L)|
D (W/2)x | + W(x - (L/2))|
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length
over its entire length, EI d2y/dx2 = ____________________.
A (wx)/2 - (wx2 /2 )
B w/2 - (wx2 /2 )
C (wLx)/2 - (wL2 /2 )
D (wLx)/2 - (wx2 /2 )
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In Macaulay's method a single equation is written for the __________ for all portions of
the beam.
A slope
B Bending moment
C deflection
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The designing of a beam from deflection aspect is known as ________.
A Strength criterion
B Stiffness criterion
C Flexibility criterion
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The governing differential equation of the beam takes into account the effect of
________.
A Bending moment only
B Shear force only
C Both bending moment and shear force
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a point load W at its centre, the
deflection at the centre is _________.
A 11 W L4 / 120 EI
B W L3 / 30 EI
C W L3 / 24 EI
D W L4 / 48 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
throughout its length, the slope at its ends is _________.
A w L3 / 8EI
B w L3 / 6EI
C w L3 / 24EI
D w L4 / 6EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
throughout its length, the deflection at its centre is _________.
A w L3 / 8EI
B w L4 / 8EI
C w L3 / 24EI
D 5 w L4 / 384EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L if origin is taken at left end, deflection at the
center is _________.
A positive
B negative
C Depends on magnitude of load
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L if origin is taken at right end, deflection at
the center is _________.
A positive
B negative
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L if origin is taken at left end, deflection at the free
end is _________.
A negative
B positive
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L, if origin is taken at right end, deflection at the free
end is _________.
A Negative
B Positive
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length for
full span, if origin is taken at left end, the slope at center of the beam is _________
A positive
B negative
C zero
D Can't say
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In a watch, the spring is used to store strain energy. This energy is released
A to stop the watch
B to run the watch
C to change the time
D all of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Two closely coiled helical springs 'A' and 'B' are equal in all respects but the number of
turns of spring 'A' is half that of spring 'B' The ratio of deflections in spring 'A' to spring
'B' is
A 1/8
B 1/4
C 1/2
D 2
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the depth is kept constant for a beam of uniform strength, then its width will vary in
proportional to (where M = Bending moment)
A M
B √M
C M²
D M³
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The rectangular beam 'A' has length l, width b and depth d. Another beam 'B' has the same
length and depth but width is double that of 'A'. The elastic strength of beam 'B' will be
__________ as compared to beam A.
A same
B double
C four times
D six times
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam 'A' of length l, breadth b and depth d carries a central load W.
Another beam 'B' of the same dimensions carries a central load equal to 2W. The
deflection of beam 'B' will be __________ as that of beam 'A'.
A one-fourth
B one-half
C double
D four times
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a couple moment M0 at the centre, EI
d2y/dx2 = ____________________.
A M0
B (-M0)
C (-M0 / L) x | + M0(x - (L/2))2 |
D (M0 / L) x | - M0(x - (L/2))2 |
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa ) having a point load at its free end and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same
load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross-section of 2b x d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 48
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material but twice the
length and rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be
__________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a slope of 4˚ at
the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same
cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the slope at it's free end will be ________˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a slope of 4˚ at
the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same
cross-sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m, the slope at it's free end will be
________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a slope
of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of
the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa), the slope at
the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a
slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever
of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the slope at
the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its free end
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end of
another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200
GPa), the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a slope of 1˚ at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end of
another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions but double the length and of
steel (E = 200 GPa), the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its free end and a
rectangular cross-section of b x d shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is
applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross-section of 2b x d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of 2b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material but twice the length and
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 600 mm in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its free
end. The deflection at its free end will be _______________ mm.
A 0.52
B 0.72
C 0
D 5.2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 600 mm in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its free
end. The slope at its free end will be __________˚.
A 0.0018˚
B 0.0018 radian
C 0.72˚
D 0.72 radian
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A rod of length 2 m and square cross section 100 mm x 100 mm elongates by 0.01 mm
when subjected to an axial load W. If the same rod is used as a cantilever and subjected to
the same load at its free end, the deflection at the free end will be ________mm.
A 0.01
B 10
C 4
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL of 10 kN / m acting throughout
its length shows a deflection of 1 mm at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilver of the same cross sectional dimensions but
double the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 2
B 4
C 8
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length and
UDL is applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material and
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
UDL is applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material but twice
the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is
applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross section of 2b x d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material but twice the
length and the rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be
_______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 6 mm in length has a rectangular cross section
of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its length. The
slope at its free end will be __________ .
A 0.00167˚
B 0.00167 radian
C 0.72˚
D 0.72 radian
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its
centre shows a deflection of 1 mm at the centre. If the load of 20 kN is applied at the
centre of another simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions, double
the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its centre and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same
load is applied at the centre of another simply supported beam of the same material and
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d,the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
load is applied at the centre of another simply supported beam of the same material but
twice the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 4 m in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its centre.
The deflection at its centre will be ________ mm.
A 1.33
B 13.33
C 0.13
D 133.33
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A rod of length 2 m and square cross section 100 mm x 100 mm elongates by 0.01 mm
when subjected to an axial load W. If the same rod is used as a simply supported beam
and subjected to the same load at its centre, the deflection at the centre will be
________mm.
A 0.01
B 10
C 1
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied on another simply
supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100
GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL acting throughout its
length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied on another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E
= 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL of 10 kN / m acting
throughout its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL of 20 kN
/ m is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the same cross
sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre
will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL of 10 kN / m acting
throughout its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL of 20 kN
/ m is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the same cross
sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre
will be _________ mm.
A 2
B 4
C 8
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its
length and a rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If
the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the
same material and length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d,the deflection at the
centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material and length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d,the deflection at the
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material and length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d,the deflection at the
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material but twice the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection
at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length L carries a load w uniformly distributed throughout its length. The
deflection at the free end is y1.Now the same cantilever carries the load W at its free end
and deflection at the free is y2. The ratio of y2/y1 is
A 3/8
B 3/4
C 4/3
D 8/3
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length , diameter D carries a load W at its middle which produces a
deflection y1 , at the free end. Another cantilever of same material, length L but diameter
2D carries a load W at its middle which produces a deflection y2 at the free end . The
ratio of y2/y1 will be
A 8
B 4
C 1/4
D 1/16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of length l, simply supported at the ends carries a point load W at its center .if EI
is flexural rigidity of the beam, strain energy due to bending is
A W2l3/48EI
B W2l3/96EI
C W3l2/48EI
D W3l3/96EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of length l, simply supported at the ends carries a point load W at its center .if EI
is flexural rigidity of the beam, strain energy due to bending is
A W2l3/48EI
B W2l3/96EI
C W3l2/48EI
D W3l3/96EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The simply supported beam 'A' of length l carries a central point load W. Another beam 'B'
is loaded with a uniformly distributed load such that the total load on the beam is W. The
ratio of maximum deflections between beams A and B is
A 5/8
B 8/5
C 5/4
D 4/5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Two simply supported beams A and B carry same loads. Beam A carries a point load at
the centre and beam B carries UDL over the entire span. Ratio of maximum slopes of
beam A to beam B will be …
A 2:3
B 3:2
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a couple moment M0 at the free end, the deflection at the
free end is ________.
A M0 L2 / EI
B M0 L2 / 2EI
C 2M0 L2 / EI
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a couple moment M0 at the free end, the slope at the free
end is ________.
A M0 L / EI
B M0 L / 2EI
C 2M0 L / EI
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L carrying a couple moment M0 at its centre,
the slope at the end points is ________.
A M0 / EI
B M0 L / 24 EI
C M0 L / EI
D M0 L2 / 24 EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, when the load W is applied in the centre of the beam, the maximum
deflection is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored in a body, when the load is gradually applied, is (where σ = Stress in the material of the body,
V= Volume of the body, and E = Modulus of elasticity of the material)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the length of a cantilever carrying an isolated load at its free end is doubled, the deflection of the free end will
increase by
A 8
B 1/8
C 1/3
D 2
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the width b and depth d of a beam simply supported with a central load are interchanged, the deflection at the centre
of the beam will be changed in the ratio of
A b/d
B d/b
C (d/b)2
D (b/d)2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
For the loading shown, determine the deflection at the free end.
A -Px(3L-x)/6EI
B Px2(3L-x)/6EI
C -Px(3L-x)/6EI
D -Px2(3L-x)/6EI
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question
For the prismatic beam and loading shown,

determine the slope at end A.
A PL2/6EI
B PL2/32EI
C PL2/16EI
D Not any of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Magnitude of strain energy increase in following order
A Impact, sudden, gradual
B Sudden, gradual, impact
C Gradual, sudden, impact.
D Not any of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored due to bending is given by_______
A U = Int. (M2.dx / 2EI)
B U = Int. (M2/2GI)
C U = Int. (M/2EJL)
D U = Int. (M/EI)
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The area under the curve as shown in Figure by arrow is called as:
A Modulus of elasticity
B Modulus of resistance
C Modulus of resilience
D Modulus of stress-strain
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The strain energy stored in the loading shown is

A U = T2/2GJL
B U = T2/2EI
C U = T/2GJL
D U = T/EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
Strain energy stored is:

A P12L3/6E
B P12L3/6EI
C PL/AE
D P12L/6EI
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, deflection at left support will be
A positeve
B Negative
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, if origin is taken at left end, slpoe at right
support will be
A positeve
B Negative
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam havng point load at midspan of support , as shown in the figure, deflection at
midspan will be
A Positeve and maximum
B Negative and maximum

C Zero
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at support will be
A Positive
B Negetive
C Zero
D All of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at free end will be
A Positive
B Negetive
C Zero
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at free end will be
A Positive and maximun
B Negetive and maximum

C Zero
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length 4 meter carries a uniformly distributed load w throughout its length.
If the maximum bending moment in the cantilever is 8 N-m and EI is its flexural rigidity,
the slope at free end of the cantilever is ....
A 64/3EI
B 32/3EI
C 8/3EI
D None of these
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The deflection at the free end is
observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the free end for a load of 20
kN will be __________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The deflection at the free end is
observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the free end for a load of 5 kN
will be __________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a deflection of 4
mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the
same cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the deflection at its free end will be
__________.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a deflection of 4
mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the
same cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the deflection at its free end will be
__________.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa ) having a point load at its free end shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another
cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa),
the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another
cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa ),
the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end
of another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E =
200 GPa ), the deflection at the free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a deflection of 1 mm at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end
of another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E =
200 GPa ), the deflection at the free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a load of 10 kN. The slope at the free end for a load of 20 kN will be
_________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a load of 10 kN. The slope at the free end for a load of 5 kN will be
_________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the free end
is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN/m. The deflection at the free end for a UDL
of 20 kN/m will be _______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the free end
is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN/m. The deflection at the free end for a UDL
of 5 kN/m will be _______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL throughout its length shows a deflection
of 1 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another cantilever of the same
cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m throughout the length, the deflection at its
free end will be________mm.
A 2
B 4
C 16
D 32
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL throughout its length shows a deflection
of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another cantilever of the same
cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m throughout the length, the deflection at its
free end will be________mm.
A 0.5
B 0.25
C 4
D 32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa),
the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa),
the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The slope at the free end for a UDL of 20 kN /
m will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The slope at the free end for a UDL of 5 kN /
m will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL acting throughout its length shows a slope
of 1˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimension but of length 2 m, the slope at its free
end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL acting throughout its length shows a slope
of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimension but of length 0.5 m, the slope at its free
end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on
another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100
GPa) , the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on
another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200
GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a slope of 1˚ at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions,
double the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 1 m in length has a rectangular cross section of
width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a UDL of 10 kN / m throughout its length.
The deflection at its free end will be __________ mm.
A 1.25
B 0.72
C 0
D 5.2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a point load acting at its centre. The deflection at the centre
is observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the centre for a load of 20
kN will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a point load acting at its centre. The deflection at the centre
is observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the centre for a load of 5 kN
will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having a point load acting at its centre shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same load is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the
deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having a point load acting at its centre shows a
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m, the
deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its centre shows a
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper
(E = 100 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its centre shows
a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same load is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E
= 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its
centre shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the load of 20 kN is applied at the
centre of another simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the
centre is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The deflection at the centre for a
UDL of 20 kN / m will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the
centre is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The deflection at the centre for a
UDL of 5 kN / m will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having UDL acting throughout its length shows a
deflection of 1 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m
throughout the length, the deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 2
B 4
C 16
D 32
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having UDL acting throughout its length shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m
throughout the length, the deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 0.25
C 4
D 32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam simply supported at its ends over a span of 4 meters carries uniformly distributed
load of 1.5 kN/m run through out its length. If EI = 5000 kN-m2, the max. deflection in
the beam is.
A 1 mm
B 2 mm
C 2.5 mm
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A round bar A of diameter D and length L is subjected to an axial stress f. Another round
bar B of the same material , diameter 2D and length 0.25L is also subjected to the same
axial stress f. the ratio of strain energy in bar A to the the strain energy in bar B is
A 4
B 2
C 1
D 0.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 2 meters carries a concentrated load of 3 kN at its
center. If EI=500 kN-m2 for the beam the maximum deflection in the beam is
A 16 mm
B 5 mm
C 2 mm
D 1 mm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of 6 m carries a concentrated load W at its center such that
bending moment M. at the center of beam is 6 kN-m. If EI is the flexural rigidity of the
beam, then deflection at the center is
A 36/EI
B 27/EI
C 18/EI
D 9/EI
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of rectangular section breadth=b and depth d=2b carries a load
w at one third of its length producing deflection y under the load. Now the beam is turned
with depth=b and breadth=2b, the deflection under the load will be
A 6y
B 4y
C 2y
D 1/4y
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of simply supported over 10 m carries a uniformly distributed load 1 kN/m
throughout its length. If EI is 5000 kN-m2 then the maximum deflection y is
A 26 mm
B 52 mm
C 2.6 mm
D 10 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of the maximum deflections of a beam simply supported at its ends with an
isolated central load and that of with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
A 1
B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam rectangular in cross-section is subjected to an isolated load at its free
end. If the width of the beam is doubled, the deflection of the free end will be changed in
the ratio of
A 8
B 1/8
C 1/2
D 2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the width of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its center is doubled,
the deflection of the beam at the center is changed by
A 2 times
B 4 times
C 8 times
D 1/2 times
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of the maximum deflection of a cantilever beam with an isolated load at its free
end and with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
A 1
B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The deflection due to couple M at the free end of a cantilever length L is
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A uniform girder simply supported at its ends is subjected to a uniformly distributed load
over its entire length and is propped at the centre so as to neutralize the deflection. The
net B.M. at the centre will be
A WL
B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The deflection of any rectangular beam simply supported, is
A directly proportional to its weight
B inversely proportional to its width
C inversely proportional to the cube of its depth
D directly proportional to the cube of its length
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The energy stored in a beam of length L subjected to a constant B.M. is
A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 4 m supports a UDL 2 kN/m over the entire span.
What will be the maximum slope assuming E = 200 GPa and I = 4 x 105 mm4
A 0.057 rad
B 0.067 rad
C 0.077 rad
D 0.087 rad
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 4 m supports a UDL 2 kN/m over the entire span.
What will be the maximum deflection assuming E = 200 GPa and I = 4 x 105 mm4
A 53.3 mm
B 63.3 mm
C 73.3 mm
D 83.3 mm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 5 m supports a point load of 30 kN at a distance of 3.75
m from the left support A. The deflection under the load will be …
A 1.7 mm
B 1.8 mm
C 1.9 mm
D 2.0 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Maximum deflection in simply supported beam of length 1m carying a concentrated load
20 kN at midspan is (take EI = 25,000 kN m2 )
A 0.0166mm
B 1.666mm
C 0.00166mm
D 1.666m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Maximum deflection in simply supported beam of length 2 m carying a concentrated load
20 kN at midspan is (take EI = 25,000 kN m2 )
A 0.133 mm
B 1.333 mm
C 0.00133 mm
D 1.333 m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam simply supported at ends over a span of 4 m, carries a udl of 15 kN/m throughout
its length. If EI = 25,000 kN m2, then the maximum deflection in beam is
A 2 mm
B 0.0002 m
C 0.02 mm
D 2m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The simply supported beam 'A' of length l carries a central point load W. Another beam 'B'
is loaded with a uniformly distributed load such that the total load on the beam is W. The
ratio of maximum deflections between beams A and B is
A 0.63
B 1.6
C 0.8
D 1.25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Which of the follwing is true
A Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is change in arc length of ealstic curve
for that section
B Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is strain developed in beam fiber at a

distance x from N.A.
C Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is angle between tangent to the elastic
curve at a distance x and original position of beam.
D Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is vertial dispacement of elastic curve
from original positionat a distance x .
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Question 01
Image shows the
Option A Simply Supported beam
Option B Cantilever beam
Option C Overhung beam
Option D Fixed beam
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 02
Image shows the

Option D Fixed beam
Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 03
Image shows the

Option D Fixed beam
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 04
Image shows the

Option A Concentrated Loads
Option B UDL
Option C UVL
Option D NO LOAD
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 05
Image shows the

Option A Concentrated Loads
Option B Distributed load
Option C No Load
Option D UDL & UVL
Option E
Correct Answer D
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 06
S.F. at A is
Option A P/2
Option B P
Option C P/4
Option D None of the above
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 07

Maximum B.M. is
Option A P/2
Option B P
Option C PL/4
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 08
Maximum B.M. is
Option A WL/2
Option B WL2/8
Option C WL2/4
Option D WL2/16
Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
S.F. at B is
Option A WL
Option B WL/6
Option C WL/4
Option D WL/2
Option E
Correct Answer D
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
Maximum bending will be at point

Option A A
Option B B
Option C C
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
S.F.at free end is

Option A PL
Option B PL/2
Option C P/2
Option D P
Option E
Correct Answer D
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
B.M. at free end is

Option A PL
Option B PL/2
Option C P/2
Option D Zero
Option E
Correct Answer D
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
Reacting moment is
Option A PL clockwise
Option B PL anticlockwise
Option C P
Option D Pl/2
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
Reaction at roller support is

Option A WL
Option B WL/3
Option C WL/6
Option D WL2
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
Reaction at hinged support is

Option A WL
Option B WL/3
Option C WL/6
Option D WL2
Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question
The reaction at roller support is

Option A 5N upward
Option B 5N downward
Option C 10N upward
Option D 10N downward
Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 17
The reaction at hinge support is

Option A 5N upward
Option C 10N upward
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 18
S.F. at right hand side is

Option A 5N upward
Option C 10N upward
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 19
S.F. at left hand side is

Option A 5N upward
Option C 10N upward
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 20 If no load between two point loads then S.F is shown by

Option A Horizontal line
Option B Inclined line
Option C Parabolic Curve
Option D Cubic Curve
Option E
Correct Answer A
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 21 If there is UDL between two point loads then S.F is shown by
Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 22 If UVL between two point loads then S.F is shown by

Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 23 If no load between two point loads then B.M. is shown by

Option E
Correct Answer B
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 24 If there is UDL between two point loads then B.M is shown by
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

Question 25 If UVL between two point loads then B.M is shown by

Option E
Correct Answer D
Explanation
Difficulties
Sub Topic

7d
Question 1 In case of circular cross section the maximum shear stress is ---- % more
than the mean shear stress
Option A 15
Option B 30
Option C 33.33
Option D 50
Option E
Correct Answer C
Explanation NO EXPALINATION
Difficulties 05
Sub Topic BENDING STRESSES AND SHEAR STRESSES

Question 2 Shear force resisted by a connector is ---
Option A Horizontal shear/ spacing or pitch
Option B Horizontal shear x Pitch
Option C Horizontal shear / Pitch2
Option D None of above
Option E
Correct Answer B
Difficulties 05

Question 3 The longitudinal force per unit length transmitted across the section. It is
known as...
Option A Shear stress
Option B Shear flow
Option C shear strain
Option D shear force
Option E
Correct Answer B
Difficulties 05

Question 4 The ration of average shear stress to the maximum shear stress in a beam
with a square cross- section is
Option A 1
Option B 2/3
Option C 3/2
Option D 2
Option E
Correct Answer C
Difficulties 05

Question 5 In a case of I-section, the web resists mainly
Option A Axial force
Option B Shear force
Option C Bending moment
Option D Both shear force and bending moment
Option E
Correct Answer B
Difficulties 05

Question 6 In case of beam with circular cross-section, what is the ratio of the
maximum shear stress to average shear stress?
Option A 3:1
Option B 2:1
Option C 3:2
Option D 4:3
Option E
Correct Answer D
Difficulties 05

Question 7 The shear stress at the neutral axis in a beam of triangular section with a
base of 40 mm and height 20 mm, subjected to a shear force of 3 kn is
Option A 3 MPa
Option B 6 MPa
Option C 10 MPa
Option D 20 MPa
Option E
Correct Answer C
Difficulties 05

Question 8 The algebraic sum of the product of area and the square of its distance
from the axis is called as…
Option A Moment of inertia
Option B Section modulus
Option C Polar moment of inertia
Option D Modulus of rigidity
Option E
Correct Answer A
Difficulties 05

Question 9 The ratio of moment of inertia about the neutral axis to the distance of
the most distance point of the section from the neutral axis is called…
Option A Moment of inertia
Option B Section modulus
Option C Polar moment of inertia
Option D Modulus of rigidity
Option E
Correct Answer B
Difficulties 05

Question 10 S. I. unit of moment of inertia is
Option A m
Option B m2
Option C m3
Option D m4
Option E
Correct Answer
Difficulties 05

Question 11 The moment of inertia of a rectangular section about an axis through its
C. G. is
Option A b/2
Option B bd2
Option C bd2/6
Option D bd3/12
Option E
Correct Answer D
Difficulties 05

Question 12 The moment of inertia of a circular section about an axis through its C.
G. is
Option A d/2
Option B Πd2/4
Option C Πd2/16
Option D Πd2/64
Option E
Correct Answer D
Difficulties 05

Question 13 M. I. of rectangle of width b and depth d about base is-
Option A bd3/6
Option B bd3/3
Option C bd3/12
Option D Bd2/3
Option E
Correct Answer B
Difficulties 05

Question 14 The moment of inertia of 60 mm diameter circle is
Option A 123.17*103 mm4
Option B 567.17*103 mm4
Option C 636.17*103 mm4
Option D 847.17*103 mm4
Option E
Correct Answer C
Difficulties 05

9-
Cent
roi
dofas
ect
ioni
s
Abou
twhi
ch∫
y^2dA =0
Abou
twhi
ch∫
ydA=0
Abou
twhi
ch∫
xydA=0
Abou
twhi
ch∫
x^2y
^2dA=0
(Ans
:b)
1
0-Mome
ntofi
ner
tiaofas
ect
ioni
s
∫
y^2dA
∫
ydA
∫
xydA
∫
x^2y
^2dA
(Ans
:a)
1
-Whi
choft
hema
chi
nec
ompone
nti
sde
signe
dunde
rbe
ndi
ngs
tre
ss?
Sha
ft
Ar
m ofal
eve
r
Ke
y
Be
ltsa
ndr
ope
s
(Ans
:b)
2-
Forbe
ndi
nge
qua
tiont
obev
ali
d,r
adi
usofc
urv
atu
reoft
hebe
ama
fte
rbe
ndi
ngs
hou
ldbe
Equ
alt
oit
str
ans
ver
sedi
mens
ions
I
nfi
nit
y
Ve
ryl
argec
ompa
redt
oit
str
ans
ver
sedi
mens
ions
Dou
blei
tst
rans
ver
sedi
mens
ions
(Ans
:c)
3-
Neu
tra
lax
isofabe
ama
lwa
ysc
oinc
ide
swi
th
Ax
ispa
ssi
ngt
hrou
ghbot
tom ofbe
am
Ax
ispa
ssi
ngt
hrou
ghhe
ighth/2 f
rom bot
tom
Ax
ispa
ssi
ngt
hrou
ghhe
ighth/3 f
rom bot
tom
Ax
ispa
ssi
ngt
hrou
ghc
ent
roi
d
(Ans
:d)
4-
Mome
ntofr
esi
st
anc
eofabe
am
I
sequ
alt
osa
fema
ximu
m be
ndi
ngmome
ntt
owhi
chi
tca
nbes
ubj
ect
ed
I
sequ
alt
oanybe
ndi
ngmome
ntt
owhi
chi
tiss
ubj
ect
ed
I
sequ
alt
oorl
esst
hanma
ximu
m be
ndi
ngmome
ntt
owhi
chi
tiss
ubj
ect
ed
I
sequ
alt
oormor
etha
nma
ximu
m be
ndi
ngmome
ntt
owhi
chi
tiss
ubj
ect
ed
(Ans
:a)
5-
Sec
tionmodu
lusofabe
ami
sal
way
sgi
venbyf
ormu
la
Πd^3/32
bd^2/6
I
/y(ma
x)
I
/y
(Ans
:c)
6-
Mome
ntofI
ner
tiaofar
ect
angu
lars
ect
iona
bou
tanya
xis
=
bd^3/1
2
db^3/1
2
bd^3/1
2 +Ax
^2
πd^4/64
Whereb=width,A=Areaofcr
osssec
tion,d=depthf
orr e
cta
ngula
rs ect
iona
nddi
ame
terof
ci
rcu
larse
ctions,x=di
st
anc
ebetwe
ent hecent
roidofthesec
tionfrom t
heaxi
s
(Ans
:c)
7-Twobe amsha
vesamelengtha ndsameweighta
nds a
mema t
eri
al.Onebeam ha
ss ol
id
ci
rcul
ars e
cti
onandot
herhollow ci
rcu
larse
cti
onwithout
si
dedi
ameter
/ins
idedi
amete
rr at
io=K
andha v
ingmomentofre
sist
ance=M,t he
n
bot
hbe
amswi
llha
ves
ames
tre
ngt
hint
ermsofM
Sol
idbe
am wi
llha
vemor
est
rengt
hint
ermsofM
Hol
low be
am wi
llha
vemor
est
rengt
hint
ermsofM a
ndi
twi
llbeaf
unc
tionofK
Hol
low be
am wi
llha
vemor
est
rengt
hint
ermsofM a
ndi
twi
llbei
nde
pende
ntofK
(Ans
:c)
8-
Ifde
pthofabe
ami
sdou
ble
dthe
ncha
nge
sini
tss
ect
ionmodu
lus
Wi
llr
ema
ins
ame
Wi
llde
cre
ase
Wi
llbedou
ble
d
Wi
lli
ncr
eas
eby4t
ime
s
(Ans
:d)
1
3-Mi
ddl
equ
art
err
ulei
sva
lidf
ora
Re
cta
ngu
lars
ect
ion
He
xagona
lse
cti
on
Ci
rcu
lars
ect
ion
Anys
ect
ion
(Ans
:c)
1
4-Mi
ddl
ethi
rdr
ulei
sva
lidf
ora
Re
cta
ngu
lars
ect
ion
He
xagona
lse
cti
on
Ci
rcu
lars
ect
ion
Anys
ect
ion
(Ans
:a)
1
6-Be
ndi
ngs
tre
ssi
s
Ne
ithe
rte
nsi
lenorc
ompr
ess
ives
tre
ss
T
ens
il
eorc
ompr
ess
ivebu
tca
nnotbea
dde
dal
gebr
aic
all
ywi
thdi
rec
tte
nsi
les
tre
ss
T
ens
il
eorc
ompr
ess
ivea
ndc
ana
lsobea
dde
dal
gebr
aic
all
ywi
thdi
rec
tte
nsi
les
tre
ss
Noneoft
hea
bov
e
(Ans
:c)
1
7-I
naT
-se
cti
onbe
am,t
hebe
ndi
ngs
tre
ssdi
st
ribu
tio
nwi
llbea
sshown
T
-se
cti
on
(Ans
:b)
Qu
est
ion.
1.Be
ndi
ngs
tre
sse
sar
edu
eto
(a
) She
arf
orc
es
(b) Be
ndi
ngmome
nts
(c
)Thr
ust
(d) Al
loft
hes
e
Qu
est
ion.
2.Be
ndi
ngs
tre
sse
sar
eal
sok
nowna
s
(a
)Longi
tudi
nals
tre
sse
s
(b) She
ars
tre
sse
s
(c
)Te
mps
tre
sse
s
(d) Hoops
tre
sse
s
Qu
est
ion.
3.Ne
utr
ala
xisoft
hebe
ami
sthea
xis
(a
) Ofz
eros
tre
sse
s
(b) Ofma
ximu
mst
res
s
(c
) Ofne
gat
ives
tre
ss
(d) Ofpos
it
ives
tre
ss
Quest
ion.
4.Whenabeamissu
bje
ctedt
oabendi
ngmome
ntt
hes
tra
ini
nal
aye
ris
………………thedi
st
anc
efr
om t
heneut
rala
xis
.
(a
)Inde
pende
ntof
(b) Di
rec
tlypr
opor
tiona
lto
(c
)Inv
ers
elypr
opor
tiona
lto
(d) Noneoft
hes
e
Qu
est
ion.
5.T
hes
ect
ionmodu
lus(Z) i
sgi
venby
(a
)
(b)
(c
)
(d)
Que
sti
on.6.Inaca
nti
le
verbe
aml
oade
dwi
thU.
D.L
.ov
ert
hewhol
espa
n,t
hes
tre
ssa
tthe
t
opfibr
ewi l
lbe
(a
)Te
nsi
le
(b) Compr
ess
ive
(c
) De
pendsu
poni
nte
nsi
tyofU.
D.L
.
(d) Bot
h(a
)and(c
)
Qu
esti
on.
7.Whe nas i
mpl
ysupport
edbe
amisl
oade
dwi
thapoi
ntl
oada
tthec
ent
re,t
he
max
imumt e
nsi
lest
res
sisdev
elope
do nt
he
(a
)Topf
ibr
e
(b) Bot
tom f
ibr
e
(c
) Ne
utr
ala
xis
(d) Noneoft
hes
e
Qu
est
ion.
8.I
nthebe
ndi
nge
qua
tion r
epr
ese
nts
(a
) St
res
satt
het
opf
ibr
e
(b) St
res
satt
hebot
tom f
ibr
e
(c
) Ma
ximu
mst
res
sindu
cedi
nthebe
am
(d) St
res
sinaf
ibr
ewhi
chi
satadi
st
anc
e‘y
’fr
om t
hene
utr
ala
xis
Qu
est
ion.
9.T
hes
tre
ngt
hofabe
am de
pendsu
pon
(a
)It
sse
cti
onmodu
lus
(b) Pe
rmi
ssi
blebe
ndi
ngs
tre
ss
(c
) Bot
h(a
)and(b)
(d) Noneoft
hes
e
Qu
est
ion.
10.I
nthebe
ndi
nge
qua
tion,Ir
epr
ese
nts
(a
) Mome
ntofi
ner
tiaa
bou
thor
izont
ala
xis
(b) Mome
ntofi
ner
tiaa
bou
tve
rti
cala
xis
(c
) Mome
ntofi
ner
tiaa
bou
tana
xisa
bou
twhi
chbe
ndi
ngt
ake
spl
ace
(d) Noneoft
hes
e
Que
sti
on.
11.T
hes
ect
ionmodu
lusofac
irc
ula
rse
cti
ona
bou
tana
xispa
ssi
ngt
hrou
ghi
tsc
ent
re
i
s
(a
)
(b)
(c
)
(d)
Qu
est
ion.
12.T
hes
ect
ionmodu
lusofar
ect
angu
lars
ect
ion
() a
bou
tana
xist
hrou
ghi
tsC.
G.a
ndpa
ral
le
ltot
heba
se‘
b’i
s
(a
)
(b)
(c
)
(d)
Ques
tion.
13.Inasimpl
ysuppor
tedbe
amloadedwit
hU.D.
Lov
ert
hewhol
ese
cti
on,t
he
be
ndings t
res
sis………….attopand………….
.a tbot
tom.
(a
) Compr
ess
ive
,te
nsi
le
(b) T
ens
il
e,c
ompr
ess
ive
(c
)Te
nsi
le
,ze
ro
(d) Compr
ess
ive
,ze
ro
Ans
wer
s
1
.(b) 2.
(a) 3.(a
) 4.(b) 5.(b) 6.(d) 7.(b)
8.(d) 9.(c
) 1
0.(c
) 1
1.(c
) 1
2.(c
) 1
3.(a
T
hisse
tofStr
engt
hofMa
ter
ial
sMu
lti
pleChoi
ceQu
est
ions&Ans
wer
s(MCQs
)foc
use
son
“
Bendi
ngSt
ress
”.
1
.A be
ami
ssa
idt
obeofu
nif
orms
tre
ngt
h,i
f__
__
__
__
__
__
a
) B.
M.i
ssa
met
hrou
ghou
tthebe
am
b) She
ars
tre
ssi
sthes
amet
hrou
ght
hebe
am
c
) De
fle
cti
oni
sthes
amet
hrou
ghou
tthebe
am
d) Be
ndi
ngs
tre
ssi
sthes
amea
tev
erys
ect
iona
longi
tsl
ongi
tudi
nala
xis
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
2.St
res
sinabe
am du
etos
impl
ebe
ndi
ngi
s__
__
__
__
__
__
a
) Di
rec
tlypr
opor
tiona
l
b) I
nve
rse
lypr
opor
tiona
l
c
) Cu
rvi
li
nea
rlyr
ela
ted
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
Ex
pla
nat
ion:T
hes
tres
sisdi
rect
lypropor
tiona
ltotheloadandhe
ret
hel
oadi
sint
ermsof
be
ndi
ng.Sothes
tre
ssisdi
rec
tlypr
oporti
onaltobendi
ng.
3.Whi
chs
tre
ssc
ome
swhe
nthe
rei
sane
cce
ntr
icl
oada
ppl
ie
d?
a
) She
ars
tre
ss
b) Be
ndi
ngs
tre
ss
c
)Te
nsi
les
tre
ss
d) T
her
mals
tre
ss
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Expla
nati
on:Whenthe
reisane c
cent
ricl
oaditmea
nst ha
tthel
oadisatsomedis
tanc
efrom
theaxis
.T hi
sca
use
sc ompr
ess
ioninonesideandt
ens
ionontheot
her.Thi
scau
sesbendi
ng
str
ess.
4.Wha
tist
hee
xpr
ess
ionoft
hebe
ndi
nge
qua
tion?
a
) M/I=σ/y=E/R
b) M/R =σ/y=E/I
c
) M/y=σ/R =E/I
d) M/I=σ/R =E/y
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
Ex
pla
nat
ion:T
hebe
ndi
nge
qua
tioni
sgi
venbyM/I=σ/y=E/R
whe
re
Mi
sthebe
ndi
ngmome
nt
Ii
sthemome
ntofi
ner
tia
yi
sthedi
st
anc
efr
om ne
utr
ala
xis
Ei
sthemodu
lusofe
las
ti
ci
ty
Ri
sther
adi
us.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
5.Onbe
ndi
ngofabe
am,whi
chi
sthel
aye
rwhi
chi
sne
ithe
rel
onga
tednors
hor
tene
d?
a
) Ax
isofl
oad
b) Ne
utr
ala
xis
c
) Ce
nte
rofgr
avi
ty
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Expl
anat
ion:Whenabeamisinbendi
ngthela
yeri
nt hedi
rec
tionofbendi
ngwil
lbeIn
compre
ssionandtheot
herwi
llbei
nt e
nsi
on.Onesi
deofthene ut
rala
xiswil
lbeshor
tene
d
a
ndt
heot
herwi
llbee
longa
ted.
6.T
hebe
ndi
ngs
tre
ssi
s__
__
__
__
__
__
a
) Di
rec
tlypr
opor
tiona
ltot
hedi
st
anc
eofl
aye
rfr
om t
hene
utr
all
aye
r
b) I
nve
rse
lypr
opor
tiona
ltot
hedi
st
anc
eofl
aye
rfr
omt
hene
utr
all
aye
r
c
) Di
rec
tlypr
opor
tiona
ltot
hene
utr
all
aye
r
d) Doe
snotde
pendont
hedi
st
anc
eofl
aye
rfr
om t
hene
utr
all
aye
r
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
Ex
pla
nat
ion:F
rom t
hebe
ndi
nge
qua
tionM/I=σ/y=E/R
He
res
tre
ssi
sdi
rec
tlypr
opor
tiona
ltot
hedi
st
anc
eofl
aye
rfr
om t
hene
utr
all
aye
r.
7.Cons
ide
ra250mmx 1
5mmx10mm s
tee
lba
rwhi
chi
sfr
eet
oex
pandi
she
ate
dfr
om 1
5Ct
o
40C.whatwi
llbede
vel
ope
d?
a
) Compr
ess
ives
tre
ss
b) T
ens
il
est
res
s
c
) She
ars
tre
ss
d) Nos
tre
ss
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
Ex
pla
nat
ion:I
fwer
esi
stt
oex
pandt
henonl
yst
res
swi
llde
vel
op.He
ret
he
8.Thes
afes
tre
ssforahol
low s
tee
lcolu
mnwhic
hcar
rie
sanaxi
alloa
dof2100 kNi
s125
MN/m2.ift
heext
erna
ldi
ameterofthecol
umni
s30cm,wha
twillbethei
nte
rna
ldi
ame
ter
?
a
) 25 c
m
b) 26.
19c
m
c
) 30.
14c
m
d) 27.
9cm
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
1
.Du
ringat
ens
il
ete
stonadu
cti
lema
ter
ial_
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
) Nomi
nals
tre
ssa
tfr
act
urei
shi
ghe
rtha
ntheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
b) T
rues
tre
ssa
tfr
act
urei
shi
ghe
rtha
ntheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
c
)Tr
ues
tre
ssaf
rac
tur
eist
hes
amea
stheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Sa
nfou
ndr
yMe
nu
St
rengt
hofMa
ter
ial
sQu
est
ionsa
ndAns
wer
s–T
ens
il
eSt
res
s
« Pr
evNe
xt»
T
hissetofStr
engt
hofMa
ter
ial
sMu
lti
pleChoi
ceQu
est
ions&Ans
wer
s(MCQs
)foc
use
son
“
Tens
il
eStres
s”.
1
.Du
ringat
ens
il
ete
stonadu
cti
lema
ter
ial_
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
) Nomi
nals
tre
ssa
tfr
act
urei
shi
ghe
rtha
ntheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
b) T
rues
tre
ssa
tfr
act
urei
shi
ghe
rtha
ntheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
c
)Tr
ues
tre
ssaf
rac
tur
eist
hes
amea
stheu
lti
mat
est
res
s
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Ex
pla
nat
ion:I
nadu
cti
lema
ter
ial
,thet
rues
tre
ssa
tfr
act
urewi
llbehi
ghe
rtheu
lti
mat
est
res
s.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
2.Whenequa
la ndopposi
tefor
cesa
ppl
ie
dtoabody
,te
ndt
oel
onga
tei
t,t
hes
tre
sss
o
pr
odu
ced,iscal
led_
___
__
__
___
_
a
) She
ars
tre
ss
b) Compr
ess
ives
tre
ss
c
)Te
nsi
les
tre
ss
d) T
rans
ver
ses
tre
ss
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Expl
anati
on:Whens
u bj
ect
edtotwoequalandoppos
it
epu
ll
sasar
esu
ltofwhi
cht
her
eisa
n
i
ncreas
ei nle
ngt
h.Thisprodu
cest
ens
il
es t
res
s.
3.Whi
cho
fthef
oll
owi
ngs
tre
sse
sar
eas
soc
iat
edwi
tht
het
ight
eni
ngofanu
tonabol
t?
P.T
ens
il
est
res
sdu
etot
hes
tre
chi
ngofbol
t
Q.Be
ndi
ngs
tre
ssdu
etot
hebe
ndi
ngofbol
t
R.T
ors
iona
lshe
ars
tre
ssdu
etof
ri
cti
ona
lre
sis
tanc
ebe
twe
ent
henu
tandt
hebol
t
Se
lec
tthec
orr
ecta
nswe
rus
ingt
hec
ode
sgi
venbe
low.
a
) Pa
ndQ
b) P a
ndR
c
) Onl
yp
d) R a
ndQ
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
Expl
anati
on:Bendi
ngstr
esscomeswhenthe
reiss omeki
ndofe
cce
ntri
cloa
d.Whennu
tis
ti
ghtene
d,theboltwi
llpul
lit
sel
fandstr
etc
hingwi l
lbet
her
ere
sul
ti
nginthet
ens
il
est
res
s.
Tors
ionalst
res
swillc
omewhe nthenu
tisrotat
ing.
4.I
nat
ens
il
ete
st,ne
art
hee
las
ti
cli
mitz
one_
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
)Te
nsi
les
tre
ssi
ncr
eas
esi
nli
nea
rpr
opor
tiont
othes
tre
ss
b) T
ens
il
est
res
sinc
rea
sesa
taf
ast
err
ate
c
)Te
nsi
les
tre
ssde
cre
ase
sataf
ast
err
ate
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Expl
ana
tion:Thes
tre
ssfir
stde
crea
sesandthe
nde c
rea
s e
sbef
orethest
rai
nha rde
ningoc
cur
s.
Thedecr
e as
esint
hes t
res
sisduetotheat
tra
cti
onbetweenc
arbonmol
ecul
es.
5.Ma
tcht
hef
oll
owi
nga
ndgi
vet
hec
orr
ectc
odegi
veni
nopt
ions
:
L
ist1 L
ist2
A.T
ens
il
ete
stonCI1
.Pl
ainf
rac
tur
eonat
rans
ver
sepl
ane
B.T
ens
il
ete
stonMS2.Gr
anu
larhe
lec
oida
lfr
act
ure
C.T
ors
iont
estonCI3.Cu
pandc
one
4.Gr
anu
larf
rac
tur
einat
rans
ver
sepl
ane
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
a
) A –1B –2C–4
b) A –1B –4C–2
c
) A –3 B –1C–2
d) A –3 B –4 C–1
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
Expl
ana
tion:T
ens
ilet
estonCIi
sdoneonc
upa
ndc
one
.Tor
siont
estonMSi
sonpl
ain
fr
act
ureonat ra
vers
eplane
.
6.T
hephe
nome
nonofs
low gr
owt
hofs
tra
inu
nde
ras
tea
dyt
ens
il
est
res
sisc
all
ed_
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
) Yi
el
ding
b) Cr
eepi
ng
c
) Br
eak
ing
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Expl
ana
tion:Cr
eepi
ngi
sthephe
nome
nonofs
low gr
owi
ngs
tra
inu
nde
ras
tre
ssf
orape
riodof
ti
me.
7.A r
od150cml
onga
ndofdi
ame
ter2c
miss
ubj
ect
edt
oana
xia
lpu
llof20k
N.Wha
twi
ll
bet
hestr
ess
?
a
) 60 N/mm2
b) 65 N/mm2
c
) 63.
6N/mm2
d) 71
.2 N/mm2
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Ex
pla
nat
ion:T
hes
tre
ss=l
oad/ a
rea
L
oad=20,
000N
Ar
ea=π/4(20)2=1
00π mm2.
8.Thes
tre
ssinarodis70N/mm2a
ndt
hemodu
lusofe
las
ti
ci
tyi
s2 x1
05 N/mm2.wha
t
wi
llbet
hestr
aini
ntherod?
a
) 0.
00052
b) 0.
00035
c
) 0.
00030
d) 0.
00047
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Ex
pla
nat
ion:AsE=σ/e
He
re,E=2 *1
05N/mm2
And,σ=70 N/mm2
e=70/2*1
05 =0.
00035.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
9.Whatwil
lbethemini
mum di
amet
erofaste
elwi
re,whi
chi
sus
edt
ora
iseal
oadof
4000N i
fthes
tres
sintherodisnott
oexc
eed95MN/m2?
a
) 6mm
b) 6.
4mm
c
) 7mm
d) 7.
3mm
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
Ex
pla
nat
ion:Ass
tre
ss=l
oad/ a
rea
Ar
ea=l
oad/s
tre
ss
Al
so,a
reai
sπ/4 D2 s
oπ/4D2=4000 / 95
AndD =7.
32.
1
0.A te
nsi
let
estwa
sc ondu
cte
donmi l
dst
eelba
r.Theloa
da te
las
ti
climi
twa
s250k
Nand
t
hedi
amete
rofthest
eelbarwa s3c
m.Whatwil
lbethevalu
eofst
res
s?
a
) 35368x1
04 N/m2
b) 32463x1
04N/m2
c
) 35625x1
04N/m2
d) 37562 x1
04 N/m2
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
Ex
pla
nat
ion:T
hes
tre
ss=l
oad/ a
rea
L
oad=1
50x1
000N
1
.Forkee
pingthes
tre
sswholl
yc ompr
ess
ivethel
oadma ybea
ppl
ie
donac
irc
ula
rcol
umn
a
nywhe
rewithi
naconcent
ricc
irc
leofdia
me t
er__
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
) D/2
b) D/3
c
) D/4
d) D/8
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Expl
ana
tion:T
heloadappl
ic
ationonac
irc
ula
rcol
umna
ffe
ctss
tre
ss.I
fiti
sunde
rD/4 t
he
st
res
swillbewholl
ycompres
sive
.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
2.Cons
ide
rtwoba
rsA a
ndB ofs
amema
ter
ialt
ight
lys
ecu
redbe
twe
ent
wou
nyi
el
dingwa
lls
.
Coe
ffi
ci
entofthermale
xpa
nsionofbarA i
smor
etha
ntha
tofB.Wha
tar
ethes
tre
sse
s
i
nduce
doni nc
r e
asingt
hetemper
atu
re?
a
)Te
nsi
oni
nbot
hthema
ter
ial
s
b) T
ens
ioni
nma
ter
ialA a
ndc
ompr
ess
ioni
nma
ter
ialB
c
) Compr
ess
ioni
nma
ter
ialA a
ndt
ens
ioni
nma
ter
ialB
d) Compr
ess
ioni
nbot
hthema
ter
ial
s
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
Expl
ana
tion:Si
nceboththesupport
sa refi
xedandbot
hba
rswi
llt
ryt
oex
pand,s
ori
sei
n
te
mperat
u r
ewil
lcausecompr
essivestr
esse
sinthebars
.
3.Wha
twi
llbet
heu
nitofc
ompr
ess
ives
tre
ss?
a
)N
b) N/mm
c
) N/mm2
d) Nmm
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Expl
anat
ion:Asthest
ressisthera
tiooffor
cetothea
rea
,soi
twi
llbeN/mm2.He
remm i
s
normal
lyusedi
ni t
scalc
ula
tionmostoftheti
me.
4.A castir
onTsec
tionbea
mi ssubje
ctedt
opu r
ebendi
ng.Forma
ximu mcompr
essi
vest
res
s
tobe3 timest
hemaximu
mt ens
il
es t
ress
,cent
reofgrav
ityoft
hesec
tionf
rom f
langes
ideis
__
__
__
__
__
__
a
) h/2
b) H/3
c
) H/4
d) 2/3h
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:c
Expl
ana
tion:H/4whenthea
ppli
edmome ntissaggi
ng.Othe
rwis
e,I
.e.i
fthea
ppl
ie
dmo ment
i
shoggingitisH/4.asintheopt
ionsbot
ha r
enotgi v
enme a
nswehavetot
akehoggi
ng.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
5.A s
oli
dcir
cul
ars haf
tofdiamet
erdi
ssu
bje
cte
dtoat
orqu
eT.t
hema
ximu
m nor
mals
tre
ss
i
ndu
cedintheshaf
ti s__
__
__
__
__
__
a
) Ze
ro
b) 1
6T/πd3
c
) 32T
/πd3
d) Noneoft
heme
nti
one
d
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Ex
plana
tion:Themaxi
mu mt orqu
etrans
mitt
edbyac i
rcul
arsol
idshaf
tisobt
aine
dfr
om t
he
maxi
mums he
arstr
essinduc
e dattheoute
rs u
rfa
ceofthesol
idshaf
tandgiv
enbyT=
πD3/16 xnor ma
ls t
ress
,
So,nor
mals
tre
ss=1
6T/πd3.
6.Whenarec
tangu
larbe
ami
sloa
dedt
rans
ver
sel
y,t
hema
ximu
mcompr
ess
ives
tre
ssde
vel
ops
on_
__
__
__
__
__
_
a
) Bot
tom f
ibr
e
b) T
opf
ibr
e
c
) Ne
utr
ala
xis
d) Ev
eryc
ros
s-s
ect
ion
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:b
Expl
anat
ion:L
oade
dme a
nsloa
deddownwards
.Inthatcas
e,upperf
ibr
eswi
llbecompr
ess
ed
whil
elowerwil
lbeex
pande
d.Henc
ema xi
mu mcompr
ess
ivest
res
swil
lbedevel
ope
dintoplay
er.
7.Ana xia
lres
idualcompre
ssiv
es t
ressdu
etoama nu
fac
tur
ingprocessispre
sentont heou
ter
sur
faceofarotat
ingshaftsubj
ect
edt obe
ndi
ng.Underagi ve
nbe ndi
ngload,thefa
tigueof
theshaf
tintheprese
nceoft heresi
dualc
ompre
ssi
vestre
ssis___
__
____
__
_
a
) De
cre
ase
d
b) I
ncr
eas
esorde
cre
ase
d,de
pendi
ngont
hee
xte
rna
lbe
ndi
ngl
oad
c
) Ne
ithe
rde
cre
ase
dnori
ncr
eas
ed
d) I
ncr
eas
es
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:d
Expla
nati
on:From theGer
ber’
sparabol
athati
sthechara
cte
ris
ti
cc u
rveofthefati
gueli
feof
theshafti
nt heprese
nceoftheres
idu
alcompr
ess
ivest
res
s.Thefati
guel
ifeofthema t
eri
alis
eff
ect
ive
lyinc
r e
ase
dbyt heintr
odu
cti
onofcompre
ssi
vemeans t
res
s,whethe
ra ppl
ie
dorr esi
dual
.
a
dve
rti
seme
nt
8.A stee
lba rof40mm x40mm s
quar
ec r
oss
-sec
tioni
ssubj
ect
edtoana x
ialcompr
ess
ive
loa
dof200k N.I ft
hel
engt
hoftheba
ri s2m andE=200GPa,theel
onga
tionofthebarwel
l
be___
__
__
___
__
a
)1.
25mm
b) 2.
70mm
c
) 4.
05mm
d) 5.
40mm
Vi
ew Ans
wer
Ans
wer
:a
SUB: RCC AND STEEL MODULE-39C
MODULE- 39C
Beams and beam- columns, column bases.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. An ISMB 500 is used as a beam in a multi-storey construction. From

the viewpoint of structural design, it can be considered to be’laterally
restrained’ when,
(A) The tension flange is’laterally restrained’
(B) The compression flange is’laterally restrained’
(C) The web is adequately stiffened
(D) The conditions in (A) and (C) are met
Ans: (b)
2. When designing steel structures, one must ensure that local buckling in
webs does not take place. This check may not be very critical when
using rolled steel sections because.
(A) Quality control at the time of manufacture of rolled sections is very

good
(B) Web depths available are small
(C) Web stiffeners are in-built in rolled sections
(D) Depth to thickness ratios (of the web) are appropriately adjusted
Ans: (d)
3. A square steel slab base of are 1 m2 is provided for a column made of

two rolled channel sections. The 300 mm X 300 mm column carries an
axial compressive load of 2000 KN. The line of action of the load
passes through the centroid of the column section as well as of the slab
base. The permissible bending stress in the slab base is 185 MPa.
The required minimum thickness of the slab base is
(a) 110 mm (b) 89 mm

(c) 63 mm (d) 55 mm
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 1
SUB: STRENGTH OF MATERIAL MODULE-18C
MODULE-18C
Simple bending theory, flexural and shear stresses, unsymmetrical bending, shear
centre.
___________________________________________________________________________
1. A simply supported beam of uniform rectangular cross-section of
width b and depth h is subjected to linear temperature gradient,
0o at the top and To at the bottom, as shown in the figure. The
coefficient of linear expansion of the beam material is α. The
resulting vertical deflection at the mid-span of the beam is
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ans:
= =
( ) =
2R = =
R =L
(R + h) =L+L T h =L T
R= = =
JH ACADEMY Page 1
SUB: STRENGTH OF MATERIAL
MODULE-18C
2. A homogeneous simply supported prismatic beam of width B,

depth D and span L is subjected to a concentrated load of
magnitude P. The load can be placed anywhere along the span of
the beam. The maximum flexural stress developed in beam is
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans:
3. A beam with the cross-section given below is subjected to a

positive bending moment (causing compression at the top) of 16
kN-m acting around the horizontal axis. The tensile force acting on
the hatched area of the cross-section is
(a) zero (b) 5.9 kN

(c) 8.9 kN (d) 17.8 kN
Ans:
=
f= = 42.67
*14.22 25 50 = 8.9 kN
4. T-section of a beam is formed by gluing wooden planks as shown

in the figure below. If this beam transmits a constant vertical shear
force of 3000 K, the glue at any of the four joints will be subjected
to a shear force (in kN per meter length) of
JH ACADEMY Page 2
MODULE-18C
(a) 3.0 (b) 4.0 (c) 8.0 (d) 10.7
Ans:
S=3000N
=
( )
5. If a beam of rectangular cross-section is subjected to a vertical

shear force V, the shear force carried by the upper one-third of the
cross-section is
(a) Zero b) (c) (d)
Ans:
.b ( )
= . . =
Total = ( )
6. A metal bar of length 100 mm is inserted between two rigid

supports and its temperature is increased by 10°C. If the coefficient
of thermal expansion is 12 × 10-6 per °C and the young’s modulus
is 2 × MPa, the stress in the bar is
(a) Zero (b) 12 MPa

(c) 24 MPa (d) 2400 MPa
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 3
MODULE-18C
7. A rigid bar is suspended by three rods made of the same material as

shown in the figure. The area and length of the central rod are 3A
and L, respectively while that of the two outer rods are 2A and 2L,
respectively. If a downward force of 50 kN is applied to the rigid
bar, the forces in the central and each of the outer rods will be
(a) 16.67 kN each
(b) 30 kN and 15 kN
(c) 30 kN and 10 kN
(d) 21.4 kN and 14.3 kN
Ans:
=
=
= 50
2 + = 50
= 50
= = 30kN
8. The shear stress at the neutral axis in a beam of triangular section

with a base of 40 mm and height 20 mm, subjected to a shear force
of 3 kN is
(a) 3 MPa (b) 6 MPa

(c) 10 MPa (d) 20 MPa
Ans:
∑
= 3000N
= = = 8888.89m
26.67
= 26.67 13.33
= 177.75 m
= 13.33 = 4.44
τ= 177.75 4.44
= 10 MPa
9. A concrete beam of rectangular cross-section of size 120 mm

(width) and 200 mm (depth) is prestressed by a straight tendon to
an effective force of 150 KN at an eccentricity of 20 mm (below
the centroidal axis in the depth direction). The stresses at the top
and bottom fibres of the section are
(a) 2.5 N/mm2 (compression), 10N/mm2 (compression), 10N/mm2
(compression).
(b) 10N/mm2 (tension), 2.5 N/mm2 (compression)
(c) 3.75 N/mm2 (tension), 3.75 N/mm2 (compression)
(d) 2.75 N/mm2 (compression), 3.75 N/mm2 (compression)
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 4
MODULE-18C
10. The maximum tensile stress at the section X - X shown in the

figure below is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans:
A = b. ⁄ e = d/4 M=
( ⁄ )
Z=
Tensile strength = +
⁄
= + ⁄
= + =
11. ‘Plane section remains plane’ assumption in bending theory

implies:
(A) Strain profile is linear

(B) Stress profile is linear
(C) Both strain and stress profiles are linear
(D) Shear deformations are neglected
Ans: (C)
12. A symmetric I-section (with width of each flange 50 ,

thickness of each flange 10 , depth of web = 100 mm, and
thickness of web 10 ) of steel is subjected to a shear force of
100 . Find the magnitude of the shear stress(in in the
web at its junction with the top flange.
(a) 71.11 MPa (b) 61.11 MPa

(c) 32.23 MPa (d) 43.12 MPa
Ans:
If shear stress on AA is
Total shear force in AA =∆F=
Net force on dA= [ ]
= ( )
The net force above section A-A = ∫
∫ or ∫
JH ACADEMY Page 5
MODULE-18C
S= 100Kn
13. According to maximum shear stress failure criterion, yielding in

material occurs when
a) Maximum shear stress = yield stress
b) Maximum shear stress=√ yield stress
c) Maximum shear stress =√ yield stress
d) Maximum shear stress = 2 yield stress
Ans: (a)
14. Consider the following statements:

1. If a beam has two axes of symmetry even then shear center
does not coincide with the centroid.
2. For a section having one axis of symmetry, the shear center
does not coincide with the centroid but lies on the axis of
symmetry.
3. If a load passes through the shear centre, then there will be
only bending in the cross-section and no twisting. Which of
these statements are correct?
a) 1,2 and 3 c) 2 and 3
b) 1 and 2 d) 1 and 3
Ans: (c)
15. Match List-I (Type and position of load on cantilever) with List-
II(Shape of moment diagram for cantilever) and select the correct
answer using the codes given below the lists:
List –I
A. Carrying linearly varying load from zero and its free end and
maximum at the fixed end
B. Subjected to uniformly distributed load
C. Carrying concentrated load at its free end
D. Whose free end is subjected to bending moment
List –II
1. Parabola
2. Rectangle
3. Cubic parabola
4. Triangle
JH ACADEMY Page 6
MODULE-18C
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 1 4
b) 4 3 2 1
c) 3 1 4 2
d) 2 4 1 3
Ans: (c)
16. A beam has a triangular cross-section, having base ‘b’ and altitude
‘h’. if a section of the beam is subjected to a shear force F, the
shear stress at the level of neutral axis in the cross-section is given
by
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
( )
17. If all the dimensions of a prismatic bar of square cross-section

suspended freely from the ceiling of a roof are doubled then the
total elongation produced by its own weight will increase
a) Eight times b) Four times
c) Three times d) Two times
Ans: (b)
18. Match List-I(Given sections) with List-II(shape of the core) to

ensure no tension condition and select the correct answer using the
codes given below the lists:
List-I
A. Rectangular
B. I –section
C. Hollow circular
D. Square
List-II
1. Circle
2. Annulus
3. Rhombus
4. I-section
5. Square
6. Rectangular
JH ACADEMY Page 7
MODULE-18C
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 6 1 2
b) 3 3 1 5
c) 6 4 2 5
d) 3 4 5 1
Ans: (b)
19. Assertion (A): A mild steel tension specimen has a cup and cone
fracture at failure.
Reason (R): Mild steel is weak in shear and failure of the
specimen in shear takes place at to the direction of the applied
tensile force.
Codes:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
c) A is true but R is false
d) A is false but R is true
Ans: (a)
20. Assertion (A): a beam of circular cross-section in comparison to

rectangular section of the same material but of equal cross-section
area can resist a larger shear force.
Reason(R): The maximum intensities of shear stress in the sections
of a beam of circular cross-section are 1 times and 1 times the
average shear stress respectively.
Codes:
Ans: (a)
21. In a strained body, the three principal stresses at a point are denoted
by and such that . If denoted yield stress,
then according to the maximum shear stress theory
a)
b)
c)
d) =
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 8
MODULE-18C
22. The shear centre of a section is defined as that point
a) Through which the load must be applied to produce zero

twisting moment on the section.
b) At which the shear force is zero
c) At which the shear force is maximum.
d) At which the shear force is minimum.
Ans: (a)
23. Assertion (A): there is no twisting in an open section if the point of

application of the load passes through its shear centre.
Reason (R): shear center coincides with the centre of gravity of the
open section.
Codes:
d) A is false but R is true.
Ans: (c)
24. If a shaft is simultaneously subjected to a torque T and a bending

moment M, the ratio of maximum shearing stress is given by
a) 2M/T b) M/T
c) 2T/M d) T/M
Ans: (a)
25. A mild steel bar of square cross-section 40mm is 400mm

long. It is subjected to a longitudinal tensile stress of 440N/
and lateral compressive stress of 200N/ in perpendicular
directions. E=2 N/ , =0.3. What is the approximate
elongation of the bar in the longitudinal direction?
a) 0.44mm c) 0.22mm
b) 0.88mm d) 1mm
Ans:
26. A point load applied at shear center induces
a) Zero Shear force b) zero bending
c) Pure twisting d) pure bending
Ans: (d)
JH ACADEMY Page 9
MODULE-18C
27. Match list-I( strain energy) with list-II(gradually applied load) and
select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists(
direct stress, shear stress, modulus of elasticity, G=
Modulus of rigidity, I= area moment of inertia, v=volume ):
List –I List -II
A. 1. Axial Load
B. 2. Bending Load
C. 3. Shear load
D. ∫ 4. Torsional load
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 4 1
b) 1 4 3 2
c) 2 4 3 1
d) 1 3 4 2
Ans: (c)
28. A cantilever beam of T cross-section carries uniformly distributed

load. Where does the maximum magnitude of the bending stress
occur?
a) At the top of cross-section

b) At the junction of flange and web
c) At the mid-depth point
d) At the bottom of the section.
Ans: (d)
29. A composite system where the components are of equal lengths is

subjected to temperature rise. Which one of the following stresses
will be developed in the component having highest coefficient of
linear expansion?
a) Compressive stress
b) Tensile stress
c) Shear stress
d) Zero stress
Ans: (a)
30. In a plane strain situation in xy plane, the displacements at a point

are given as:
= (-2x+8y) unit
= (-3x+5y) unit
What is the shearing strain?
JH ACADEMY Page 10
MODULE-18C
a) 9
b) 7
c) 5
d) 3
Ans:
( )
( )
31. A symmetrical I-section is subjected to shear force. The shear

stress is induced across the section is maximum at which location?
a) Extreme fibers
b) At the bottom of the flanges in flanges
c) At the bottom of the flanges in web portion
d) At the neutral axis.
Ans: (d)

In a simply supported beam subjected to uniformly distributed load
throughout the length, at which points is the stress due to (i) flexure
and (ii) shear equal to zero selectively:
1. At support section at neutral fiber
2. At mid span section at neutral fiber
3. At mid span section at top fiber
4. At support section at bottom fiber
Which of these statements is/are correct?
a) 1 only b) 1 and 2
b) c) 2 and 3 d) 2 and 4
Ans: (d)
33. A steel beam is replaced by a corresponding aluminum beam of

same cross-sectional shape and dimensions, and is subjected to
same loading. The maximum bending stress will
a) Be unaltered
b) Increase
c) Decrease
d) Vary in portion to their modulus of elasticity
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 11
MODULE-18C
34. The point within the cross sectional plane of a beam through which
the resultant of the external loading on the beam has to pass
through to ensure pure bending without twisting of the cross-
section of the beam is called
(A) Moment Centre
(B) Centroid
(C) Shear Centre
(D) Elastic Centre
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 12
MODULE-16C
Bending moment and shear force in statically determinate beams
_________________________________________________________________________
1) The bending moment (in KN-m units) at the mid-span location X in

the beam with overhangs shown below is equal
(A) 0 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 20
Ans:
2) For the loading given in the figure below, two statements (I and II)
are made.
I. Member AB carries
shear fore and bending moment
II. Member BC carries axial load and shear force.
Which of the following is true?
(A) Statement I is true but II is false
(B) Statement I is false but II is true
(C) Both statements I and II are true
(D) Both statements I and II are false
Ans: (A)
JH ACADEMY Page 1
MODULE-16C
3) Group I shows different loads acting on a beam and Group 2 shows

different bending moment distributions. Match the load with the
corresponding bending moment diagram.
Codes:
P Q R S
(a) 4 2 1 3
(b) 5 4 1 3
(c) 2 5 3 1
(d) 2 4 1 3
Ans: (d)
4) The bending moment diagram for a beam is given below :

The shear force at sections aa' and bb' respectively are of the
magnitude.
(a) 100 kN, 150 kN

(b) zero, 100 kN
(c) zero, 50 kN
(d) 100 kN, 100 kN
Ans:
5) A simply supported beam AB has the bending moment diagram as

shown in the following figure. The beam is possibly under the
action of following loads :
(a) Couples of M at C and 2M at D

(b) Couples of 2M at C and M at D
(c) Concentrated loads of M/L at C and 2M/Lat D
(d) Concentrated load of M/L at C and couple of 2M at D.
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 2
MODULE-16C
6) For the section shown below, second moment of the area about an
axis d/4 distance above the bottom of the area is
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans:
( )
7) The point within the cross sectional plane of a beam through which
the resultant of the external loading on the beam has to pass
through to ensure pure bending without twisting of the cross-
section of the beam is called
(A) Moment Centre (B) Centroid

(C) Shear Centre (D) Elastic Centre
Ans: (C)
8) The square root of the ratio of moment of inertia of the cross

section to its cross sectional area is called
(A) Second moment of area

(B) Slenderness ratio
(C) Section modulus
(D) Radius of gyration
Ans: (D)
9) Group I gives the shear force diagrams and Group II gives the
diagrams of beams with supports and loading. Match the Group I
JH ACADEMY Page 3
MODULE-16C
with Group II
(A) P-3,Q-1,R-2,S-4 (B) P-3,Q-4,R-2,S-1

(C) P-2,Q-1,R-4,S-3 (D) P-2,Q-4,R-3,S-4
Ans: (a)
10) Two people weighing W each are sitting on a plank of length L

floating on water at L/4 from either end. Neglecting the weight of
the plank, the bending moment at the Centre of the plank is
(A) WL/8 (B) WL/16 (C) WL/32 (d) 0
Ans:
11) For the simply supported beam of length L subjected to a uniformly

distributed moment M kN-m per unit length as shown in the figure,
the bending moment (in kN-m) at the mid-span of the beam
JH ACADEMY Page 4
MODULE-16C
(A) zero (B) M (C) ML (D) M/L
Ans:
* L = ML
=M
B.M at middle = M. - M = 0
12) For the cantilever bracket, PQRS, loaded as shown in the figure
(PQ = RS = L, and, QR = 2L), which of the following statements is
FALSE?
(A) The portion RS has a constant twisting moment with a value of

2WL.
(B) The portion QR has a varying twisting moment with a
maximum value of WL.
(C) The portion PQ has a varying bending moment with a
maximum value of WL.
(D) The portion PQ has no twisting moment.
Ans: (B)
13) The following statements are related to bending of beams:
I The slope of the bending moment diagram is equal to the shear
force.
II The slope of the shear force diagram is equal to the load
intensity.
III The slope of the curvature is equal to the flexural rotation.
IV The second derivative of the deflection is equal to the
curvature.
The only FALSE statement is
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
JH ACADEMY Page 5
MODULE-16C
Ans: (C)
14) Assertion (A): Bending moment in a beam is maximum at a
section where shear force is zero.
Reason (R): Shear force at a section is given by the rate of change
of bending moment.
Codes:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of
A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation
of A
Ans: (a)
15) The bending moment diagram of the beam shown figure is
Ans:(a)
JH ACADEMY Page 6
MODULE-16C
16) The SFD and BMD for a beam have shown in the given figures I
and II. Corresponding loading diagram would be
Ans: (b)
17) Simply supported beam is loaded as shown in the given figure.
The bending moment at E would be
a) 6t-m (sagging) b) 4t-m(hogging)

c) 6t-m(hogging) d) 4t-m(sagging)
JH ACADEMY Page 7
MODULE-16C
Ans:
18) Which one of the following statements is correct?

a) Shear force is the first derivative of bending moment.
b) Shear force is the first derivative of intensity of load.
c) Load intensity on a beam is the first derivative of bending
moment.
d) Bending moment is the first derivative of shear force.
Ans: (a)
19) Assertion (A): The maximum bending moment occurs where the
shear force is either zero or changes sign.
Reason(R): If the shear force diagram line between the two points
in horizontal, the BM diagram line is inclined. But if the SF
diagram is inclined, the BM diagram is a parabola of second
degree.
Codes:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of
A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of
A.
Ans: (b)
20) Consider the following statements:
A beam of channel cross-section with vertical web loaded with a
concentrated load at mid-span in a plane perpendicular to the plane
of symmetry passing through the centroid subjected to
1. Bending moment
2. Twisting moment
3. Shear force
4. Axial trust
Which of these statements are correct?
a) 2,3 and 4 b) 1,2 and 3
c) 1 and 2 d) 1 and 3
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 8
MODULE-16C
21) Match List-I (Type of beam with loading) with List-II (Maximum
bending moment value) and select the correct answer given below
the lists:
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 3 2 1
b) 1 3 2 4
c) 2 3 1 4
d) 2 4 1 3
Ans: (c)
22. For the beam shown in the given figure, the maximum positive bending
moment is equal to negative bending moment. The value of is
a) b) c) d)
√ √ √
Ans:
( )
( )
( )* ( )+
JH ACADEMY Page 9
MODULE-16C
23. Consider the shear force diagram shown in given figure
Ans:(a)
24. Match List-I (type and position of force on cantilever) with List-II
Shape of bending moment diagram for a cantilever) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List-I
A. Carrying linearly varying load from zero at its free end
and maximum at the fixed end.
B. Subjected to uniformly distributed load
C. Carrying concentrated load at its free end.
D. Whose free end is subjected to a couple
JH ACADEMY Page 10
MODULE-16C
List-II
a) Parabola
b) Rectangle
c) Cubic parabola
d) Triangle
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 4 3 2 1
c) 3 1 4 2
d) 1 3 4 2
Ans: (c)
25. Match list-I (Type of beam with type of loading) with list-II (Max.
BM formula) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 1 4
b) 1 2 3 4
c) 4 3 1 2
d) 2 1 4 3
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 11
MODULE-16C
26. Assertion (A): Bending moment may be defined as the algebraic

sum of the moments of all forces on either side of the section.
Reason (R): The rate of change of bending moment is equal to
shear force at the section.
Codes:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of
A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of
A
c. A is true but R is false
d. A is false but R is true.
Ans: (b)
27. Which one of the following statements is NOT correct?

a) A bending moment diagram can have a change of slope
only under a transverse load.
b) The bending moment is maximum where the shear force is
zero.
c) A non-linear bending moment diagram is possible only in
the distributed load regions.
d) At every support of a continuous beam, the maximum
values of negative bending moment in the span are
experienced.
Ans: (a)
A simply-supported beam is subjected to a couple somewhere in
the span. It would produce.
1. A rectangular SF diagram
2. Parabolic BM diagrams
3. Both +ve and –ve BMs which are maximum at the point
of application of the couple.
a) 1,2 and 3 b) 1 and 2
c) 2 and 3 d) 1 and 3
Ans: (d)
29. The beam shown in the given figure has a design bending moment
value of
a) 8KN-m b) 6KN-m
JH ACADEMY Page 12
MODULE-16C
b) 4KN-m d) 2KN-m
Ans:
30. A beam’s SFD and BMD are shown in fig-I and fig-II
Ans: (b)
31. The bending moment at a point A, B and C of the beam shown in

the given figure will be
a) 10KN-m, 10KN-m and 10KN-m

b) 10KN-m,10KN-m and -10KN-m
c) 20KN-m,10KN-m and -10KN-m
JH ACADEMY Page 13
MODULE-16C
d) 10KN-m,-10KN-m and 20KN-m
Ans:
Moment at A=4 =10KN
B=4 =10KN
C=-4 =-10KN
32. The bending moment diagram of the beam shown in the figure-I is
Ans: (d)
33. A beam ABC has simply supported span AB and overhanging

span BC. The bending moment diagram for the beam is given in
the following figure:
JH ACADEMY Page 14
MODULE-16C
Ans: (c)
34. A loaded beam PQRS is shown in the given figure.
The magnitude of reaction at R will be Zero if the value of load W

is
a) 2KN b) 2.5KN
b) 3KN d) 6 KN
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 15
MODULE-16C
35. A cantilever beam is 2m long. The cross-section of the beam is

hollow square, with external sides 60mm and the internal side is
such that I= 6 m . If the safe bending stress of the material
is 100N/m , the safe concentrated load at the free end would be
a) 400N b) 500N
c) 600N d) 1000N
Ans:
36. Which of the following is/are determined at a point of a beam by

moment area method?
1. Shear force
2. Bending moment
3. Slope
4. Deflection
Select the correct answer codes given below:
a) 1 and 2 b) 3 alone
c) 4 alone d) 3 and 4
Ans: (d)
37. Assertion (A): The bending moment at a section of a simply

supported beam is a maximum.
i. In the case of a concentrated load, where the SF changes
sign.
ii. In the case of UDL where shearing force is zero.
Reason (R): Actually in both the above cases shearing force
should be zero at the section of maximum bending
moment, because =F=0, Satisfy the maxima condition.
Codes:
C) A is true but R is false
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 16
MODULE-16C
38. If the shear force diagram of a simply supported beam is parabolic,

then the load on the beam is
a) Uniformly distributed load
b) Concentrated load at mid span
c) External moment acting at mid span
d) Linearly varying distributed load.
Ans: (d)
39. The bending moment for which the beam shown below is to be
designed is
a) 200KN-m b) 800KN-m
c) 600KN-m d) 640KN-m
Ans:
Bending moment will be maximum at center
M= = 600 KNM
40. Assertion (A): A horizontal beam hinged at one end and freely
supported at the Other end will be in static equilibrium under
inclined load applied on it.
Reason (R): The hinged end will offer resistance to the horizontal
component of the applied force.

Ans: (a)
41. What are the support reactions at the fixed end of the cantilever
beam show in the diagram below.
JH ACADEMY Page 17
MODULE-16C
a) 120KN,120KN-m
b) 120KN,240KN-m
c) 240KN, 120KN-m
d) 120KN, 60KN-m
Ans: (a)
42. Consider the simply supported beam AB subjected to the point

loads of equal magnitude shown in the diagram below:
The portion CD of the beam is
a) In pure bending
b) In pure shear
c) Having maximum bending moment.
d) Having maximum shear force.
Ans: (a)
43. The beam shown in the figure given below is subjected to

concentrated load and clockwise couple. What is the vertical
reaction of A?
a) 10KN b) 40KN
c) 50KN d) 30KN
Ans:
= 50
= 50-40=10K
44. Couple M is applied at C on a simply supported beam AB. What is

the maximum shear force for the beam?
JH ACADEMY Page 18
MODULE-16C
a) Zero b) M
c) 2M/3 d) M/3
Ans:
45. A Cantilever beam AB carries loading as shown in the figure

below. Which one of the following is the SFD for the beam?
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 19
MODULE-16C
46. A cantilever AB is loaded as shown in the figure given below.

What is the shape of the bending moment diagram for portion AC?
a) Parabolic
b) Linearly varying with maximum value of bending
moment value from C
c) Linearly with constant bending moment value from C
to A
d) Linearly varying with maximum value at A
Ans: (d)
Ac bending moment between linearly varying with max value of A
47. For the simply supported beam, shown in the figure given below, at
the distance from the support A, is the shear force zero?
a) L/4 b) L/3 c) L/2 d) L/√
Ans: (d)
48. A uniform beam of span L carries a uniformly distributed load ‘w’

per unit length as shown in the figure given below. The supports
are at a distance of ‘x’; from either end. What is the condition for
the maximum bending moment in the beam to be as small as
possible?
a) x= 0.107L b) x= 0.207L
c) x= 0.237L d) x= 0.25L
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 20
MODULE-16C
49. Which one of the following is the bending moment diagram for the
vertical cantilever beam loaded as shown in the figure below?
Ans: (a)
50. A simply supported beam AB has span L as shown in the figure

below, point C is the mid span of the beam. It is subjected to UDL
w/unit length, in the portion A to C. which of the following are the
SFD and BMD for the beam?
JH ACADEMY Page 21
MODULE-16C
Ans: (a)
1. In a beam, the maximum shear stress occurs at the neutral axis of
the beam Cross-section.
2. The maximum shear stress in a beam of circular cross-section is
50% more than the average shear stress
3. The maximum shear stress in a beam of triangular cross-section,
with its Vertex upwards occurs at b/6 above the neutral axis.
a) 1,2 and 3 b) 2 and 3 only
c) 1 and 2 only d) 1 and 3 only
Ans: (d)
52. Which one of the following is the reaction of the cantilever at B as

shown in the figure below?
JH ACADEMY Page 22
MODULE-16C
a) WL b) WL
c) WL d) WL
Ans:
If p is the reaction of the cantilever at B,then
P= WL
53. A simply supported beam AB of span L carries two concentrated

loads W each at Point L/3 from A and B. what is the SF in the
middle one-third portion of the beam?
a) W/2 b) 2W
c) W d) zero
Ans: (d)
54. A simply supported beam AB is loaded as shown in the figure

below.
What is the SF in KN in the portion AC of the beam?
a) 2 b) 4 c) 0 d) 6
Ans:
Take moment about B,
55. Which one of the following is the correct bending moment diagram
for a Propped Cantilever beam shown in figure below?
JH ACADEMY Page 23
MODULE-16C
Ans: (a)
56. A beam of uniform flexural rigidity supports a set of loads as

shown in figure below.
What is the value of W if the magnitudes of bending moment at

mid span and at support of the beam are numerically equal?
a) 20KN b) 40KN
c) 60KN d) 80KN
Ans:
2R=20+W
Take moment about B,
-10
R= 10
Moment at mid span= -10
JH ACADEMY Page 24
MODULE-16C
Moment at Support=20
Equating both, we have
2(10+
W= 40KN
57. What is the reaction on the pin C for a beam as shown in the figure
below?
wL kN b) wL kN
c) wL kN d) wL kN
Ans:
C- hinge connection , so it create a reaction and react as
propped cantilever for portion AC
58. What is the bending moment at the end B for the guided beam as
shown in the figures Below considering the beam to be held
rigidity at B against rotation and to support a Load W?
a) Zero b)
c) d) WL
Ans:
Same moment induced in roller side in same direction
W
M=
59. A simply supported beam is loaded as shown in figure below. The

bending moment at C is
JH ACADEMY Page 25
MODULE-16C
a) 4 KN-m (sagging)
b) 4 KN-m (hogging)
c) 8 KN-m (sagging)
d) Zero
Ans:
60. Shear span is defined as the zone where

a) Bending moment is zero
b) Shear force is zero
c) Shear force is constant
d) Bending moment is constant.
Ans: (c)
61. The bending moment diagram for the below shown portal
frame is
Ans: (c)
62. The loading on abeam is shown
JH ACADEMY Page 26
MODULE-16C
Ans: (a)
63. The correct bending moment diagram for the column is
JH ACADEMY Page 27
MODULE-16C
Ans: (c)
64. A freely supported beam AB of span 4m is subjected to a UDL of 1
KN/m over the full span and a moment of 2KN-m at support A as
shown in the figure. The resulting BM at mid span C of the beam
will be
a) 1 KN-m (sagging)
b) 1 KN-m ( hogging)
c) 2 KN-m (sagging)
d) 2KN-m (hogging)
Ans:
65. The maximum number of unknown forces that can be determined

in a concurrent coplanar force system under equilibrium is
a) 2 b) 3 c) 6 d) 1
JH ACADEMY Page 28
MODULE-16C
Ans: (a)
66. The maximum bending moment under a particular point load
among a train of point loads crossing a simply supported girder
occurs when that load is
a) At mid span
b) At one third span
c) At one quarter span
d) So placed that the load point and the pint on CG of loads
are equidistant from the mid Span
Ans: (d)
67. A uniformly distributed load of length 8m crosses a simply
supported girder of span 20m. The maximum bending moment at
the left quarter-span point occurs when the distance between the
point of CG of the total load and mid-span is
a) 0 b) 2m c) 3m d) 4m
Ans:
68. The reaction of the beam at C is
a) 5.5KN b) 6.5KN
c) 6.5KN d) 7.5KN
Ans: (d)
JH ACADEMY Page 29
MODULE-17C
Simple stress and strain relationship: Stress and strain in two dimensions,
principal stresses, stress transformation, Mohr’s circle.
___________________________________________________________________________
1. The shear modulus (G), modulus of elasticity (E) and the Poisson’s
ratio (v) of a material are related as,
(A) G = E/[2(1 + v)]
(B) E = G/[2(1+v)]
(C) G = E/[2(1 – v)]
(D) G = E/[2(v – 1)]
Ans: (A)
2. A bar of varying square cross-section is loaded symmetrically as shown

in the figure. Loads shown are placed on one of the axes of symmetry
of cross-section. Ignoring self weight, the maximum tensile stress in
N/mm2anywhere is
(a) 16.0 (b) 20.0

(c) 25.0 (d) 30.0
Ans:
= = 0.025 kN/
= = 0.0318 kN/
= 0.030kN/
= 30 N/
JH ACADEMY Page 1
MODULE-17C
3. In a two dimensional stress analysis, the state of stress at a point is

shown below.
If = 120 MPa and =

70 MPa,
then and are respectively
(a) 26.7 MPa and 172.5 MPa
(b) 54 MPa and 128 MPa
(c) 67.5 MPa and 213.3 MPa
(d) 16 MPa and 138 MPa
Ans:
120 =
70 = =
240 = ( )
25
= 18
= 24
4.5
12.5
JH ACADEMY Page 2
MODULE-17C
( )
KN
= = 67. 5kN
4. The symmetry of stress tensor at a point in the body under equilibrium

is obtained from
(a) Conservation of mass

(b) Force equilibrium equations
(c) Moment equilibrium equations
(d) Conservation of energy
Ans: (C)
5. If principal stresses in a two-dimensional case are – 10MPa and 20 MPa

respectively, then maximum shear stress at the point is
(a) 10 MPa (b) 15 MPa

(c) 20 MPa (d) 30 MPa
Ans:
( )
Maximum shear stress = ( )= * +
6. The necessary and sufficient condition for a surface to be called as a

free surface is
(a) No stress should be acting on it

(b) Tensile stress acting on it must be zero
(c) Shear stress acting on it must be zero
(d) No point on it should be under any stress
Ans:(D)
7. Mohr's circle for the state of stress defined by* + MPa is a circle
with
(a) Center at (0,0) and radius 30 MPa

(b) Center at (0,0) and radius 60 MPa
(c) Center at (30,0) and radius 30 MPa
(d) Center at (30,0) and zero radius
Ans:
* +
Center at (30, 0) and radius = 0
JH ACADEMY Page 3
MODULE-17C
8. An axially loaded bar is subjected to a normal stress of 173 MPa. The

shear stress in the bar is
(a) 75 MPa (b) 86.5 Pa

(c) 100 MPa (d) 122.3 MPa
Ans:
= ( )= 86.5MPa
9. For an isotropic material, the relationship between the Young's modulus

(E), shear modulus (G) and Poisson's ratio ( ) is given by
(A) (B)
( ) ( )
(C) (D)
( ) ( )
Ans:
( )
10. A vertical PQ of length L is fixed at its top end P and has a flange to the
bottom end A weight W is dropped vertically from a height h (<L) on
to the flange. The axial stress in the rod can be reduced by
(A) Increasing the length of the rod

(B) Decreasing the length of the rod
(C) Decreasing the area of cross-section of the rod
(D) Increasing the modulus of elasticity of the material
Ans: (A)
W (h + ∆) = * f * A . ∆
W (h + ) = . f. A .
Wh + f =
- f - wh = 0
√( )
f=
√( )
= +
= + √
= [ √ ]
= [ √ ]
JH ACADEMY Page 4
MODULE-17C
I. On a principal plane, only normal stress acts
II. On a principal plane, both normal and shear stresses act
III.On a principal plane, only shear stress acts
IV. Isotropic state of stress is independent of frame of reference
The TRUE statements are
(A) I and IV (B) II

(C) II and IV (D) II and III
Ans: (A)
12. The major and minor principal stresses at a point are 3 MPa and -3 MPa
respectively. The maximum shear stress at the point is
(A) zero (B) 3 MPa (C) 6 MPa (D) 9 MPa
Ans:
= ( )
( )
= = 3MPa
13. The number of independent elastic constants for a linear elastic

isotropic and homogeneousmaterial is
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Ans: (C)
14. A disc of radius r has a hole of radius r/2cut-out as shown. The centroid
of the remaining disc (shaded portion) at a radial distance from the
centre "O" is
(A) r/2 (B) r/3(C) r/6 (D) r/8
Ans:
( )
̅
( )
( )
= = =
( )
JH ACADEMY Page 5
MODULE-17C
15. Consider a simply supported beam with a uniformly distributed load
having a neutral axis (NA) as shown. For points P (on the neutral axis)
and Q (at the bottom of the beam) the state of stress is best represented
by which of the following pairs?
Ans: (A)
16. The Poisson’s ratio is defined as
(A)| |(B)| |
(C)| |(D)| |
Ans: (B)
17. If a small concrete cube is submerged deep in still water in such a way
that the pressure exerted on all faces of the cube is p, then the maximum
shear stress developed inside the cube is
(A) 0 (B)2p(C) p (D) 2p
Ans:
Force = 2P
Max shear stress = = 2P
18. The state of 2D-stress at a point is given by the following matrix of

stresses:
* + * +
What is the magnitude of maximum shear stress in MPa?
(A) 50 (B) 75 (C) 100 (D) 110

Ans:
√( )
Here √( ) √
=110, 10
JH ACADEMY Page 6
MODULE-17C
19. A Steel wire of 20mm diameter is bent into a circular shape of 10m
radius. If the modulus of elasticity is 2 ⁄ , then the
maximum stress induced in the wire is
a) ⁄
b) 2 ⁄
c) 4 ⁄
d) 6 ⁄
Ans:
= = 10mm = 1cm
= =
20. Given that for an element in a body of homogenous isotropic material

subjected to plane stresses , and are normal strains in x, y and z
direction respectively and is the Poisson’s ratio, the magnitude of unit
volume change of the element is given by
a)
b) ( )
c) ( )
d)
Ans: (A)
21. A solid metal bar of uniform diameter D and length L is hung vertically
from a ceiling. if the density of the material of the bar is and the
modulus of elasticity is E, then the total elongation of the bar due to its
own weight is
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (B)
22. A steel cube of volume 8000cc is subjected to all round stress of

1330kg/ . The bulk modulus of the material is 1.33 kg/ .
The volumetric change is
a) 8cc b) 6cc
c) 0.8cc d) cc
Ans:
= [ ]
= V* +
JH ACADEMY Page 7
MODULE-17C
* +
=V
= 8000
= 8 cc
23. In terms of bulk modulus(k) and modulus of rigidity(G),Poisson’s ratio
can be expressed as
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
E = 3K(1 – 2) =2G(1+ )
= 3k – 6k = 2G + 2G
= =
24. The cross-section of a bar is subjected to a uniaxial tensile stress ‘p’. the
tangential stress on a plane inclined at to the cross-section of the bar
would be
a) b) p
c) d) p
Ans: (A)
25. Two bars one of material A and the other of material B of same length
are tightly secured between two unyielding walls. Coefficient of
thermal expansion of bar A is more than that of B. when temperature
rises the stresses induced are
a) Tension in both the materials

b) Tension in material A and compression in material B
c) Compression in material A and tension in material B
d) Compression in both the materials.
Ans: (c)

1. On planes having maximum and minimum principal stresses, there
will be no tangential stress.
2. Shear stresses on mutually perpendicular planes are numerically
equal.
3. Maximum shear stress is equal to half the sum of the maximum and
minimum principal stresses.
Which of these statements is/ are correct?
JH ACADEMY Page 8
MODULE-17C
a) Only 1 is b) 1 and 2
c) 2 and 3 d) 1 and 3
Ans: (b)
27. A bar of diameter 30mm is subjected to a tensile load such that the
measured extension on a gauge length of 200mm is 0.09mm and the
change in diameter is 0.0045mm. the Poisson’s ratio will be
a) ⁄ b) ⁄ c) ⁄ d) ⁄
Ans: (b)
28. In a stressed body, an elementary cube of material is taken at a point

with its faces perpendicular to X and Y reference axes. Tensile stresses
equal to 15KN/ and 9 KN/ are observed on these respective
faces. They are also accompanied by shear equal to 4KN/ . The
magnitude of the principal stresses at the point are
a) 12KN/ Tensile and 3 KN/ tensile
b) 17 KN/ tensile and 7 KN/ tensile
c) 9.5KN/ compressive and 6.5KN/ compressive.
d) 12 KN/ tensile and 13KN/ tensile.
Ans:
= 12+5 = 17 ⁄
= 12 – 5 = 7 ⁄
29. In a rectangular element subjected to like principal tensile stresses ‘ ’

and ‘ ’ in two mutually perpendicular directions X and Y, the
maximum shear would occur along the
a) Plane normal to X-axis.

b) Plane normal to Y-axis.
c) Plane at to Y-direction.
d) Planes at and to the Y- direction.
Ans: (D)
30. At a point in a structure, there are two mutually perpendicular tensile

stresses of 800kg/ and 400 kg/ . If the Poisson’s ratio = 0.25,
what would be the equivalent stress in simple tension according to
maximum principal strain theory?
a) 1200 kg/ b) 900kg/

c) 700kg/ d) 400kg/
Ans: (C)
JH ACADEMY Page 9
MODULE-17C
31. The resultant cuts the base of a circular column of diameter‘d’ with an
eccentricity equal to one-fourth of‘d’. the ratio between the maximum
compressive stress and the maximum tensile stress is
a) 3 b) 4 c) 5 d) infinity
Ans: (a)
32. A 2m long bar of uniform section extends 2mm under limiting axial
stress of 200N/ what is the modulus of resilience for the bar?
a) 0.10 units b) 0.20units

c) 10000 units d) 200000 units
Ans:
Modulus of Resilience = 1/2
= 1/2
= 0.10 units
33. A rectangular block of size 200mm 100mm 50mm is subjected to a
shear stress of 500kg/ . If the modulus of rigidity of the material is
kg/ ,the strain energy stored will be
a) 1000kg-cm b) 500kg-cm
c) 125kg-cm d) 100kg-cm
Ans:
Strain Energy =
= 125 kg – cm
34. The stress level, below which a material has a portability of not failing
under reversal of stress, known as
a) Elastic limit b) endurance limit

c) Proportional limit d) tolerance limit.
Ans: (B)
35. If E= 2.06 N/ , an axial pull of 60KN suddenly applied to a

steel rod 50mm in diameter and 4m long. It causes an instaneous
elongation of the order of
a) 1.19mm b) 2.19mm
c) 3.19mm d) 11.9mm
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 10
MODULE-17C
36. If two springs of stiffness and are connected in series, the
stiffness of the combined spring is
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
37. Parallelogram law of forces states if two forces acting simultaneously at

a point be represented in magnitude and direction by two adjacent sides
of a parallelogram, their resultant may be represented in magnitude and
direction by
a) Longer side of the other two sides.
b) Shorter side of the other two sides
c) Diagonal of the parallelogram which does not pass through their
point of intersection
d) Diagonal of the parallelogram which passes through their point of
intersection.
Ans: (D)
38. A bar of circular cross-section varies uniformly from a cross-section 2D

to D. if extension of the bar is calculated treating it as a bar of average
diameter, then the percentage error will be
a) 10 b) 25
c) 33.33 d) 50
Ans:
* +
( )
= 4 =>
= 0.25
39. The length, coefficient of thermal expansion and young’s modulus of
bar A are twice that of bar B. if the temperature of both bars is
increased by the same amount while preventing any expansion, then
the ratio of stress developed in a bar A to that in a bar B will be
a) 2 b) 4 c) 8 d) 16
JH ACADEMY Page 11
MODULE-17C
Ans:
=L T
( ) ( )( )
= => B =8A
40. The side AD of the square block ABCD as shown in the figure is fixed
at the given figure is fixed at the base and it is under a stage of simple
shear causing shear and shear strain .
Where =
( )
The distorted shape is AB’C’D. the diagonal strain (linear) will be
a) /2 b) / √ c) √ d)
Ans: (A)
41. The lists given below refer to a bar length L cross section area A,
young’s modulus E, Poisson’s ratio and subjected to axial stress ‘ ’.
match list-I and list-II and select the correct answer using the codes
given below the lists:
List-I
A. volumetric strain
B. strain energy per unit volume
C. Ratio of young’s modulus to bulk modulus.
D. Ratio of young’s modulus to modulus of rigidity
List-II
1. 2(1+ ) 3. (1-2 )
2. 3( 1-2 )
1. . 5. 2( 1- )
JH ACADEMY Page 12
MODULE-17C
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 4 2 1
b) 5 4 1 2
c) 5 4 2 1
d) 2 3 1 5
Ans: (A)
42. On an element, the stresses are:
= 110MPa
= 30MPa
= = 30MPa
The radius of the Mohr’s circle and the principal stresses are
(in MPa)
Radius
a) 50 120 20
b) 55 30 110
c) 60 140 20
d) 70 140 20
Ans:
= 120
= 120
= radius = 50
1. In a member subjected to uniaxial tensile force the maximum
normal stress is the external load divided by the maximum
cross-sectional area.
2. When the structural member is subjected to uniaxial loading,
the shear stress is zero on a plane where the normal stress is
maximum.
3. In a member subjected to uniaxial loading, the normal stress
on the planes of maximum shear stress is less than the
maximum.
a) 1 and 2 b) 1 and 3
c) 2 and 3 d) 1,2 and 3
Ans: (c)
44. A certain steel has proportionality limit of 3000 kg/ in simple
tension. It is subjected to principal stresses of 1200kg/ (tensile),
600kg/ (tensile) and 300kg/ (compressive). The factor of safety
according to maximum shear stress theory is
a) 1.50 b) 1.75
c) 1.80 d) 2.00
Ans: (d)
JH ACADEMY Page 13
MODULE-17C
45. Match list-I with list-II and select the correct answer using the codes
List-I List-II
A. Shear centre 1. Tension
B. Principal plane 2. Slope
C. Fixed end 3. Shear stress
D. Middle third rule 4. Twisting
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 3 2 1
b) 3 1 4 2
c) 4 1 2 3
d) 4 2 3 1
Ans: (A)
46. A circular shaft is subjected to a twisting moment T and bending
moment M. the ratio of maximum bending stress to maximum shear
stress is given by
a) b) c) d)
Ans:
Bending stress =
Shear stress =
47. A section of a solid circular shaft with diameter D is subjected to

bending moment M and torque T. The expression for maximum
principal stress at the section is
a)
b) ( √ )
c) (√ )
d) ( √ )
Ans: (D)
48. A Simply supported beam of span L and flexural rigidity EI, carries a
unit point load at its centre. The strain energy in the beam due to
bending is
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 14
MODULE-17C
Strain energy =
= = [ ]
49. In a two dimensional stress system, it is assumed that the principal

stress and are such that > ; then according to the maximum
shear stress theory, the failure occurs when(where is the yield stress,
is the Poisson’s ratio and E is the modulus of elasticity)
a) ( )
b) + +2
c)
d) + -
Ans: (c)
50. The stress at which a material fractures under large number of reversals
of stress is called
a) Endurance limit
b) Creep
c) Ultimate strength
d) Residual stress
Ans: (a)
51. Assertion (A): strain is a fundamental behavior of the material, while
the stress is a derived concept.
Reason (R): strain does not have a unit while the stress has a unit.
Codes:
Ans: (b)
52. Assertion (A): The amount of elastic deformation at a certain point,

which an elastic body undergoes, under given stress is the same
irrespective of the stresses being tensile or compressive.
Reason (R): The modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio are assumed
to be the same in tension as well as compression.
Codes:
Ans: (a)
JH ACADEMY Page 15
MODULE-17C
53. Assertion (A): The inclination of the line joining any point P on the
Mohr’s circle and the origin O with the X-axis equals twice the angle
between the resultant stress and the normal of the plane for which P
stands.
Reason (R): The inclination of the line joining any point P on the
Mohr’s circleand the centre of the circle C with X-axis equals twice the
angle between the plane for which P stands and zero degree plane.
Codes:
Ans: (d)
54. A simply supported beam of span L carries a concentrated load W at
mid-span. If the width ‘b’ of the beam is constant and its depth is
varying throughout the span, then what should be its mid-span depth,
when design stress is ‘f ’?
a) √ b)
c) √ )
Ans: (c)
55. A round steel bar of overall length 40cm consists of two equal portions
of 20cm each having diameters of 10cm and 8cm respectively. Take E
as 2 kg/ . If the rod is subjected to a tensile load of 10 tonnes,
the elongation in cm will be given by
a) ( )
b) ( )
c) ( )
d) ( )
Ans:
= = 25
= = 16
* +
= * +
( t = 10000kg)
* +
JH ACADEMY Page 16
MODULE-17C
56. A copper bar of 25cm length is fixed by means of supports at its ends.
Supports can yield (total) by 0.01cm. if the temperature of the bar is
raised by C, then the stress induced in the bar for = 20 C
and =1 Kg/ will be
a) 2 kg/
b) 4 kg/
c) 8 kg/
d) 16 kg/
Ans:
= 0.01cm
=
=
List-I List-II
A. Moment of inertia 1. Tensile stress
B. Elongation 2. Modulus of rupture
C. Neutral axis 3. Zero shear stress
D. Top fiber 4. Zero longitudinal stress
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 3 4
b) 1 2 4 3
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 2 1 4 3
Ans: (D)
58. A given material has young’s modulus E, modulus of rigidity G and
Poisson’s ratio 0.25. the ratio of young’s modulus to modulus of
rigidity of this material is
a) 3.75 b) 3 c) 2.5 d) 1.5
Ans:
G= ( )
( ) ( )
59. A prismatic bar of uniform cross-sectional area of 5 is subjected to

axial loads as shown in the figure.
JH ACADEMY Page 17
MODULE-17C
Portion BC is subjected to an axial stress of

a) 400kg/ tension
b) 2000kg/ compression
c) 1000kg/ tension
d) 600kg/ tension
Ans:
Area = 5
Force = 5000 kg
Stress= 1000kg/ tension
60. Two wires of equal length are suspended vertically at a distance of

40cm as shown in the figure below. Their upper ends are fixed to the
ceiling while their lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which
carries a central load of 1t midway between the wires. Details of the
two wires are given below:
Wir Area Material Modulus of Elongation

e ( ) elasticity
No. (kg/ )
4 Copper 1
1
2 steel 2
2
The ratio of the elongation of the two wires, ⁄ is
a) 0.25 b) 0.5 c) 2 d) 1
Ans:
( ) ; ( )
and
= =
JH ACADEMY Page 18
MODULE-17C
61. At a point in a strained material, if two mutually perpendicular tensile
stresses of 2000kg/ and 1000kg/ are acting, then the intensity
of tangential stress on a plane inclined at to the axis of the minor
stress will be
a) 125kg/ b) 250kg/ c) 500kg/ d) 1000kg/
Ans:
sin 2
= 250kg/
62. For the state of stress shown in the below figure, normal stress acting on
the plane of maximum shear stress is
a) 25MPa compression
b) 75MPa compression
c) 25MPa tension
d) 75MPa tension
Ans:
75MPa tension
63. According to the distortion energy theory, failure will NOT occur when
(symbols have the usual meaning)
( ) ( ) ( )
a) * +
b) [( ) ]
c) *( ) ( )+
( ) ( )
d) * +
Ans:
According to the distortion energy theory,

( ) ( ) ( )
JH ACADEMY Page 19
MODULE-17C
64. All the failure theories give nearly the same result.
a) When one of the principal stresses at a point is large in comparison
to the other
b) When shear stresses act
c) When both the principal stresses are numerically equal
d) For all situations of stress.
Ans: (a)
65. If the diameter of a shaft subjected to torque alone is subjected to torque

alone is doubled, then the horse power P can be increased to
a) 16P b) 8P c) 4P d) 2P
Ans: (b)
66. A tie bar (20 ) carries a tensile load of 1KN as shown in

the figure below. Under this load, the maximum intensity of stress over
the mean value will increase by
a) 20% b) 40%
c) 60% d) 80%
Ans:
Direct Stress, ⁄
Bending stress,
Maximum stress = 5+3= ⁄
Minimum stress = 5-3= ⁄
Mean value= ⁄
Increase in stress = 8-5= ⁄
% increase over mean stress = 3
JH ACADEMY Page 20
MODULE-17C
67. As per the maximum principal stress theory, when a shaft is subjected
to a bending moment M and torque T and σ is the allowable stress in
axial tension, then the diameter d of the shaft is given by
a) = [ √ ]
b) = [ √ ]
c) = [ √ ]
d) = [ √ ]
Ans: (a)
68. A Cube is subjected to equal tensile stress on all the three faces. If the
yield stress of the material is then based on the strain energy theory,
then based on the strain energy theory, the maximum tensile stress will
be
a)
√ ( )
b)
√ ( )
c)
√ ( )
d)
√ ( )
Ans: (a)
69. A simply supported rectangular beam of span L and depth‘d’ carries a

central load W. The ratio of maximum deflection to maximum to
maximum bending stress is
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (a)
70. Consider the following statements regarding a beam of uniform cross-

section simply supported at its ends and carrying a concentrated load at
one of its middle third points:
1. Its deflection under the load will be maximum.
2. The bending moment under the load will be maximum.
3. The deflection at the midpoint of the span will be maximum.
4. The slope at the nearest support will be maximum.
a) 1 and 3 b) 2 and 4
c) 1 and 2 d) 3 and 4
Ans: (b)
71. A cast iron pipe of 1m diameter is required to withstand a 200m head of
water. If the limiting tensile stress of the pipe material is 20MPa, then
the thickness of the pipe will be
a) 25mm b) 50mm
c) 75mm d) 100mm
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 21
MODULE-17C
72. If A be the area of cross-section of a bar, the gauge length for the
measurement of ductility will be
a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (a)
List-I
A. Ductility
B. Brittleness
C. Tenacity
D. Toughness
List-II
1. Failure without warning
2. Drawn permanently over great changes of shape without rupture
3. Absorption of energy at high stress without rupture
4. High tensile strength
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 4 3
b) 1 2 3 4
c) 2 3 4 1
d) 2 1 4 3
Ans: (d)
74. Which one of the following pairs is NOT correctly matched?

a) Visco-elastic : small plastic zone material
b) Strain hardening material : stiffening effect felt at some stage
c) Orthographic material : Different properties in three
perpendicular directions.
d) Isotropic material : same physical property in all directions
at a point
Ans: (a)
75. In a plane stress problem there are normal tensile stresses and
accompanied by shear stress at a point along orthogonal
Cartesian co-ordinates x and y respectively. If it is observed that the
minimum principal stress on a certain plane is zero then.
a) √
b) √
c) √
d) √
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 22
MODULE-17C
76. A composite section shown in the figure below was formed at C and
was made of two materials A and B. if the coefficient of thermal
expansion of A is greater than that of B and the composite section is
heated to C, then A and B will be
a) B in tension and compression respectively

b) Both be in compression
c) Both be in tension
d) B in compression and tension respectively.
Ans: (b)
77. In a experiment it found that the bulk modulus of a material is equal to

its shear modulus. The Poisson’s ratio is
a) 0.125 b) 0.250
c) 0.375 d) 0.500
Ans:
( ) ( )
3-6
78. A mild steel bar is in two parts having equal lengths. The area of cross-
section of part-1 is double than part-2. If the bar carries an axial load P,
then the ratio of elongation in part-1 to that in part-2 will be
a) 2 b) 4
c) ⁄ d) ⁄
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 23
MODULE-17C
79. A plane rectangular element is subjected to two normal stresses ‘ and
‘ ’ on two mutually perpendicular planes ( ) as shown in the
figure.
Which one of the following statements is NOT true in this regard?

a) The planes BC and CD are principal planes.
b) Shear stress will act on planes inclined to planes AB and CB
c) There will not be any normal stress on planes having maximum
shear stress.
d) There will not be any shear stress on planes AB and BC
Ans: (c)
80. At a point in a steel member, the major principal stress is 200MPa

(tensile) and the minor principal stress is compressive. If the uniaxial
tensile yield stress is 250MPa , then according to the maximum shear
stress theory, the magnitude of the minor principal stress(compressive)
at which yielding will commence is
a) 200MPa b) 100MPa
c) 50MPa d) 25MPa
Ans:
( )
Factor of safety =
200-(- )
81. The limit of proportionality of a certain steel sample is 300MPa in

simple tension. It is subjected to principal stresses of 150MPa (tensile)
60MPa (tensile) and 30MPa (tensile). According to the maximum
principal stress theory, the factor of safety in this case would be
a) 10 b) 5 c) 4 d) 2
Ans:
Factor of safety=
JH ACADEMY Page 24
MODULE-17C
82. Shear centre of a semi-circular arc strip of radius ‘r’ will be at a
distance of ‘x’ from the centre of the arc, where ‘x’ is equal to
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (c)
83. A high strength steel band- saw of 90mm width and 0.5mm thickness
runs over a pulley of 500mm diameter. Assuming E= 200GPa, the
maximum flexural stress developed would be
a) 100MPa b) 200MPa
c) 400MPa d) 500MPa
Ans: (b)
84. A beam of square cross-section (B ) is used as a beam with one

diagonal horizontal. The location of the maximum shear stress from the
neutral axis will be at distance of
a) Zero b) c) d)
√
Ans: (c)
85. An overhanging beam of uniform EI is loaded as shown in the figure

below. The deflection at free end will be
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (c)
86. Match List-I(material) with List-II(characteristic) and select the correct

List-I
A. Inelastic material
B. Rigid plastic material
C. Ductile material
D. Brittle material
JH ACADEMY Page 25
MODULE-17C
List-II
1. No plastic zone
2. Large plastic zone
3. Strain is zero recovered after unloading
4. Strain is zero up to a stresses level and then stress remains constant.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 4 2 1
b) 3 4 1 2
c) 4 3 2 1
d) 4 3 1 2
Ans: (a)
87. Match List-I (Property) with List-II(Characteristic) and select the

List-I
A. Fatigue
B. Creep
C. Plasticity
D. Endurance limit
List-II
1. Material continues to deform with time under sustained loading
2. Decreased resistance of material to repeated reversals of stress
3. Material has a high portability of not failing under reversals of
stress of magnitude below this level
4. Material continues to deform without any further increase in stress.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 1 2 3 4
Ans: (a)
88. A round bar made of same material consists of 3 parts each of 100mm
length having diameters of 40mm. 50mm and 60mm, respectively. If
the bar is subjected to an axial load of 10KN, the total elongation of the
bar in mm would be (E is the modulus of elasticity in )
a) ( )
b) ( )
√
c) ( )
d) ( )
JH ACADEMY Page 26
MODULE-17C
Ans:
Total elongation of the bar,
L= [ ]
= [ ]
89. If a member is subjected to tensile stress of ‘ , compressive stress of

‘ ’ and tensile stress of ‘ ’ along the X, Y and Z directions
respectively, then the resultant strain ‘ along the X direction would
be (E is young’s modulus of elasticity, ‘μ’ is Poisson’s ratio)
a) ( )
b) ( )
c) ( )
d) ( )
Ans: (a)
90. A cylindrical bar of 20mm diameter and 1m length is subjected to a

tensile test. Its longitudinal strain is 4 times that of its lateral strain. If
the modulus of elasticity is 2 N/ , then its modulus of rigidity
will be
a) 8
b) 8
c) 0.8
d) 0.8
Ans:
G= 0.8 N/
( ) ( )
91. The rectangular block shown in the given figure is subjected to pure
shear of intensity ‘q’. if BE represents the principal plane and the
principal stresses are then the values of and will be
respectively
JH ACADEMY Page 27
MODULE-17C
a)
b)
c)
d)
Ans:
√ =
Tan 2 =
2
92. The state of stresses on an element is shown in the given figure. The
values of stresses are (=32MPa); (= -10MPa) and major principal
stress (=40MPa). The minor principal stress is
a) -22MPa
b) -18MPa
c) 22MPa
d) Indeterminable due to insufficient data
Ans:
√( )
√( )
93. A material of young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio μ is subjected to

two principal stresses and at a point in a two- dimensional stress
system. The strain energy per unit volume of the material is
a) ( )
b) ( )
c) ( )
d) ( )
JH ACADEMY Page 28
MODULE-17C
Ans: (a)
94. A shaft of diameter ‘d’ is subjected to bending moment M and twisting
moment T. the developed principal stress will be
a) √
b) ( √ )
c) ( √ )
d) √
Ans: (a)
95. The close-coiled spring shown in fig-I is cut into equal pieces which are
combined to form a parallel spring as shown in fig-II. The ratio of the
angular twist for the spring in fig-II to that of spring in fig—I due to an
axial load P is
a) 1/2 b) 1/ 4 c) 1/ 8 d) 1
Ans:
96. Consider the following statements in respect of a thick cylinder

subjected to internal pressure:
1. The stress on an element on the outer wall is unidirectional.
2. The stresses on an element on the inner wall are principal stresses.
3. The constants of the Lame’s equation are positive.
a) 1 and 2 b) 1 and 3
c) 2 and 3 d) 1,2 and 3
Ans: (d)
97. The radius of Mohr’s circle of stress of a strained element is 20
and minor principal tensile stress is 10 . the major
principal stress is
a) 30 b) 50
c) 60 d) 100
JH ACADEMY Page 29
MODULE-17C
Ans:
= 50N/
98. The cross-section of abeam is shown in figure-I. its is equal to

3 . It is subjected to a load as shown in figure-II. The
maximum tensile stress in the beam would be:
a) Indeterminable as data is insufficient

b) 21
c) 21
d) 21
Ans:
Max. B M = 0.9KNm
F=
= 21N/
99. The shear stress distribution shown in figure-I represents a beam with
cross-section.
Ans: (a)
List-I
A. Tenacity
B. Plasticity
C. Ductility
D. Malleability
JH ACADEMY Page 30
MODULE-17C
List –II
1. Continues to deform without much increase of stress
2. Ultimate strength in tension
3. Extension in a direction without rupture
4. Ability to be drawn out by tension to a small section without
rupture.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 1 2 3 4
Ans: (d)
101. A steel bar 300mm long and having 24 mm diameter, is turned down to
18mm diameter for one third of its length. It is heated C above room
temperature, clamped at both ends and then allowed to cool to room
temperature. If the distance between the clamps is unchanged, the
maximum stress in the bar( and E=200
) is
a) 25 b) 50
c) 75 d) 100
Ans: (d)
102. A bar of uniform section is subjected to axial tensile loads such that the
normal strain in the direction is 1.25mm per m. if the poisons ratio of
the material of the bar is 0.3, the volumetric strain would be
a) 2 b) 3
c) 4 d) 5
Ans: (d)
103. A square plate ( ) rigidly held at three edges is free to move along
the fourth edge. If temperature of the plate is raised by temperature ‘t’,
then the free expansion at the fourth edge will be ( coefficient of
thermal expansion of the material=α, modulus of elasticity of the
material=E and its Poisson’s ratio=μ)
a) aαtμ
b) aαt(1+μ)
c) a(αt+αtμ/E)
d) aαt(1-μ)
Ans:
[ ( )]
JH ACADEMY Page 31
MODULE-17C
[ ( )] =0
( )
104. Match list-I(elastic constant) with list-II(definition) and select the
List-I
A. young’s modulus
B. Poisson’s ratio
C. Bulk modulus
D. Rigidity modulus
List-II
1. Lateral strain to linear strain within elastic limit.
2. Stress to strain within elastic limit
3. Shear stress to shear strain within elastic limit
4. Direct stress to corresponding volumetric strain.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 1 4 2
b) 2 1 4 3
c) 2 4 1 3
d) 3 4 1 2
Ans: (b)
105. For a linear, elastic, isotropic material, the number of independent
elastic constants is
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
Ans: (b)
106. Match list-I ( theory of failures) with list-II (scientists) and select the
List-I
A. Maximum principal stress theory
B. Maximum shear stress theory
C. Maximum principal strain theory
D. Maximum distortion energy theory
List-II
1. St. Venant
2. Beltrami and Haigh
3. Tresca
4. Von-Mises
5. Rankine
JH ACADEMY Page 32
MODULE-17C
Codes:
A B C D
a) 5 3 1 4
b) 5 1 2 4
c) 3 5 1 2
d) 3 1 2 5
Ans: (b)
107. A member is made of structural steel. When it is subjected to simple
tension, the limit of proportionally is 280 .if the principal
stresses and developed in the member are 100 (tensile)
and 40 (compressive) respectively and Poisson’s ratio is 0.30,
then the factor of safety according to maximum shear stress theory
would be
a) 2.75 b) 2.5
c) 2.25 d) 2.0
Ans:
FOS=
108. A solid shaft of 100mm diameter in a small hydraulic turbine is

subjected to an axial compressive load of 100π KN and a torque of 5π
KN-m. the maximum shearing stress induced in the shaft is
a) 20√ b) 20√
c) 20√ d) 20√
Ans:
20√ N/
109. A solid circular shaft is subjected to a torque T(in Nm), which produces
a maximum shear stress of (in ) in the shaft. The required
diameter of the shaft would be
⁄ ⁄
a) ( ) b) ( )
⁄ ⁄
c) ( ) d) ( )
Ans: (a)
110. The principal stresses at a point in a strained material are ‘ ’ and ‘
’. The resultant stress ‘ ’ on the plane carrying the maximum shear
stress would be
⁄
( )
a)
⁄
b) * +
⁄
c) [ ( )]
⁄
d) [ ]
JH ACADEMY Page 33
MODULE-17C
Ans: (b)
111. If a prismatic member having area of cross-section A is subjected to a

tensile load P, then the maximum shear stress and its inclination with
the direction of load will be
a) and b) and
c) and d) and
Ans: (c)
112. A test is conducted on a beam loaded by end couples. The fibers at
layer CD are found to lengthen by 0.03mm and fibers at layer AB
shorten by 0.09mm in 20mm gauge length as shown in the figure.
Taking E= 2 , the flexural stress at top fibers would be
a) 900 tensile
b) 1000 tensile
c) 1200 tensile
d) 1200 compressive
Ans: (a)
113. Which one of the following rules ascertains the maximum permissible
eccentricity of loads on circular column so that stresses will always be
compressive?
a) Middle fourth rule
b) Middle third rule
c) Middle half rule
d) Middle two-third rule.
Ans: (a)
114. A bar AB of diameter 40mm and 4mm long is rigidly fixed at its ends.
A torque of 600Nm is applied at a section of the bar, 1m from end A.
the fixing couples and at the supports A and B, respectively, are
a) 450Nm and 150N-m

b) 200N-m and 400N-m
c) 300N-m and 150N-m
d) 300N-m and 100N-m
JH ACADEMY Page 34
MODULE-17C
Ans:
Taking point B,
115. A short hollow CI column section A is 150 and the section

modulus z= 10 carries
(i) An axial load of 250KN, and
(ii) A load of 50KN on a bracket, the load line being 500mm from the
axis of the column
The maximum and minimum stress intensities are
a) 50 N/ tensile and 10 compressive
b) 45 compressive and 5 tensile
c) 55 compressive and 5 tensile
d) 60 tensile and 10 compressive
Ans:
P= 250+50= 300
M = P.e = 50
116. The strain energy in a member is proportional to
a) Total strain multiplied by the volume of the member

b) Product of stress and the corresponding strain
c) Product of strain and young’s modulus of the material
d) The maximum strain multiplied by the length of the member.
Ans: (b)
117. Strain energy in torsion of a shaft per unit volume is given by (q is

maximum shear stress, E-modulus of elasticity and G is modulus of
rigidity)
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 35
MODULE-17C
118. Creep is the gradual increase of
a) Plastic strain with time at constant load

b) Elastic strain with time at constant load
c) Plastic strain with time at varying load
d) Elastic strain with time at varying load
Ans: (b)
119. The ratio of tensile stress developed in the wall of a boiler in the
longitudinal direction to the tensile stress in the circumferential
direction due to an internal pressure is
a) 4 b) 2 c) ⁄ d) ⁄
Ans:
Ratio= =
120. In a two dimensional stress system, the two principal stresses are of
180 (tensile) and (compressive). For the material, yield
stress in simple tension and compression is 240 and Poisson’s
ratio is 0.25. according to maximum normal strain theory, the value of
at which yielding will commence, is
a) 240 b) 180
c) 195 d) 200
Ans:
180+0.25
240N/
121. Which of the following points are considered while deriving the
formula ?
1. Type of material
2. Transverse shear force
3. The stresses in the remaining principal direction.
4.
5. Linear variation of strain
Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
a) 1,2 and 4 b) 2,3 and 5
c) 4 and 5 d) 1 and 3
Ans: (c)
122. A beam has a triangular cross-section having base 40mm and altitude
60mm. if this section is subjected to a shear force of 36000N, the
maximum shear stress in the cross-section would be
JH ACADEMY Page 36
MODULE-17C
a) 60N/ b) 36N/
c) 45N/ d) 30N/
Ans:
45N/
123. A rectangular beam of width 200mm and depth 300mm is subjected to a

shear force of 200KN. The maximum shear stress produced in the beam
is
a) 10.0MPa b) 7.5MPa
c) 5.0MPa d) 3.33MPa
Ans:

Mohr’s circle is used to determine the stress on an oblique section of a
body subjected to
1. Direct tensile stress on one plane accompanied by a shear stress
2. Direct tensile stress in two mutually perpendicular directions
accompanied by a simple shear stress.
3. Direct tensile stress in two mutually perpendicular directions.
4. A simple shear stress
a) 1 and 4 b) 2 and 3
c) 1,2,3 and 4 d) 1,2 and 3
Ans: (c)
125. A bar of square cross-section, having an area of cross-section A is

subjected to a compressive force P as shown in the figure
The intensity of the tangential stress on the oblique plane is given by

a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (c)
126. The bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of
rigidity. The Poisson’s ratio of the material is
JH ACADEMY Page 37
MODULE-17C
a) ⁄ ) ⁄ ) ⁄ ) ⁄
Ans:
( ) ( )
127. ‘ ’ And ‘ ’ are two equal tensile principal stresses. On the plane AB
inclined at to the plane of ‘ ’ as shown in the figure below,
a) The shear stress is maximum

b) The normal stress is zero
c) The shear stress is zero
d) The normal stress is maximum
Ans: (c)
128. Creep of a material is a property indicated by
a) A time dependent strain of the material

b) Elongation of the material due to changes in the material properties
c) Shortening caused by shrinkage of the member
d) The decrease in the volume of the material affected by the weather
conditions.
Ans: (a)
129. Resilience is
a) Maximum strain energy

b) Recoverable strain energy
c) Total potential energy
d) Shear strain energy( beyond Hooke’s law)
Ans: (a)
130. A member having length L, cross-sectional area A and modulus of
elasticity E is subjected to an axial load W. the strain energy stored in
this member is
a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 38
MODULE-17C
131. Match List-I(material) with List-II(properties) and select the correct
List-I
A. Isotropic
B. Homogeneous
C. Visco-elastic
D. Brittle
List-II
1. Time dependent stress-strain relation
2. No plastic zone
3. Identical properties in all directions
4. Similar properties throughout the volume
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 1 2 4
b) 4 1 2 3
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 4 3 2 1
Ans: (c)
132. The material in which large deformation is possible before the absolute
failure or rupture is termed as
a) Brittle b) elastic
c) Ductile d) plastic
Ans: (c)
133. The shear stress distribution for a rectangular section under the action
of shear force S is shown below. The rectangular section is .
Select the correct shear stress distribution from the following:
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 39
MODULE-17C
134. As per the elastic theory of design, the factor of safety is the ratio of
a) Working stress to stress at the limit of proportionality

b) Yield stress to working stress
c) Ultimate stress to working stress
d) Ultimate load to load at yield.
Ans: (b)
135. The principal strains at a point are +800 cm/cm, +400
cm/cm and -1200 cm/cm. the volumetric strain is equal to
a) +1200 cm/cm
b) +800 cm/cm
c) -1200 cm/cm
d) Zero
Ans:
= 800 400 -1200

=0
136. The radius of Mohr’s circle is zero when the state of stress is such that
a) Shear stress is zero

b) There is pure shear
c) There is no shear stress but identical direct stresses in two mutually
perpendicular directions.
d) There is no shear stress but equal direct stresses, opposite in nature,
in two mutually perpendicular directions
Ans: (c)
137. The given figure shows the stress condition of an element. The principal
stresses are
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (c)
138. If the principal stresses at a point in a stressed body are 150KN/

tensile and 50KN/ compressive, then the maximum shear stress at
this point will be
JH ACADEMY Page 40
MODULE-17C
a) 100KN/ b) 150KN/
c) 200KN/ d) 250KN/
Ans:
( )
= 100KN/
139. In the Mohr’s circle for strains, radius of Mohr’s circle gives the
a) Minimum value of normal strain

b) Maximum value of normal strain
c) Maximum value of shear strain
d) Half of maximum value of shear strain
Ans: (d)
140. A brass bar of solid section is encased in a steel tube as shown in the
diagram below.
The coefficient of expansion of steel is 11.2 C and the

-6
coefficient of expansion brass is 16.5 x 10 C .the composite bar is
heated through C. now consider the following statements:
1. The stress in the brass will be tensile
2. The stress in the steel will be tensile
3. The stress in the steel will be compressive
4. The stress in the brass will be compressive.
a) 1 and 2 b) 1 and 3
c) 2 and 4 d) 2 and 3
Ans: (c)
141. For the plane stress situation shown in the diagram below, what is the
maximum shear stress?
a) Zero, when X and Y axes are rotated clockwise

b) Zero, at all positions of orientation of X and Y axes
c) 20MPa, at all positions of orientation of X and Y axes
d) -20MPa, when X and Y axes are rotated anticlockwise.
JH ACADEMY Page 41
MODULE-17C
Ans:
142. In a piece of stressed material, the principal stress are =

3.0KN/ tensile and =7.0 KN/ compressive as shown in the
diagram below:
The line of action of the tensile stress makes an angle = to the

normal to the plane AB. what is the normal stress ?
a) +0.5KN/ b) -1.5KN/
c) +2.0KN/ d) -2.5KN/
Ans:
+ cos 2
cos
+0.5KN/
143. A thin wooden plate PQRS is made by gluing two pieces of wood along
PR as shown in the diagram below.
If = -30MPa, = 10MPa and =0, then what is the normal stress on

the surface PR?
a) -10MPa b) -20MPa
c) 10MPa d) 20MPa
Ans:
+ cos 2
cos
JH ACADEMY Page 42
MODULE-17C
144. In a plane strain condition in the XY plane, the strain components
associated with XY axes are =800 , =100
. What are the principal strains of these strain values?
a) 981 ,
b) 891 ,
c) 881 ,
d) 839 ,
Ans: (b)
145. In a plane strain case in the XY plane, normal strain in X and Y

directions are equal to zero and shear strain is equal to 3 . What
is the value of diameter of Mohr’s circle of strain for these strain
values?
a) 6
b) 3
c) 1.5
d) Zero
Ans: (c)
146. For a case of plane stress, =40MN/ , = 0, =80MN/ . What

are the principal stresses (in MN/ ) and their orientation with x and y
axes?
a)
b)
c)
d)
Ans:
Principal stresses = √( )
= √( )
=20
MN/ ;
MN/ ;
( )
JH ACADEMY Page 43
MODULE-17C
147. A thin rod 10mm diameter is subjected to a tensile force of 7850N.
What are the principal stresses and maximum shear stresses and
maximum shear stress?
a) 70MPa, 50MPa, 10MPa

b) 100MPa, zero, 50MPa
c) 100MPa, 50MPa, 25MPa
d) 100MPa,zero,zero
Ans:
Area =
Normal Stress=2
=2
Principal stress =
Maximum shear stresses=
148. Are normal and shear stresses on the x and y faces.

What is the radius of Mohr’s circle in terms of these stresses?
a)
b) +
c) √( )
d) √( )
Ans: (c)
Assertion (A):A plane stress system consists of two principal stresses
and and a plane strain system consists of two principal strains
= /E and = /E. both the systems are identical.
Reason(R): stress is proportional to strain. Of these statements
) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

) Both A and R is true but R is not a correct explanation of A
) A is true but R is false
) A is false but R is true
Ans: (d)
150. The maximum shear stress produced in a shaft is 5N/ . The shaft is
of 40mm diameter. What is the approximate value of twisting moment?
a) 628N-m b) 63N-m
c) 126N-m d) 251N-m
JH ACADEMY Page 44
MODULE-17C
Ans:
T=
151. At a certain point in a structural member, there are perpendicular

stresses 80N/ and 20N/ , both tensile. What is the equivalent
stress in simple tension, according to the maximum principal strain
theory? (Poisson’s ratio= 0.25)
a) Zero b) 20N/
c) 60 N/ d) 75N/
Ans:
According to the maximum principal strain theory,
Equivalent stress in simple tension,
=80-0.25 75N/
152. In a plane strain problem in XY plane, the shear strain= 12 , and
the normal strain in X and Y direction= 0.for this state of strain, what is
the diameter of the Mohr’s circle of strain?
a) 6 b) 8
c) 12 d) 24
Ans:
Diameter of the Mohr’s circle of strain= √
q= 12
153. At a certain point in a strained material, there are two mutually

perpendicular stresses =100N/ (tensile) and =
50N/ (compressive).
[Notation: tension (+); compression (-)]
What are the values of the principal stresses in N/ at that point?
a) 100,-50 b) -100,50
c) 75,-25 d) -75,25
Ans:
= √( )
= =
N/ N/
JH ACADEMY Page 45
MODULE-17C
154. For a state of plane stresses and .
What are the values of the maximum inplane shearing stresses and
absolute maximum shearing stress?
a) ( )MPa
b) ( )MPa
c) ( )MPa
d) ( )MPa
Ans: (a)
155. What is the ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress for a
circular section?
a) 2 b) ⁄ c) ⁄ d) ⁄
Ans: (c)
156. If the young’s modulus ‘E’ is equal to the bulk modulus ‘K’ , then what
is the value of the Poisson’s ratio?
a) ⁄ b) ⁄ c) ⁄ d) ⁄
Ans:
( )
( )
157. What is the total strain energy of a member subjected to an axial stress f
(E= young’s modulus)?
a) ( ) volume of bar
b) ( ) volume of bar
c) ( ) volume of bar
d) ( ) volume of bar
Ans: (a)
158. If G is the modulus of rigidity, E the modulus of elasticity and the
Poisson’s ratio for a material, then what is the expression for G?
a) G= b) G =
( ) ( )
c) G= d) G =
( ) ( )
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 46
MODULE-17C
159. A bar of 40mm diameter and 400mm length is subjected to an axial
load of 100KN. It elongates by 0.150mm and the diameter decreases by
0.005mm. What is the Poisson’s ratio of the material of the bar?
a) 0.25 b) 0.28 c) 0.33 d) 0.37

Ans:
( )
( )
= 0.33
160. The Mohr’s circle given above corresponds to which one of the
following stress conditions
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 47
MODULE-17C
161. A horizontal beam shown in the figure given below is subjected to

transverse loading. Which one of the following diagrams represents the
distribution of shear force along the cross-section?
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 48
MODULE-17C
162. Which one of the following diagrams indicates the shear distribution for
the beam as shown in the figure below?
Ans: (a)
163. A beam of square cross-section is placed horizontally with one diagonal

horizontal as shown in the figure below. It is subjected to a vertical
shear force acting along the depth of cross section. Maximum shear
stress across the depth of cross-section occurs at a depth ‘x’ from the
top. What is the value of x?
a) x=0 b) x = (2/3) D
c) x = (3/4)D d) x = D
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 49
MODULE-17C
164. In a two-dimensional stress system, the two principal stresses are =
180N/ (tensile), and which is compressive. For the material
yield stress in simple tension and compression is 240N/ and
Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. According to maximum normal strain theory, for
what values of , shall yielding commence?
a) 240N/ c) 195N/
b) 180N/ d) 200N/
Ans:
( )
=
Since the nature of is opposite, therefore

240N/
165. If and are the principal stress at a point in a strained material with
Young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio 1/m, then what is the principal
strain?
a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (c)
166. If the maximum principal stress for an element under bi-axial stress
situation is 100MPa (tensile) and the maximum shear stress is also
100MPa, then what is the other principal stress?
a) 200MPa(tensile)
b) 200MPa(compressive)
c) 100MPa(compressive)
d) Zero
Ans: (c)
167. What is the correct sequence of the following metals in the decreasing
order of their Poisson’s ratio?
1. Aluminum
2. Cast iron
3. Steel
a) 1-2-3 b) 2-1-3
c) 1-3-2 d) 3-1-2
Ans: (c)
168. A steel rod, 100mm long is held between two rigid supports. It is heated
by C. if the coefficient of thermal expansion of the material of the
rod is 15 C and modulus of elasticity is 200 MN/ ,
what is the stress in the rod?
a) 20MN/ b) 40MN/
c) 60MN/ d) 80MN/
JH ACADEMY Page 50
MODULE-17C
Ans:
Stress =
= 15 200
= 60MN/
169. An element is subjected to stress as given below.
For this state of stress, what is the maximum shear stress?

a) 2.5MPa b) 5MPa
c) 10MPa d) 15MPa
Ans:
5MPa
170. If modulus of elasticity of a material is 189.8GN/ and its Poisson’s

ratio is 0.30, what is the approximate value of shear modulus of the
material?
a) 73GN/ b) 93.3GN/
c) 103.9GN/ d) 123.3GN/
Ans:
E= G= 73GN/
171. A 20cm long rod of uniform rectangular section, 8mm wide 1.2mm
thick is bent into the form of a circular arc resulting in a central
displacement of 0.8cm. Neglecting second-order quantities in
computations, what is the longitudinal surface strain (approximate) in
the rod?
a) 7.2 b) 8.4
c) 9.6 d) 10.8
Ans: (c)
172. Mohr’s stress circle helps in determining which of the following?
1. Normal stresses on one plane.
2. Normal and tangential stresses on two planes
3. Principal stresses in all three directions
4. Inclination of principal planes.
JH ACADEMY Page 51
MODULE-17C
a) 1 and 2 only
b) 2 and 3 only
c) 3 and 4 only
d) 2 and 4 only
Ans: (d)
Mohr’s strain circle can be drawn
1. For plane stress conditions
2. If strains in three directions are known
3. If strains on two mutually perpendicular planes are known
a) 1,2 and 3
b) 2 and 3 only
c) 1 and 2 only
d) 1 and 3 only
Ans: (d)
174. What is the angle between principal stresses and maximum shear strain
axis?
a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (c)
175. In a strained material, the principal stresses in x and y directions in the
x and y directions are 100N/ (tensile) and 60N/ (compressive).
On an inclined plane, the normal to which makes an angle to the x-
axis, what is the tangential stress in N/ ?
a) √ b) √
c) 60 d) 40
Ans:
sin 2 = [ ( )] √
176. According to maximum shear stress criterion, at what ratio of maximum

shear stress to yield stress of material does the yielding of the material
take place?
a) 2 b) 2/√
c) 1/√ d) ⁄
Ans: (d)
JH ACADEMY Page 52
MODULE-17C
177. At what value of the ultimate shear strength, shall the material under the
action of uniform axial tension fail due to shear?
a) < 0.5 times the ultimate tensile strength

b) < 0.7 times the ultimate tensile strength
c) = ultimate tensile strength
d) > the ultimate tensile strength
Ans: (c)
178. The value of modulus of elasticity for a material is 200GN/ and

Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. What is its modulus of rigidity?
a) 250GN/ b) 320GN/
c) 125GN/ d) 80GN/
Ans:
G= 80GN/
( ) ( )
179. A stepped column carries loads as show below. What is the max normal
stress in the column at B in the larger diameter column?
a) b) c) d)
Ans: (c)
180. What is the nature of stress in a ceiling fan rod?
a) Bending b) tensile
c) Compressive d) shear
Ans: (d)
181. What is the diameter of Mohr’s circle of stress for the state of stress
shown below?
JH ACADEMY Page 53
MODULE-17C
a) 20 b) 10√
c) 10 d) zero
Ans:
Radius=
182. If a body carries two unlike principal stresses, what is the maximum
shear stress?
a) Half the difference of magnitude of the principal stresses

b) Half the sum of the magnitude of principal stresses.
c) Difference of the magnitude of principal stresses
d) Sum of the magnitude of principal stresses
Ans:
183. In a biaxial strain system and , what is the maximum engineering

shearing strain?
a) b)
c) d)
Ans: (b)
184. A circular shaft is subjected to a bending moment and a twisting

moment . What is the ratio of maximum shear stress and the
maximum bending stress?
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
= =
185. A square steel bar of 50mm side and 5m long is subjected to a load
where upon it absorbs strain energy of 100J. What is its modulus of
resilience?
JH ACADEMY Page 54
MODULE-17C
a) N-mm/
b) 125 /N-mm
c) N-mm/
d) 100 /N-mm
Ans: (a)
186. A solid metal bar of uniform sectional area throughout its length hangs
vertically from its upper end. Details of the bar are: length =6m,
material density = 8 N/ and 2 N/ . What will be
the total elongation of the bar in mm?
a) b)
c) d)
Ans:
Total elongation by self-weight =
( )( )
=
187. A circular rod of diameter 30mm and length 200mm is subjected to a

tensile force. The extension in rod is 0.09mm and change in diameter is
0.0045mm. What is the Poisson’s ratio of the material of the rod?
a) 0.30 b) 0.32
c) 0.33 d) 0.35
Ans:
In longitudinal direction, =
188. For a material having modulus of elasticity equal to 208GPa and

Poisson’s ratio equal to 0.3, what is the modulus of rigidity?
a) 74.0GPa b) 80.0GPa
c) 100.0GPa d) 128.5GPa
Ans:
G= = 80 GPa
( ) ( )
189. Given E as the young’s modulus of elasticity of a material, what can be

the minimum value of its bulk modulus of elasticity?
a) b) c) d)
JH ACADEMY Page 55
MODULE-17C
Ans:
K= ( )
190. At a point in a piece of stressed material the stresses are:

= KN/ tensile (normal)
= = KN/ (shearing)
Although the values of and are not known yet the principal stresses
are equal to each other being (5KN/ ). What is the radius of Mohr’s
circle?
( )
a) 2.5 + ( ) b) 2.5+
c) zero d) 2.5
Ans:
Radius of Mohr’s circle = =
191. What is the radius of Mohr’s circle in case of bi-axial state of stress?
a) Half of the sum of the two principal stresses

b) Half the difference of the two principal stresses
c) Difference of the two principal stresses
d) Sum of the two principal stresses.
Ans: (b)
192. A mild steel bar of square cross-section 25mm 25mm is 1m long. It is

subjected to bi-axial stresses = 480N/ (tension) and =
400N/ (compression). E= 2 N/ , = 0.3, what is the
elongation of the bar in mm in x direction?
a) 1.0 b) 1.5 c) 2.0 d) 3.0
Ans:
Elongation in x-direction = [ ]
= [ ( )]
JH ACADEMY Page 56
MODULE-17C
193. Figure below shows a state of plane stress.
If the minimum principal stress is -7MN/ then what is the value

of ?
a) 30MN/ b) 68MN/
c) 98MN/ d) 105MN/
Ans:
Here, 56MN/ ,
= √( )
-7 = √( )
MN/ (Tensile)
194. The details of the principal stresses at a certain point in a steel member
are as follows:
Major Principal Stress =180N/ (tensile)
Major Principal Stress is compressive. If the uniaxial tensile yield
stress is 240N/ at which yielding will commence?
a) 120 tension
b) 90 tension
c) 80 compression
d) 60 compression
JH ACADEMY Page 57
MODULE-17C
Ans:
180-(- )
180+
60 (compression)
195. An element of a structure is subjected to two principal stresses

and .
= 200N/ (tensile)
Is compressive
The yield stress both in simple tension and compression for the material
is 240N/ , Poisson’s ratio =0.25; what is the value of in
N/ as per maximum normal strain theory at which the yield of
material will commence?
a) 240 b) 200 c) 180 d) 160
Ans:
( )=
=240
Compressive
196. A timber beam is 100mm wide and 150mm deep. The beam is simply
supported and carries a central concentrated load W. if the maximum
stress in shear is 2N/ , what would be the corresponding load W on
the beam?
a) 20KN b) 30KN
c) 40KN d) 25KN
Ans:
Maximum stress in shear = 2N/
Average stress = N/
Average Shear load =
At section AC, Shear load =
W = 40 KN
197. A 40mm diameter shaft is subjected to a twisting moment . If shear

stress developed in shaft is 5N/ , what is the value of the twisting
moment?
JH ACADEMY Page 58
MODULE-17C
a) 628.8N-m b) 328.4N-m
c) 62.8N-m d) 30.4N-m
Ans:
T= = 62,83N-m
198. Torsion applied to a circular shaft results in a twist of over a length

of 1m. The maximum shear stress induced is 120N/ and the
modulus of rigidity of the shaft material is 0.8 N/ . What is
the radius of the shaft?
a) b) c) d)
Ans:
= =
L= 1nm
199. A mild steel rod tapers uniformly from 30mm diameter to 12mm
diameter in a length of 300mm. the rod is subjected to an axial load of
12KN.E= 2 N/ . What is the extension of the rod in mm?
a) b) c) d)
Ans:
Extension of tapered road =
JH ACADEMY Page 59
MODULE-17C
200. Poisson’s ratio is defined as the ratio of
a) Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain

b) Lateral strain and longitudinal strain
c) Longitudinal stress and lateral stress
d) Lateral stress and longitudinal stress
Ans: (b)
201. A solid shaft rotating at 180rpm is subjected to a mean torque of

5000N-m. What is the power transmitted by the shaft in KW?
a) 25 b) 20
c) 60 d) 30
Ans:
202. A solid circular shaft subjected to a torque T produces maximum shear

stress , which is the maximum principal value in the material. The
corresponding diameter of the shaft should be
a) √ b) √
c) √ d) √
Ans: (d)
203. A simply supported beam of T-section is subjected to a uniformly

distributed load acting vertically downward. Its neutral axis is located at
25mm from the top of the flange and the total depth of the section is
100mm. the ratio of maximum tensile stress to maximum compressive
stress in the beam is
a) 2.0 b) 2.5 c) 3.0 d) 4.0
Ans: (c)
204. A two-dimensional stress system has like stresses = 100N/ and

= 200N/ in two mutually perpendicular directions. The x, y, co-
ordinates of the center of the Mohr’s circle are
a) (0,150) b) (150,0)
c) (-50,0) d) (50,0)
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 60
MODULE-17C
205. Consider the following statements for a beam of rectangular cross-
section and uniform flexural rigidity EI subjected to pure bending:
1. The bending stresses have the maximum magnitude at the top and
bottom of the cross-section.
2. The bending stresses vary linearly through the depth of the cross-
section.
3. The bending stresses vary parabolically through the depth of cross-
section.
a) 1,2 and 3 b) 1 only
c) 2 only d) 1 and 2 only
Ans: (d)
206. The Limit of proportionality in the material of a structural steel

member, when subjected to simple tension, is 280N/ . The
principal in the member are = 122N/ (tensile) and =
60N/ (compressive). = 0.3. according to maximum strain theory,
the factor of safety is
a) 2.5 b) 1.5 c) 2 d) 3
Ans: (c)
207. A square element is subjected to principal stresses in N/ as shown

in figure below. The intensity of normal stress on plane BD is
a) 200√ b) 100
c) 200 d) 0
Ans: (d)
JH ACADEMY Page 61
MODULE-17C
If there is a state of pure shear at a point then
1. The Mohr’s circle is tangential to the y-axis.
2. Thecentre of the Mohr’s circle coincides with the origin
3. Unlike principal stresses are each numerically equal to
4. Principal stresses are like
a) 1 only b) 1 and 2
c) 2 and 3 d) 3 and 4
Ans: (c)
209. A point in two-dimensional stress state subjected to biaxial stress is

shown in the figure below. What is the normal stress acting
on the plane AB?
a) Zero b)
c) d)
Ans: (b)
210. Assertion (A): The principal of superposition is valid whenever the

strain or stress to be obtained is directly proportional to the applied
loads.
Reason(R): strain energy depends on the product of stress and strain.
Codes:
Ans: (b)
211. Which of the following theories of failure is most appropriate for a

brittle material?
a) Maximum principal strain theory

b) Maximum principal stress theory
c) Maximum shear stress theory
d) Maximum strain energy theory
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 62
MODULE-17C
212. In a strained material, the principal stresses in the x and y directions
respectively are 100N/ (tensile) and 60N/ (compressive). On
an inclined plane, the normal to which makes an angle of to the X-
axis, the major principal stress, in N/ , would be
a) 60 b) 80 c) 20 d) 40
Ans: (a)
213. Which one of the following statements is correct?
A) Principal stress is defined as the shear stresses on planes on which

the normal stress is maximum or minimum.
B) The centre of Mohr’s for a two-dimensional stress system always

lies in the y-axis(adopting conventional axes notation)
C) The plane of maximum shear stress is inclined to the plane of

principal stress at an angle
D) In case of biaxial state of normal stresses, the normal stresses on

plane is equal to the sum of normal stresses.
Ans: (c)

1. Failure occurs beyond elastic limit
2. Rupture takes place immediately after elastic limit.
3. Permanent set occurs beyond elastic limit.
Which of these are considered in the theories of failure?
a) 1,2 and 3 b) 1 and 3 only
c) 2 and 3 only d) 1 and 2 only
Ans: (b)
215. Consider the following salient points in a stress-strain curve of a mild

steel bar:
1. Yield point
2. Breaking point
3. Yield plateau
4. Proportionality limit
5. Ultimate point
The correct sequence in which they occur while testing they occur
while testing the mild steel bar in tension from initial zero strain to
failure is
a) 4,1,2,3 and 5
b) 1,4,3, 5 and 2
c) 4,1,3,5 and 2
d) 1,4,2,3 and 5
Ans: (c)
JH ACADEMY Page 63
MODULE-17C
216. Assertion(A): a material is incompressible if its Poisson’s ratio is 0.5
Reason(R): the bulk modulus K is related to modulus K is related to
modulus of elasticity E and to Poisson’s ratio as per well known
relationship
a) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true R is not the correct explanation of A
Ans: (b)
217. If A= cross sectional area

E= Young’s modulus of elasticity
G= modulus of rigidity
I= moment of inertia
J= polar moment of inertia
Then Torsional rigidity is given by
a) AE b) GE c) EI d) GJ
Ans: (d)
218. If a material has identical elastic properties in all directions, it is said to

be
a) Elastic b) Isotropic
c) Orthotropic d) Homogeneous
Ans: (b)
219. Two circular mild steel bars A and B of equal lengths l have diameters
= 2cm and = 3cm. each is subjected to a tensile load of magnitude
P. the ratio of the elongations of the bars ⁄ is
a) 2/ 3 b) 3/ 4
c) 4/ 9 d) 9/4
Ans:
= =
JH ACADEMY Page 64
MODULE-17C
220. In a two dimensional stress system, the radius of the Mohr’s circle
represents
a) Maximum normal stress

b) Minimum normal stress
c) Minimum shear stress
d) Maximum shear stress
Ans: (d)
221. In a plane stress problem, there are normal stresses with

accompanied by shear stress at a point in the x-y plane. If
it is observed that the minimum principal stress on a certain section is
zero, then
a) √
b) √
c) √
d) √
Ans: (a)
222. Steel has proportionally limit of 300MPA in simple tension. It is

subjected to principal stresses of 120MPa (tensile), 60MPa (tensile) and
30MPa (compressive). What is the factor of safety according to
maximum stress theory?
a) 1.5 b) 1.75
c) 1.8 d) 2.0
Ans: (d)
223. A cylindrical shell of 100cm diameter made of mild steel is to be

subjected to an internal pressure of 10kg/ . If the material yields at a
stress of 200Kg/ ,assuming factor of safety as 4 and using maximum
principal stress theory, the requisite thickness of the plate will be
a) 8cm b) 10cm
c) 12cm d) 15cm
Ans: (b)
JH ACADEMY Page 65
MODULE-17C
224. According to maximum shear stress failure theory, yielding occurs in
the material when
a) Max. shear stress= yield stress

b) Max. shear stress=2 times yield stress
c) Max. shear stress =1/2 of yield stress
d) Max. shear stress= √ times yield stress
Ans: (c)
225. A simply supported beam of span L carries a concentrated load W at its

mid-span. If the width b of the beam is constant throughout the span,
then, with permissible stress as , the depth of the beam at mid-span
will be
a) b) √
c) d) √
Ans:
226. A rectangular beam of width 100mm is subjected to a maximum shear

force of 60KN. The corresponding maximum shear stress in the cross-
section is 4N/ . The depth of the beam should be
a) 200mm b) 150mm
c) 100mm d) 225mm
Ans:
d= 225 mm
227. A solid shaft of circular cross-section is subjected to torque T which

produces a maximum shear stress in the shaft. The diameter of the
shaft will be
a) √ b) √
c) √ d) √
JH ACADEMY Page 66
MODULE-17C
Ans:
JH ACADEMY Page 67
2.SFD&BMD
1._____
__i
sahor
izont
alst
ruct
ural
membersubj
ect
edt
otr
ansv
ersel
oadsper
pendi
cul
art
oit
s
axis.
a)Strut
b)Column
c)Beam
d)Truss
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Explanati
on:Abeam i
sahori
zontalst
ruct
uralmembersubjectedtoatransverseload
perpendicul
art
oitsownaxi
s.Beamsar eusedtosuppor
twei ghtsofr
oofslabs,wallsand
stair
cases.Thety
peofbeam usual
l
ydependsupont hespan, t
ypeofl
oadel asti
cit
yandtypeof
struct
ure.
2.Exampleforcanti
lev
erbeam i
s__
___
_
a)Port
icoslabs
b)Roofslab
c)Bri
dges
d)Rail
waysleepers
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:
Abeam whichisfi
xedatoneendandisfreeatotherend,
iti
scal
l
edcant
il
ever
beam.Theexampl
esforitar
eporti
coslabsandsunshades.
3.Thedi
agr
am depi
cts_
___
___ki
ndofbeam.
a)Canti
lev
er
b)Conti
nuous
c)Overhangi
ng
d)Proppedcant
il
ever
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Explanat
ion:Abeam whichisfi
xedatoneendandfreeatotherendiscal
ledcantil
everbeam.I
n
thi
scase, somesupportot
herthantheexi
sti
ngonesmaybepr ov
idedi
nor dertoavoid
excessiv
edef l
ecti
onortoreducet
heamountofbendingmoment ,
theaddit
ionalsupporti
s
knownasapr op.Thebeam i
sknownasapr oppedcant
il
everbeam.
4.Fi
xedbeam isal
soknownas_
___
___
___
a)Encast
eredbeam
b)Buil
tonbeam
c)Rigi
dbeam
d)Tyebeam
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:
Abeam whichi
sfi
xedatbot
hsuppor
tsiscal
l
edf
ixedbeam orencast
eredbeam.
Allf
ramedst
ruct
uresar
eexampl
esoffi
xedbeams.
5.U.D.Lstandsfor ?
a)Unifor
ml ydil
utedlength
b)Unifor
ml ydevelopedloads
c)Uniaxi
al di
stri
butedload
d)Unifor
ml ydist
ributedl
oads
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:
Theseloadsar
eunif
ormlyspr
eadoveraport
ionorwhol
ear
ea.Theyar
egener
all
y
repr
esent
edasrat
eofloadthati
sKil
oNewtonpermeterl
ength(KN/
m).
6.Gi
venbel
owdi
agr
am i
s__
___
_load.
a)Uni
for
ml ydist
ri
but
edl
oad
b)Uni
for
ml yvaryi
ngl
oad
c)Uni
for
ml ydecessl
oad
d)Poi
ntload
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:Al oadwhichvar
iesuni
for
mlyoneachunitl
engt
hisknownasuni
formlyvar
ying
l
oad.Somet i
mest heloadi
szeroatoneendandincr
easesuni
for
mlytot
heotherfor
msof
uni
for
mlyv ar
yingloads.
7.Movi
ngt r
aini
sanexampl
eof_
___l
oad.
a)Poi
ntload
b)Cant
eredload
c)Rol
li
ngload
d)Uni
formlyvar
yingl
oad
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Astr
ain’
swheels(
rol
l
ingst
ock)mov
einr
oll
i
ngway
.Theupcomi
ngl
oadwi
l
lbe
consi
der
edasrol
l
ingload.
8.Conti
nuousbeamsare____
___
__
a)Stat
ical
l
ydeter
minat
ebeams
b)Stat
ical
lyi
ndet
ermi
natebeams
c)Stat
ical
l
ygrav
itybeams
d)Framedbeams
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Fi
xedbeamsandcont
inuousbeamsarest
ati
cal
l
yindet
ermi
nat
ebeamswhi
ch
cannotbeanal
yzedonl
ybyusi
ngstati
cequati
ons.
9.Abeam whi chext

endsbey
ondi
tsuppor
tscanbet
ermedas_
___
___
___
a)Ov erhangbeam
b)Ov erspanbeam
c)Isolat
edbeams
d)Teebeams
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:ABeam ext
endedbey
ondi
tssuppor
t.Andt
heposi
ti
onofext
ensi
oni
scal
l
edas
overhungpor
ti
on.
10.Uni
tsofU.
D.L?
a)KN/m
b)KN-m
c)KN-m×m
d)KN
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:Astheseloadsdi
str
ibut
eoverspant
heuni
tsf
ort
hiski
ndofl
oadswi
l
lbel
oadper
meterl
engthi.
eKN/ m.Iti
sdenotedby“
w”.
1.Shearforcei sunbal
anced_
___
_tot
hel
eftorr
ightoft
hesect
ion.
a)Horizont
alf orce
b)Verti
calforce
c)Incl
i
nedf orce
d)Conditi
onal force
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:
Theshearforceatthecrosssecti
onofabeam mayal sobedef
inedast
he
unbal
ancedver
ti
calf
orcetotheleftorri
ghtofthesect
ion.I
tisal
sotheal
gebrai
csum ofal
lthe
for
cesIgett
othelef
ttotherightofthesect
ion.
2.SIuni
tsofshearf
orcei
s__
___
___
___
___
_
a)kN/m
b)kN-m
c)kN
d)m/N
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:
Asshearforceatanysecti
oni
sequaltothealgebr
aicsum oft
hef
orces,
theuni
ts
oftheshearfor
cearealsoinki
lonewtonsandi
tisdenotedbykN.
3.Det
ermi
net
hemomentatf
ixedend.
a)40kNm
b)50kNm
c)60kNm
d)80kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:
Letthefi
xedendbe“
A”
React
ionatA=10×4=40kN
MomentatA=( 10×4)
×4/2
=80kNm.
4.Shearforcei
sdi
agr
am i
s__
___
__r
epr
esent
ati
onofshearf
orcepl
ott
edasor
dinat
e.
a)Scalar
b)Aeri
al
c)Graphical
d)Stat
icall
y
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:
ShearForcediagr
am i
sagraphi
calr
epresent
ati
onoft
heshearf
orcepl
ott
edas
ordi
nat
eonbaseli
nerepresent
ingt
heaxi
softheBeam.
5.Hoggi
ngis___
_ ____
a)Negat
ivebendingmoment
b)Posi
ti
veshearf orce
c)Posi
ti
vebendingmoment
d)Negat
iveshearf orce
Vi
ewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Thebendi
ngmomentatasecti
onisconsider
edt
obenegati
vewhenitcauses
convexi
tyupwar
dsorconcavi
tyatbot
tom,
suchbendingmomenti
scall
edhoggi
ngbending
momentornegativ
ebendingmoment.
6.Atthepointofcont
raf
lexur
e,t
hev
alueofbendi
ngmomenti
s__
___
___
___
_
a)Zero
b)Maximum
c)Can’tbedeter
mined
d)Minimum
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Apointatwhichbendi
ngmomentchangesitssi
gnfrom posi
ti
vetonegat
iveand
vi
ceversa.Suchpoi
ntistermedaspoi
ntofcont
raf
lexur
e.Atthi
spoint,
theval
ueofbending
momenti szero(
0).
7.___
_____
_posi
ti
ve/
negat
ivebendi
ngmoment
soccurwher
eshearf
orcechangesi
tssi
gn.
a)Minimum
b)Zero
c)Maximum
d)Remainssame
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Ifshearf
orceandbendi
ngmomentvaluesobt
ainedar
ethuspl
ott
edasadi
agr
am,
theSF&BM rel
ati
onshipal
waysbehavesv
icev
ersa.
8.Shearf
orceoff
oll
owi
ngdi
agr
am
a)Rectangl
e
b)Square
c)Cir
cle
d)Trapezoi
dal
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:
SF@ ABi
s10kN
FA=10kN
FB=10kN.
9.SIuni
tsofBendi
ngmomenti
s__
___
___
___
a)kN
b)kN2
c)kNm
d)km
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Momentisaproductoffor
ceandper
pendi
culardist
anceandthebendi
ngmoment
i
sthealgebr
aicsum ofmomentstakenawayfr
om t
helef
tort heri
ghtoft
hesecti
onhencet
he
SIuni
tsofbendi
ngmomenti ssameast hemomenti
.ekNm.
10.Whatist heothernamef
oraposi
ti
vebendi
ngmoment
?
a)Hogging
b)Sagging
c)Inf
lat
ion
d)Contraf
lexure
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Thebendi
ngmomentatasecti
onisconsi
der
edt obeposi
ti
vewheni
tcauses
convexi
tydownwardssuchbendi
ngmomentiscal
l
edsaggingbendi
ngmomentposi
ti
ve
bendingmoment.
1.Asimpl esuppor
tof
fer
sonl
y__
___
__r
eact
ionnor
mal
tot
heaxi
soft
hebeam.
a)Horizontal
b)Verti
cal
c)Incl
i
ned
d)Moment
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:I
nasimplesuppor
ttherewil
lnotbeanyresi
stancet
ohor
izont
all
oads,
momentor
rot
ati
on.I
nfact,
itonl
yoff
ersavert
ical
reacti
onnormaltotheaxi
soft
hebeam.
2.Toav
oid_
___
_st
ressesi
nbeams,
oneendoft
hebeam i
spl
acedont
her
oll
ers.
a)Compr essi
ve
b)Pyro
c)Temper at
ure
d)Tensil
e
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Rollersupportreacti
oni
snor maltotheaxisoft
hebeam.Incasethebeam
subj
ectedtotrustortoavoidt emper
aturestr
essesinthebeam,oneendofthebeam i
splaced
onrol
lerbecauseitfaci
li
tatefreehor
izontal
mov ementofend.I
tissi
milart
osimplesuppor
t.
3._____
___suppor
tdev
elopssuppor
tmoment
.
a)Hinged
b)Simple
c)Fi
xed
d)Joint
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Af i
xedsuppor
toff
ersr
esist
anceagainsthori
zont
alandver
ti
cal
movementand
agai
nstther
otat
ionofthememberandthati
nturndeveloper
ssuppor
tmoment.
4.Hingesupporti
scal
l
edas_
___
___
___
a)Socketjoi
nt
b)Swiveljoi
nt
c)Ballj
oint
d)Pinjoi
nt
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion:
Hingesupportisone,i
nwhi chtheposi
ti
onisf
ixedbutnotthedi
rect
ion.I
nt hei
r
wordshi
ngedsupportof
fersresi
stanceagainstv
ert
ical
andhori
zontalmoments.
itisf
ixedin
suchawaythati
tresemblesli
keapi njoi
nt.
5.Namet
hesuppor
tfr
om f
oll
owi
ngf
igur
e.
a)Hingesuppor
t
b)Fi
xedsupport
c)Fr
eesupport
d)Roll
ersuppor
t
Vi
ewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:I
ntheabov
efi
gurewecanobserv
ethatt
hebeam issuppor
tedatbot
htheendsso
thebeam i
sfi
xedatbot
hends.Hencet
hesuppor
tisafi
xedsupport
.
6.Forasimpl
ysupport
edbeam,
themomentatt
hesuppor
tisal
way
s__
___
___
__
a)Maximum
b)Zero
c)Mini
mum
d)Cannotbedet
ermined
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Asthemomenti sapr
oductoffor
ceandperpendi
culardi
stance,
thef
lexur
al
momentatthesuppor
tiszer
obecausether
eisnodi
stanceatthesupport.
7.“Hingedsuppor
tof
fer
sresi
stanceagai
nstr
otat
ion”
.
a)True
b)False
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Ahingedsupportof
fer
sresi
stanceagainsthor
izont
alandver
ti
cal
mov
ementbut
notagai
nstr
otat
ion.I
tsuppor
toff
ersaver
ticalandhori
zontalr
eact
iononl
y.
8.Fi
ndt
her
eact
ionatsi
mpl
esuppor
tA?
a)6.5kN
b)9kN
c)10kN
d)7.5kN
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:Tot
all
oad=10kN
Taki
ngmomentatA=0
4×R@ B–10=0
R@ B=2. 5kN
React
ionatA=10–2. 5=7.
5kN.
9.Roll
ersuppor
tissameas_
___
_
a)Hingedsupport
b)Fixedsupport
c)Simplysupport
d)Rollersuppor
t
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Thesupportr
eact
ionisnor
maltot
heaxi
soft
hebeam.Itfacil
i
tat
estheverti
cal
suppor
t.I
thelpsthebeam t
oovercomethet
emper
atur
est
ressesef
fect
ivel
y.I
tissi
milarto
si
mplesupport.
10.Hi
ngedsuppor
tsof
fer
sver
ti
cal
and_
___
___
_react
ion.
a)Hori
zont
al
b)Moment
c)Rot
ati
on
d)Coupl
e
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anation:Ahi
ngedsuppor
tof f
ersaver
ti
cal andhor
izont
alr
eacti
on.Thepi
njoi
ntedsuppor
t
off
ersresist
anceagai
nsthor
izontal
andvert
icalmovementsbutnotagai
nstr
otat
ionmovement.
2.Athinge,
themoment
swi
l
lbe_
___
___
__
a)Maximum
b)Minimum
c)Unif
orm
d)Zero
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Explanat
ion:
Atthesupportofamember ,t
hereisnodist
ancepr evai
li
ngt otaketheupcoming
l
oad.Asweknowt hemomenti saproductofforceandperpendicul
ardistance,
butathinge
(endsupport
)thedist
anceiszero.Hencet
hemomentdev elopediszero.
3.Whatisv ar
iat
ioni
nSFD,
ift
het
ypeofl
oadi
ngi
nthesi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam i
sU.
D.Li
s__
__
a)Rectangl
e
b)Linear
c)Trapezoi
dal
d)Paraboli
c
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Theshearforcei sdefi
nedasthealgebr
aicsum ofallt
hef orcestakenf
rom any
oneofthesecti
on.I
fy oufigureouttheSFDforasimplysupportedbeam car r
yingU.
D.L
thr
oughouti
tsenti
relength,intheSFDwecanobser vethatshearforceissameatsuppor t
s.I
n
thecent
re,t
heshearforcei szero.Hencet
hediagram var
iesl
inearl
y.
4.Therat
eofchangeofshearf
orcei
sequal
to_
___
_
a)Dir
ecti
onofl
oad
b)ChangeinBMD
c)Int
ensi
tyofl
oadi
ng
d)Maxi
mum bendi
ng
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:
Considerasi
mplysuppor
tedbeam subject
edtoudl
fort
heent
ir
espanconsi
der
ed
afreebodydiagr
am ofsmall
porti
onofelement
allengthdx.
Lettheshearf or
ceatleftofthesectionis=F
Lettheincreaseinshearforceinlengthoft hedx=dF
LettheIndiancit
yofloadont hispartoft hebeam =w
Totaldownwar dloadinthiselementallength=wdx
€V=0
dF=- wdx
dF/dx=- w
Thisrat
eofchangeofshearf orceatanysect ioni
sequal
tot
hei
ntensi
tyofl
oadi
ngatt
hat
secti
on.
5.Theshearf
orceinabeam subj
ect
edt
opur
eposi
ti
vebendi
ngi
s__
___
a)Posi
ti
ve
b)Negati
ve
c)Zer
o
d)Cannotdet
ermine
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:I
nthedet erminat
ionofshearforceandbendi
ngmomentdiagr
amsiti
sclearthat
shearforcechangesitssignwhent hebendingmomentinabeam i
smaximum andtheshear
for
cei nabeam subjectedtopurepositi
vebendingwil
lbezer
oastheneutr
ali
zi
ngef
fectcomes
under.
6.InSFD,ver
ti
cal
li
nesar
efor_
___
__
a)Pointl
oads
b)UDL
c)UVL
d)LDP
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:ShearFor
cedi
agram st
art
edfrom l
eftsi
deoft
hem aspert
hel
oad.Forpoi
ntl
oads
drawver
tical
li
nesandunderUDLdrawslopeli
nes.
7.Acant
il
everbeam l
oadedwi
thudl
thr
oughout
,themaxi
mum shearf
orceoccur
sat
___
_
a)Fr
eeend
b)Fixedend
c)Atcentre
d)Atpointofcont
raf
lexur
e
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:I
nacaseofacantil
everbeam subj
ect
edtoudl
,atthef
reeendtherewil
lbezer
o
shearforcebecause,weneedt
oconv er
tudltol
oadbymult
ipl
yi
ngwi t
hdist
ance.Henceatt
he
fi
xedendt heshearforcei
sw×li
.e(maximum).
8.Asimplysupport
edbeam ofspan1m car
ri
esapoi
ntl
oad“
w”i
ncent
redet
ermi
net
heshear
forcei
nthehalfl
eftoft
hebeam.
a)W/ 3
b)W/ 4
c)W/ 2
d)W
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Letthetwoendsofthebeam beAandB, thegi
venl
oadonabeam i
ssymmetri
cal
henceRA=RB=W/ 2.SFDatanysecti
oninthel
eftofthebeam i
sequal
tot
heW/2.SFDatany
secti
oni
ntheri
ghthalfoft
hebeam i
sequalto-
W/ 2.
9.AtthePoi
ntofcont
raf
lexur
e,whati
sthev
alueofbendi
ngmoment
?
a)one
b)zero
c)thr
ee
d)inf
ini
ty
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:Poi
ntofcontr
afl
exur
einabeam i
sapoi
ntatwhichbendi
ngmomentchangesit
s
si
gnfrom posi
ti
vetonegati
veandvi
cever
sa.Att
hepoi
ntofcontr
afl
exur
e,t
hev
alueofbending
momentiszero.
10.WhenSFi szer
o,t
hebendi
ngmomenti
s__
___
a)Zero
b)Maximum
c)Verydi
ff
icul
ttosay
d)Minimum
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:Wheni
sshearfor
cechangesit
ssign,
thebendi
ngmomentinabeam wil
lbeei
ther
maximum posi
ti
veormaxi
mum negati
ve.Thi
sisbecauseoft
hesi
gnconvent
ionadopt
ed
1.Acant i
l
everbeam subj
ect
edtopoi
ntl
oadati
tsf
reeend,
themaxi
mum bendi
ngmoment
developsatthe___
_____oft
hebeam.
a)Freeend
b)Fixedend
c)Centre
d)Pointofi
nfl
ect
ion
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:
Asthemomentist
hepr
oductofper
pendi
cul
ardi
stanceandfor
ce.I
ncant
il
ever
beam,ati
tsfr
eeendt
hemomentwil
lbezeroast
herei
snodist
ance,butatt
hefi
xedendthe
momentismaximum t
hati
sW×l.
2.Bendi
ngmomentinabeam i
smaxi
mum whent
he_
___
___
__
a)Shearf
orcei
smini
mum
b)Shearf
orcei
smaximum
c)Shearf
orcei
szer
o
d)Shearf
orcei
sconst
ant
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:
Themaxi mum bendingmomentoccursinabeam,whentheshearfor
ceatt
hat
secti
oniszeroorchangest
hesi gnbecauseatpoi
ntofcont
raf
lexur
ethebendingmomenti
s
zero.
3.Positi
vebendi
ngmomenti
sknownas_
___
___
a)Hogging
b)Sagging
c)Ragging
d)Inf
lecti
on
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Theposit
ivebendi
ngmomenti
nasect
ioni
sconsider
edbecausei
tcauses
convexi
tydownwards.Suchbendi
ngmomenti
scal
l
edasaggingbendi
ngmomentorposit
ive
bendingmoment.
4.Asimplysupportedbeam ofspan“
x”meter
scarri
esaudlof“
w”peruni
tlengt
hov
ert
he
enti
respan,t
hemaxi mum bendingmomentoccur
sat___
__
a)Atpointofcontr
aflexur
e
b)Centr
e
c)Endsupports
d)Anywhereont hebeam
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:Asweknowt
hatBM occur
satcent
er.Becauseatsuppor
tst
hemomenti
s
obvi
ousl
yz er
o.
2
Att
hecent
re,
maxi
mum bendi
ngmomenti
swl/8.
5.Themaximum BM i
s__
___
_
a)40kNm
b)50kNm
c)90kNm
d)75kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:Abovedi
agr
am depi
ctscant
il
everbeam subj
ect
edt
opoi
ntl
oadatt
hef
reeend.The
maximum bendi
ngmomentatAisW ×I
=30×3
=90kNm.
6.Bendi
ngmomentcanbedenot
edby_
___
a)K
b)M
c)N
d)F
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Bendi
ngmomentist
heproductoff
orceandper
pendi
cul
ardi
stance.Uni
tsar
ekNm
I
tisdenotedby“M”.Wher
easSFi
sdenotedby“F”.
7.Numberofpoi
ntsofcont
raf
lexur
eforadoubl
eov
erhangi
ngbeam.
a)3
b)2
c)4
d)Inf
ini
te
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:Poi
ntofcontr
afl
exur
einabeam i
sapointatwhi
chbendi
ngmomentchangesit
s
si
gnf rom posi
ti
vetonegati
veandvi
cever
sa.I
nthecaseofover
hangi
ngbeam,
ther
ewi l
lbetwo
pointsofcontr
afl
exur
e.
8.Maxi
mum bendi
ngmomenti
nacant
il
everbeam subj
ect
edt
oudl
(w)
overt
heent
ir
espan(
l)
.
a)wl
3
b)wl
2
c)wl
d)w
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Inacant
il
everbeam t
hemaxi
mum bendi
ngmomentoccursatthefi
xedend.
Momentatthef
reeendis0andmaximum att
hefi
xedend.Maxi
mum shearfor
ceisw×l.
9.Det
ermi
net
hemaxi
mum bendi
ngmomentf
ort
hebel
owf
igur
e.
a)wl/
2
b)wl/
3
c)wl/
4
d)wl
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:Fi
rstofall
,l
et’
sassumethel
engthbet
weenendsupport
sbe” l
”themaxi
mum
bendi
ngmomenti nasimpl
ysuppor
tedbeam wi
thpoi
ntl
oadatit
scentreiswl/
4.Weknowt
hat
i
nsimplysupportedbeam t
hemaximum bendi
ngmomentoccursatthecent
reonl
y.
10.Whatisthevari
ati
oni
ntheBM,
ift
hesi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam car
ri
esapoi
ntl
oadatt
he
centr
e.
a)Tri
angular
b)Rectangul
ar
c)Trapezoi
dal
d)Otherquadri
l
ater
al
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:Forsi
mplysupport
edbeam wi
thpoi
ntl
oadatt
hecent
re,
themaximum bendi
ng
momentwi l
lbeatthecent
rei.
e.wl
/4.Thev
ari
ati
oni
nbendi
ngmomentistr
iangul
ar.
1.Whatisthebendi
ngmomentatendsuppor
tsofasi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam?
a)Maximum
b)Mini
mum
c)Zero
d)Unif
orm
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:
Attheendsuppor
ts,themoment(coupl
e)devel
opedi
szer
o,becauset
herei
sno
dist
ancet ot
aketheper
pendi
cularact
ingl
oad.Asthedi
stancei
szer
o,t
hemomenti sobv
iousl
y
zero.
2.Whati
sthemaxi
mum shearf
orce,
whenacant
il
everbeam i
sloadedwi
thudl
thr
oughout
?
a)w×l
b)w
c)w/l
d)w+l
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Incant
il
everbeams, t
hemaximum shearforceoccur
satt hef
ixedend.Int
hefr
ee
end,t
hereiszer
oshearf or
ce.Asweneedt oconvertt
heudl i
ntoload,wemulti
plythel
engt
hof
thecanti
l
everbeam withudlact
ingupon.Formaximum shearfor
cetoobtainweoughtto
multi
plyl
oadanddistanceanditsurel
yoccursatt
hefixedend(w×l).
3.Sagging,t
hebendingmomentoccur
satt
he_
___
_oft
hebeam.
a)Atsupports
b)Midspan
c)Pointofcontr
afl
exure
d)Pointofemergence
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Theposi
ti
vebendi
ngmomentisconsi
der
edwhenitcausesconvexi
tydownwardor
concav
ityatt
op.Thi
sissaggi
ng.I
nsi
mplysupport
edbeams,
itoccur
satmi dspanbecausethe
bendi
ngmomentatt
hesuppor
tsobv
iousl
ywi
l
lbezer
ohencet
heposi
ti
vebendi
ngmoment
occur
sint
hemidspan.
4.Whatwi
l
lbet
hev
ari
ati
oni
nBMDf
ort
hedi
agr
am?[
Assumel
=2m]
.
a)Rectangular
b)Trapezoidal
c)Tri
angular
d)Square
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:
AtsupportB,theBM i
szer
o.Thebeam under
goesmaximum BM atfi
xedend.
Byjoini
ngthebaseli
ne,fr
eeendandmaximum BM point
.Weobtai
narightangl
edtri
angl
e.
5.Whatisthemaxi
mum bendi
ngmomentf
orsi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam car
ryi
ngapoi
ntl
oad“
W”
kNatitscent
re?
a)W kNm
b)W/m kNm
c)W×lkNm
d)W×l/4kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion:
Weknowt
hati
nsimplysupport
edbeamst
hemaxi
mum BM occur
satt
hecent
ral
span.
MomentatA=MomentatB=0
MomentatC=W/2×l/
2=Wl /4kNm (Saggi
ng)
.
6.Howdopoi
ntl
oadsandudl
ber
epr
esent
edi
nSFD?
a)Simpleli
nesandcur vedli
nes
b)Curvedli
nesandi ncl
inedli
nes
c)Simpleli
nesandi ncl
i
nedl i
nes
d)Cantrepresentanymor e
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
Accor
dingt
oBI
S,t
hest
andar
dsy
mbol
susedf
orsket
chi
ngSFDar
ePoi
ntl
oad=
———–
Udl
load=\
7._____
___cur
vei
sfor
medduet
obendi
ngofov
erhangi
ngbeams.
a)Elast
ic
b)Plasti
c
c)Fl
exural
d)Axial
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Theli
netowhichthel
ongit
udi
nal
axi
sofabeam bendsordefl
ect
sordev
iat
es
undergi
venloadisknownaselast
iccur
veondef
lect
ioncur
ve.El
ast
iccur
vecanal
sobeknown
aselast
icl
ineorelast
icax
is.
8.Ther el
at i
onbet weensl
opeandmaxi
mum bendi
ngmomenti
s__
___
___
_
a)Dir
ect l
ypr oporti
on
b)Inv
er selyproportion
c)Relativ
epr oportion
d)Mut ualincidence
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Therelati
onshipbetweensl opeandmaximum bendingmomenti sinver
sely
proporti
onalbecause,Forexampl einsimplysupport
edbeamssl opeismaximum atsupports
andzer oatmidspanofasy mmet ri
cal
lyloadedbeam wher
easbendi ngmomenti szeroat
supportsandmaxi mum atmi dspan.Henceweconcl udet
hatslopeandmaxi mum bending
momentar ei
nverselyproport
ionaltoeachot heri
nacaseofthesimplysupport
edbeam.
9.Whati
stheSFatsuppor
tB?
a)5kN
b)3kN
c)2kN
d)0kN
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:Tot
all
oad=2×2=4kN
Shearf
orceatA=4kN(samebetweenAandC)
Shearf
orceatC=4kN
Shearf
orceatB=0kN
Maximum SFatA=4kN.
10.Wher
edot
hemaxi
mum BM occur
sfort
hebel
owdi
agr
am.
a)-54kNm
b)-92kNm
c)-105kNm
d)–65kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:
MomentatB=0
MomentatC=–( 10×3)×(
3/2)
=–45kNm
MomentatA=–( 10×3)×(
1.5+2)
Maximum BM atA=–105kNm
=105Nm (hogging)
.
3.St
ressesi
nbeam &Tor
sion
1.Insi
mpl ebendi
ng,
___
___i
sconst
ant
.
a)Shearforce
b)Loadi
ng
c)Defor
mat ion
d)Bendingmoment
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Explanat
ion:
Ifabeam i
sundergonewit
hsimplebendi
ng,t
hebeam defor
msundertheacti
onof
bendingmoment.Ift
hisbendi
ngmomenti sconst
antanddoesnotaff
ectbyanyshearf
orce,
thenthebeam i
sinstat
eofsimplebendi
ng.
2.Ifabeam i ssubj
ect
edt
opur
ebendi
ng,
thent
hedef
ormat
ionoft
hebeam i
s__
___
a)Arcofci rcle
b)Triangular
c)Trapezoidal
d)Rect angular
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Thebeam bei
ngsubj
ect
edtopurebendi
ng,t
her
ewil
lbeonl
ybendi
ngmomentand
noshearfor
ceitr
esul
tsinthef
ormat
ionofanarcofci
rcl
ewit
hsomeradi
usknownasr
adi
usof
curv
atur
e.
3.Whenabeam issubjectedtosi
mpl
ebendi
ng,
___
___
___
___i
sthesamei
nbot
htensi
onand
compressi
onforthemat er
ial
.
a)Modulusofri
gidi
ty
b)Modulusofel
astici
ty
c)Poi
sson’sr
ati
o
d)Modulusofsecti
on
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:I
tisoneoft
hemostimportantassumpt
ionsmadeinthetheoryofsi
mplebendi
ng
thatisthemodulusofel
ast
ici
tyt
hatisYoung’
smodulus[E]i
ssamei nbothtensi
onand
compr essi
onforthemat
eri
alandthestr
essinabeam donotexceedtheelast
icl
imi
t.
4.E/R=M/I=f/
yisabendi
ngequat
ion.
a)True
b)False
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:Theabove-
menti
onedequationisabsolutel
ycorrect
.
E/R=M/ I=f/yi
sabendingequat
ion.I
tisalsoknownasf l
exureequat
ion(
or)equat
ionf
or
theoryofsimplebendi
ng.
Wher e,
Estandsf orYoung’
smodulusormodulusofelasti
city
.
Rstandsf orr
adiusofcurvat
ure.
M standsforbendingmoment
Ist
andf ormomentofi ner
tia
fstandsforbendingstr
ess
ystandsforneutralaxi
s.
5.Maximum Sheari
ngst
ressi
nabeam i
sat_
___
_
a)Neutr
alaxi
s
b)Ext
remef i
bres
c)Midspan
d)Acti
onofloadi
ng
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:Shear
ingst
ressi
sdef
inedast
heresi
stanceof
feredbythei
nter
nal
str
esst
othe
shearforce.Shear
ingst
ressi
nabeam i
smaxi
mum ataneut r
alaxi
s.
6.Attheneutr
alaxi
s,bendi
ngst
ressi
s__
___
a)Minimum
b)Maximum
c)Zero
d)Constant
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Explanati
on: Neutr
alaxi
sisdefi
nedasalineofint
ersect
ionofneut r
alplaneorneutr
allayerona
crosssectionattheneutral
axisoft
hatsecti
on.AttheNA, bendingstr
essorbendingst r
ainis
zero.Thefirstmomentofar eaofabeam sect
ionaboutneutralaxi
sisal sozer
o.Thelayerof
neutralaxi
snei t
hercont
ractsnorex
tends.
7.Curvat
ureofthebeam i
s__
___
___
__t
obendi
ngmoment
.
a)Equal
b)Dir
ectl
yproport
ion
c)Inv
ersel
yproporti
on
d)Coinci
des
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:From t
heflexur
alequat
ion,wehave1/Riscal
ledasthe“
cur
vat
ureoft
hebeam”
.
1/R=M /EI
Hencet hecurvat
ureofthebeam isdir
ectl
ypropor
ti
onalt
obendingmomentandi
nver
sel
y
proporti
onaltofl
exural
rigi
dit
y(EI
).
8.Whataret
heuni
tsoff
lexur
alr
igi
dit
y?
2
a)Nm
b)Nm
c)N/m
d)m/N3
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anation:Thepr
oductofyoung’
smodulus(E)ofthemat eri
alandmomentofi
ner
ti
a(I
)oft
he
beam secti
onaboutit
sneutr
alaxisi
scal
l
edf l
exural
r i
gidi
ty.
2
Unit
sforEar eN/m
4
Unit
sforIarem
Thei
rproductisNm2.
9.Whataret
heuni
tsf
orsect
ionmodul
us?
2
a)m
b)m4
c)m3
d)m
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Expl
anat i
on:Therati
oofmomentofi
nert
iatothedi
stancet
otheext
remef i
brei
scall
ed
modulusofsectionorsect
ionmodul
us.I
tisgener
all
ydenot
edbythelet
terZ.Sect
ionmodul
us
3
i
sexpr essedinm
Z=I/ y
4
=m /m
=m3.
10.Whatar
etheuni
tsofaxi
alst
if
fness?
3
a)m
b)m2
c)N/m
d)-m
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Explanati
on:Axi
alri
gidit
yisaproductofy
oung’
smodulus(
E)andthecross-
secti
onalar
ea(A)
ofthatsecti
on.Axi
alrigi
dit
yperunitl
engt
hisknownasaxi
alst
if
fnesst
hesi uni
tsofaxi
al
sti
ffnessareNewtonpermet r
e( N/m).
11.Cal
cul
atethemodul
usofsect
ionofr
ect
angl
ebeam ofsi
ze240mm ×400mm.
6 3
a)5.4×10 mm
6
b)6.2×10 mm3
c)5.5×106
mm3
d)6.4×106
mm3
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion: b=240mm &d=400mm
Momentofi nert
ia()=bd3/
I 12;
y=d/
2
2
Sect
ionmodul us(Z)=I
/y=bd/6
=1/6×240×400×400
=6.4×106 mm3.
12.Whati
sthepr
oductoff
orceandr
adi
us?
a)Twi
sti
ngshear
b)Turni
ngshear
c)Turni
ngmoment
d)Til
ti
ngmoment
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:Twi
sti
ngmomentwil
lbeequal
totheproductoft
heper
pendi
cul
arf
orceand
exi
sti
ngradi
us.Denot
edbyl
ett
erTandSIunit
sareNm.
13.Det
ermi
nesect
ionmodul
usf
orbeam of100mm di
amet
er.
a)785×103
mm3
3
b)456×10 mm3
c)87×103
mm3
d)98×103
mm3
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Expl
anation:d=300mm
Forci
rcularsecti I=π/64×d4
ons;
y=d/2
Z=π/ 32×d3 (d=100mm)
17×10mm3
3
Z=98.
1.Insi
mplysuppor
tedbeams,
the_
___
_st
ressdi
str
ibut
ioni
snotuni
for
m.
a)Bendi
ng
b)Sheari
ng
c)Tensi
le
d)Compressi
ve
ViewAnswer
Answer :a
Explanati
on:Inasi mplysupport
edbeam,ther
eiscompressi
vestr
essabovet
heneut
ralaxi
sand
tensil
estressbelowit.Itbendswit
hconcavi
tyupwar
ds.Hencethebendi
ngst
ressdi
str
ibut
ioni
s
notunifor
m ov erthesection.
2.Themaximum _
___
___
__st
ressesoccuratt
opmostf
ibr
eofasi
mpl
ysuppor
tedbeam.
a)Tensi
l
e
b)Compressi
ve
c)Shear
d)Bendi
ng
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Asbendi
ngst
ressdi
str
ibut
ioni
snotuni
for
m ov
ert
hesect
ioni
nsi
mpl
ysuppor
ted
beams,t
hemaximum compressi
vest
ressli
esabov
etheneut
ralaxi
s.Obv
iousl
y,t
opmostf
ibr
e
ofbeam.Themaxi
mum tensil
estr
essoccur
satbott
om mostfi
bre.
3.Thest
ressi
sdi
rect
lypr
opor
ti
onal
to_
___
___
a)E
b)u
c)y
d)R
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:
Bytwoequations;wehavee=y/R&e=f /E
Equat
ingbot
hequati
ons;wegete=f /E=y/R
Hencestr
ess(f
)isdi
rect
lypropor
ti
onalt
othedi
stancefr
om neut
ral
axi
s(y
).
4.Attheext
remef
ibr
e,bendi
ngst
ressi
s__
___
_
a)Minimum
b)Zero
c)Constant
d)Maximum
ViewAnswer
Answer :d
Explanati
on:Bendi
ngstressi
sdef
inedastheresi
stanceoff
eredbyinter
nal
stresst
obending.In
beams, str
essesoccur
saboveorbelowtheneutr
alaxisi
.eattheextr
emefibr
es.Hencebending
str
essi smaximum att
heextremefi
bres.
5.Thecur
vat
ureofabeam i
sequal
to_
___
_
a)EI/
M
b)M/E
c)M/EI
d)E/MI
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:From thebendingequati
on,E/R=M/I=f/
y.
WhereRiscalled“radi
usofcurvatur
e“
1/Riscal
led“curv
at ur
eofthebeam “.
So,1/R=M/ EI.
Socurvat
ureofthebeam isdirect
lypropor
ti
onal
tobendi
ngmoment
.
6.Ski
nst r
essi sal
socall
edas_
___
__
a)Shearstress
b)Bendingst r
ess
c)Lat
eralstress
d)Temper atur
estress
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Thebendi
ngmomentl
eadst
odef
orm ordef
lectt
hebeam andi
nter
nal
str
ess
r
esi
stsbending.Theresi
stanceoff
eredbyint
ernalst
resst
obendi
ngi
scal
l
edbendi
ngst
ressor
“
fi
brest
ress”or“ski
nst r
ess”or“l
ongit
udi
nalstr
ess”.
7.____
_____i
st hetot
alStr
ainener
gyst
oredi
nabody
.
a)modulusofr esi
l
ience
b)impactenergy
c)resi
li
ence
d)proofresi
l
ience
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Whenaloadactsonabody,ther
eisdefor
mat i
onofthebodywhichcauses
movementoftheappl
iedload.Thuswor
kisdoneisstoredi
nt hebodyasener
gyandt hel
oadi
s
removedthi
sstor
edenergywhichisbyv
irt
ueofstr
ainiscall
edresi
li
ence.
8.Incant
ileverbeams,
ther
eis_
___
___st
ressabov
eneut
ral
axi
s.
a)Compr essive
b)Tensil
e
c)Temper at
ure
d)Shear
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:Inacantil
everbeam maximum compressi
vestr
essoccur
satbott
om mostf
ibr
e
andmaxi mum t ensi
l
estressoccursatthetopmostfi
breandzer
oatneut
ralaxi
shencet
he
tensil
estressesli
esabovetheneutralaxi
s.
9.Theproductofmodul
usofel
ast
ici
ty(
E)andpol
armomentofi
ner
ti
a(J)i
scal
l
edt
orsi
onal
ri
gidi
ty.
a)True
b)False
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Theproductoft
hemodulusofri
gidit
y(C)andpol
armomentofiner
ti
a(J)i
scal
l
ed
tor
sional
rigi
dit
yanditpr
oducesat
wistofoner adi
aninashaf
tofuni
tlengt
h.
10.Calcul
atet
hemaxi
mum stressduetoBendingi
nast eel
str
ipof30mm thi
ckand60mm
wideisbentar
oundaci
rcul
ardrum of3.
6m diameter[
TakeYoung’smodul
us=200kN/m2]
.
a)2341.
76N/mm2
b)1666.
67N/mm2
c)5411.
76N/mm2
d)4666.
67N/mm2
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Thi
cknessofsteel
str
ip=30mm;
b=60mm;
d=3.
6m
R=3.6/2=1.8m
E=200kN/ m2
y=30/2=15mm
E/R=f/y;f=200000×15/1800
2
=1666.67N/mm .
11.Thestr
engthofbeamsdependmer
elyon_
___
___
_
a)Modulussection
b)Momentofi nerti
a
c)Fl
exural
rigi
dity
d)Momentofr esist
ance
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Therati
oofmomentofiner
ti
atothedist
ancetot
heextr
emef ibr
eiscal
led
modulusofsect
ion.TheBeam i
sstr
ongerwhensecti
onmodulusi
smor e.Thestr
engthofbeam
dependsonsecti
onmodulus.Thebeamsofsamest r
engt
hmeansectionmodulusissamef or
thebeams.
12.Thest
eelplat
eisbentintoaci
rcularpathofr
adius10metr
es.I
ftheplat
esect
ionbe120
mm wideand20mm t hi
ck, t
hencalcul
atethemaximum bendi
ngst
ress.[
Consi
derYoung’
s
2
modulus=200000N/mm ] .
2
a)350N/mm
b)400N/mm2
c)200N/mm2
d)500N/mm2
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:R=10000mm;y=20/
2=10mm; mm2
E=200000N/
Bybendi
ngequati
onwehav
eE/R=f/y
f=200000×10/10000
=200N/ mm2.
1.Whati sthesect
ionmodul
us(
Z)f
orar
ect
angul
arsect
ion?
a)bd2/6
b)a3/6
3
c)BD- bd3
d)D4-d4
ViewAnswer
Answer :a
Expl
anat i
on:Themodulusofsect i
onmaybedefinedast
her
ati
oofmomentofi
ner
ti
atot
he
di
stancet otheextr
emef i
bre.I
tisdenotedbyZ.
3
Z=I/y; Forr
ectangul
arsecti
on,I=bd/ 12&y=d/ 2.
2
Z=bd/ 6.
2.Fi
ndt
hemodul
usofsect
ionofsquar
ebeam ofsi
ze300×300mm.
a)4.8×106
mm3
b)4.5×106
mm3
c)5.6×106
mm3
6
d)4.2×10 mm3
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anation: Her
e,a=si
deofsquar
esect
ion=300mm.
4
I=a/ 12.y =a/2.
3
Z=I/y=a/ 6
=3003/6
=4.5×106 mm3.
3._______
__ofabeam i
sameasur
eofi
tsr
esi
stanceagai
nstdef
lect
ion.
a)Strength
b)Stiff
ness
c)Deflecti
on
d)Slope
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Abeam i
ssaidtobeastr
engt
hwhent hemaximum inducedbendi
ngandshear
stressesarewi
thi
nthesafepermi
ssi
blest
ressesst
if
fnessofabeam isameasureofi
ts
resist
anceagai
nstdefl
ect
ion.
4.TowhatradiusanAl
umini
um st
ri
p300mm wideand40mm t
hickcanbebent
,ift
he
2
maximum str
essinastr
ipi
snottoexceed40N/
mm .Takey
oung’smodulusf
orAlumi
nium i
s
2
7×105N/mm .
a)45m
b)52m
c)35m
d)65m
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anation:Here,
b=300mm
d=40mm.y =20mm.
From t
her el
ati
on;E/R=f
/y
R=E×y/f
3
=70×10 ×20/40
=35m.
5.Thebendi
ngst
ressi
nabeam i
s__
___
_tobendi
ngmoment
.
a)Lesst
han
b)Dir
ect
lypropor
ti
onat
e
c)Morethan
d)Equal
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:
Asweknow, t
hebendingstr
essi
sequalt
obendi
ngmomentperarea.Hence,as
thebendi
ng(f
lexur
e)momenti
ncreases/
decr
easest
hesameisnot
icedi
nthebendi
ngstress
too.
6.ThePoi
sson’
srat
iof
orconcr
etei
s__
___
___
__
a)0.4
b)0.35
c)0.12
d)0.2
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Explanat
ion:
Therati
ooflat
eralst
rai
ntothecorrespondi
nglongi
tudi
nalstr
aini
scall
ed
Poisson’
srati
o.Theval
ueofpoisonsrat
ioforel
asticmater
ial
susual
lyli
esbetween0.25and
0.
33andi nnocaseexceeds0.5.ThePoisson’
srati
oforconcret
eis0.20.
7.Theterm“Tenaci
ty”means_
___
___
___
a)Workingst
ress
b)Ult
imatestr
ess
c)Bul
kmodul us
d)Shearmodulus
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Theul
ti
matestr
essofamat eri
alist
hegreat
estl
oadrequi
redtofract
uret
he
materialdi
vi
dedbytheareaoftheor
igi
nalcrosssect
ioni
nthepoi
ntoffract
ureTheult
imat
e
str
essi sal
soknownastenacit
y.
8.Ast eelr
odof25mm di
amet
erand600mm l
ongi
ssubj
ect
edt
oanaxi
alpul
lof40000.The
i
ntensityofst
ressi
s?
2
a)34.64N/ mm
b)46.22N/ mm2
c)76.54N/ mm2
d)81.49N/ mm2
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:Cr
osssect
ional
areaofst
eelr
od[Ci
rcul
ar] 87mm2.
be490.
Theint
ensit
yofst
ress=P/A=40000/490.
87
=81.49N/mm2.
9.Thebendi
ngstr
ainiszer
oat_
___
___
a)Poi
ntofcont
raf
lexure
b)Neutralaxi
s
c)Curvatur
e
d)Lineofacti
onofl
oadi
ng
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anation:Theneutralaxi
sisali
neofinter
sectionofneut
ral
planeorneut
rall
ayeronacross
sect
ion.Theneutralaxisofabeam passesthroughthecent
roi
dofthesecti
on.Attheneut
ral
axi
sbendi ngstr
essandbendi ngst
rai
niszero.
10.Strengt
hoft
hebeam dependsonl
yont
hecr
osssect
ion.
a)True
b)False
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on: Thestr
engthoftwobeamsoft hesamemat er
ialcanbecomparedbythesecti
on
modulusvalues.Thestr
engthofbeam dependsonthemateri
al,si
zeandshapeofcrosssecti
on.
Thebeam isstrongerwhensect
ionmodulusismore,st
rengthofthebeam dependsonZ
1.Themomentwhichr esi
stst
heext
ernal
bendi
ngi
scal
l
ed_
___
__
a)Momentofshear
b)Tol
erat
ingmoment
c)Momentofresi
stance
d)Maxi
mum bendingmoment
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:Thet
ensi
leandcompr
essi
vestressesdevel
opedi
nt hebeam sect
ionfr
om a
couplewhosemomenti sequal
tot
heexter
nal bendi
ngmoment.Themomentoft hi
scoupl
e
whichresist
stheext
ernal
bendi
ngi
sknownasmomentofr esi
stance[MR].
2.______str
engt
hiscausedbyamomentofr
esi
stanceof
fer
edbyasect
ion.
a)Shear
b)Flexural
c)Axial
d)Longitudi
nal
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Expl
anat i
on:
Themomentofcoupl
ewit
hr esi
stsact
ionofbendi
ngmomentisamomentof
resi
stanceandt
hefl
exur
alst
rengt
hpossessedbysecti
onisthemomentofresi
stanceof
fer
ed
byit
.
3.ASteel
rod200mm di
amet
erist
obebenti
ntoaci
rcul
arar
csect
ion.Fi
ndr
adi
usofcur
vat
ure.
2 5 2
Takef=120N/mm
&E=2×10 N/mm .
a)134m
b)166m
c)162m
d)174m
Vi
ewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:DiameterofSt
eel
rod=200mm;
y=d/
2=100mm.
f=120N/mm2.
E=2×105N/mm2.
Byfl
exuralequat
ionwehavef/y=E/
R
5
R=2×10/120×100
=166.6m.
4.Thehoopst r
essisalsoknownas_
___
__
a)Paramet r
icalst
ress
b)Surfacestress
c)Cir
cumf erenti
alstr
ess
d)Lateralst
ress
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Expl anati
on:Thest
resswhichi
sdevel
opedi
nt hewall
softhecyl
inderduetoint
ernalf
lui
d
pressur eandwhichactst
angent
ial
totheci
rcumfer
enceiscal
ledhoopstressorcir
cumferent
ial
stress.
Tot alpressur
e=p×A.
5.The_ ___ofst
rongestbeam t
hatcanbecutoutofaci
rcul
arsect
ionofdi
amet
erD.
a)Load
b)Size
c)mat er
ial
d)crosssection
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Thesi
zeoft
hest
rongestBeam t
hatcanbecutoutofaci
rcul
arsect
ionofdi
amet
er
Dis
Dept
h;
d=Squarerootof2/3
b=D/squarerootof3.
Amongthegi
vensecti
onsf
orthesamedepthIsect
iongi
vesmaxi
mum st
rengt
h.
6.Themomentr
esi
sti
ngcapaci
tyoft
hecr
osssect
ionofabeam i
ster
medas_
___
__oft
he
beam.
a)Stif
fness
b)Strength
c)Modul us
d)Inert
ia
Vi
ewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Themomentresist
ingcapaci
tyoft
hecr
osssectionofabeam istermedasthe
str
engt hoft
hebeam.Thebendingstressi
smaximum attheextr
emefibresofthecr
oss
secti
on.Thestrengt
hoft
het wobeamsofsamemat eri
alcanbecompar edbythesecti
onal
modul usval
ues.
7.Fi
ndthemomentofr
esi
stanceofr
ect
angul
arbeam of
fgr
idt
o40mm dept
h400mm i
fthe
bendi
ngstr
essi
s15N/mm2.
a)78kNm
b)84kNm
c)96kNm
d)132kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:Momentofr
esi
stance(
MR)=Z×f
2
=bd /6×15
=96×106 Nmm.
8.Arectangul
arbeam 100mm wi
dei
ssubj
ect
edt
oamaxi
mum shearf
orceand50kN.Fi
ndt
he
depthofthebeam.
a)350mm
b)185mm
c)200mm
d)250mm
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion:Lett
hedepthoft
hebeam bed
Maximum shearst
ress=3/2(
Aver
ageShearst
ress)
d=3×5000/3×2×100.
9.Whati
st heapproxi
mat
eval
ueofcoef
fi
cientofl
i
nearexpansi
onf
orst
eel
?
-6
a)13×10 6/ °C
-
6
b)11.
5×10 /
°C
-6
c)12×10 / °C
-6
d)16×10 /°C
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:Theincr
easeinlengthofbodyperunitriseoftemper
atureinor
igi
nalnameis
ter
medascoef f
ici
entofl
inearexpansionanditisdenotedbyGreeklett
eral
pha.Coef
fi
cientof
-
6 -
6
l
inearexpansionforst
eelis11.5×10 /
°C.Forcopperiti
s17×10 /
°C.
10.Ahol l
owshaf
thasout
sidedi
amet
er120mm andt
hickness20mm.Fi
ndt
hepol
armoment
ofinert
ia(J)
.
a)16.36×106 mm4
b)14.65×106 mm4
32×106
c)10. mm4
18×106
d)23. mm4
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:D=120mm
t=20mm &d=D–2t=80mm.
Polarmomentofi nerti
a(J)i 32×[D4–d4]
sπ/ .
4 4
π/32×[120–80 ].
6 4
16.36×10 mm
1.Unsy
mmet r
icalbendingoccursdueto_____
_
a)TheBeam cr osssectionisunsy
mmet r
ical
b)TheshearCent r
edoesnotcoi ncidewi
ththeneutral
axi
s
c)TheBeam issubjectedt otr
usti
naddit
iontobendingmoment
d)Thebendingmomentdi agram i
sunsymmet r
ical
ViewAnswer
Answer :
d
Explanat
ion:Ift
hebendi
ngmomentdiagr
am ofabeam seemstounsymmetr
ical
,thenwi
th
respecttothatdi
agr
am,thebendi
ngi
ssaidt
obeunsy mmetri
calbendi
ng.
2.Abodyhav ingsi
mil
arpr
oper
ti
est
hroughouti
tsv
olumei
ssai
dtobe_
___
___
___
___
a)Isot
ropic
b)Homogeneous
c)Continuous
d)Unif
or m
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:Abodyhav
ingsimil
arpr
oper
ti
esthroughoutit
sv ol
umeissaidt
obe“homogeneous”
andthemateri
alwhi
chexhi
bit
sthesameelast
icpropert
iesinal
ldi
rect
ionsi
scal
l
ed“isot
ropi
c”.
3.Pri
ncipal
planehas_ ____
___
___
_
a)Maximum shearstress
b)Maximum tensil
estress
c)Zeroshearstr
ess
d)Minimum bendingstress
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Pr
inci
palst
ressi
samagnitudeofdi
rectst
ress,
acr
ossapr
inci
pal
planewhi
chi
sa
part
icul
arpl
anehavi
ngnoshearst
ressatall
.
4.Cal
cul
atet
heStr
ainener
gyt
hatcanbest
oredi
nabodyt
obepul
l
edwi
t mm2
h100N/ str
ess(
f)
5 2
andE=2×10 N/mm .
a)0.
9kNm
b)0.
05kNm
c)0.
87kNm
d)0.
54kNm
Vi
ewAnswer
Answer:b
2
Expl
anati
on:Str
ainener
gyst
oredi
nthebodybe“
U”=f/2E×Vol
ume.
=1002/2×2×105
=0.05kNm.
5.Mat er
ial
sexhibi
ti
ngt
imeboundbehav
iourar
eknownas_
___
___
a)Isentr
opic
b)React i
ve
c)Fissil
e
d)Viscoelasti
c
ViewAnswer
Answer :d
Explanati
on:Materi
alsexhibit
ingtimeboundbehavi
ourpopul
arl
yknownasvi
scoelast
icandi
fa
bodyhav i
ngsimilarproper
tiesthroughouti
tsvol
umeiti
sknownashomogeneousand
accordingtooneassumpt i
on, theconcret
eisconsi
der
edtobehomogeneousmateri
al.
6.Whataret
heunit
soft
ruest
rai
n?
2
a)Kg/m
b)Kg/m3
c)Nodimensi
ons
d)N/mm
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:
Asweknowst r
ainist
herat
ioofchangeindimensi
ont
otheor
igi
nal
dimensi
on.I
t
i
sdenotedby“e”
.Met
res/
met r
eshencenodimensions.
7.Revertsi
zeisgener
all
yexpr
essedi
nter
msof_
___
___
a)Shankwidth
b)Gir
derlength
c)Laplength
d)Shankdiameter
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:Riv
etsar
educt il
emet al
pinsofoftenusedforjoi
ningstruct
uremembersasincase
oftr
usses,st
anchi
onsplategirder
s,cyl
indri
cal
shell
setc.Thedi st
ancebetweentwoheadsi
s
knownasshankandrivetsizeisgenerall
yexpr
essedintermsofshankdi ameter
.
8.____
____j
ointsar
enecessar
ytokeepast
ruct
uresaf
eagai
nstshr
inkage.
a)Constr
uction
b)Functi
onal
c)Transver
se
d)Longit
udinal
ViewAnswer
Answer:
b
Expl
anat
ion:
Funct
ional
joi
ntsar
enecessar
ytokeept
hest
ruct
uressaf
eagai
nstshr
inkage,
expansionsl
i
dingandwarpi
ngofconcr
ete.Thesetypesofjoi
ntsaremadebyformi
ng
conti
nuousbreaksi
nlar
gecont
inuousareasofstr
ucturesatsui
tabl
edi
stanceapar
t.Thej
oint
s
orbreaksmaybe6t o38mm wide.
9.Thespeci
fi
cgr
avi
tyofsandi
s__
___
___
__
a)2.8
b)2.25
c)3.2
d)2.65
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion:
Thespeci
fi
cgr
avi
tyofsandi
s2.
65.
Mat
eri
als Speci
fi
cgr
avi
ty
Tr
ap 2.
9
Gr
avel 2.
66
Gr
ani
te 2.
8
Sand 2.
65
10.Towhatradi
usasil
verst
ri
p200mm wideand40mm thickcanbebentift
hemaxi
mum
2 3 2
stressi
ntheshi
pis80N/mm .Young’
smodul
usforSi
l
veris80×10 N/mm .
a)20m
b)30m
c)15m
d)35m
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Here,
b=200mm;
d=40mm
y=40/2=20mm
f=80N/ mm2
From t
herel
ati
on;E/R=f
/y
R=E×y/f
=80000×20/80
=20000mm =20m
1.At______ __theshear
ingstr
essinabeam ar
emaxi
mum.
a)Extr
emef i
bres
b)Modul usofsect i
on
c)Neutral axis
d)Alongt hecr oss-
sect
ional
area
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:Shear
ingstressinabeam i
smaximum att
heneut
ralaxi
s.Shear
ingst
ressi
s
defi
nedastheresi
stanceofferedbyt
heint
ernal
str
esst
otheshearfor
ce.
2.Deter
minetheshearstr
essatthel
evel
ofneutr
alaxi
s,i
fabeam hasat
ri
angl
ecr
osssect
ion
havi
ngbase“b”andalti
tude“
h”.Lett
heshearf
orcebesubject
edi
sF.
a)3F/8bh
b)4F/3bh
c)8F/3bh
d)3F/6bh
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Forat
ri
angul
arsect
ionsubj
ectedt
oshearf
orcet
heshearst
ressi
nneut
ral
axi
sis
Shearst
ressatNA=4/3[Aver
ageshearstr
ess]
.
=4/3[F/
0.5bh]=8F/3bh.
3.Themaximum shearst
ressi
s__
___
_ti
mest
heav
erageshearst
ress[
Forr
ect
angul
arbeams]
.
a)2.5
b)3
c)1.2
d)1.5
ViewAnswer
Answer:d
Expl
anati
on:Themaximum shearst
ressoccur
satneut
ral
axi
s.Theny=0.
Maxshearstress=3F/2bd=3/2[F/
bd].
=1.5Averageshearst
ress.
4.Shearstressinabeam i
szer
oat_
___
__
a)Neutralaxis
b)Extr
emef i
bres
c)Crosssect i
on
d)Junctions
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Theresi
stanceoff
eredbyt hei
nter
nalst
resst
osheari
sknownasshear
ingst
ress.
Shearingstr
essiszeroatextr
emef i
bresofthebeam.Thebendi
ngstr
essesar
emaximum at
extr
emef ibr
esofthebeam crosssection.
5.Shearstr essdi
str
ibut
ionov
err
ect
angul
arsect
ionwi
l
lbe_
___
___
__
a)paraboli
c
b)ell
ipt
ical
c)tr
iangular
d)tr
apezoi dal
ViewAnswer
Answer:
a
Expl
anat
ion:
Maxi
mum shearstr
essis1.5t
imesthatofav
erageshearst
ress.
Theshearst
ressdi
str
ibut
ioni
spar
abolic.
6.AroundSt
eelrodof100mm diamet
eri
sbenti
ntoanar
cofr
adi
us100m.Whati
sthe
5 2
maximum st
ressint
herod?TakeE=2×10 N/
mm .
2
a)150N/mm
b)200N/mm2
c)100N/mm2
d)300N/mm2
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:D=100m
y=50mm
R=10×103mm
Byequati
onoffl
exur
e;E/
R=f
/y
f=E/
R×y
=2×105/100×103×50
=100N/ mm2.
7.Forci
rcul
arsect
ion,
themaxi
mum shearst
ressi
sequal
to_
___
___
___
__t
imesofav
erage
shearst
ress.
a)2/3
b)3/2
c)4/3
d)3/4
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Maxi
mum shearst r
essoccur
satneut
ral
axi
s&y=0.
Max.Shearst
ress=4/3[F/A] .
F/Aisaver
ageshearst
ress.
Themaximum shearst
ressdistr
ibut
ioni
s33%morethanav
erageshearst
ress.
8.Asteelbeam i
s200mm wi
deand300mm deep.Thebeam i
ssi
mplysuppor
tedandcarr
iesa
2
concent
ratedl
oadw.Ift
hemaxi
mum st
ressar
e2N/ mm .Whatwi
llbet
hecorrespondi
ngl
oad?
a)50kN
b)80kN
c)40kN
d)85kN
ViewAnswer
Answer:b
Expl
anati
on:Forar
ect
angul
arcr
osssect
ion
Max.Shearstr
ess=3/
2[F/A]2=3/2[w/200×300]
.
w=80kN.
9.Maximum shearst
ressi
nthi
ncy
li
ndr
ical
shel
lbe_
___
___
___
_
a)pr/2t
b)pr/3t
c)pr/4t
d)pr/5t
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anation:
Hoopst r
essP(h)=pr /
t
Longit
udinalstr
essP(l
)=pr
/ 2t
Thus,hoopst r
essist
wicet
hel ongi
tudi
nal
str
ess
Max.Shearst r
ess=P(h)–P( l
)/2
=pr/4t.
10.Cir
cumf er
entialst
ressi
ssameasof_
___
___
__
a)Hoopst r
ess
b)Longit
udinalstress
c)Transver
sest r
ess
d)Phreat
icstress
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:I
nat
hincyl
indr
icalshel
lofi
nter
nalradi
usrt
hicknesstwhensubj
ectedtoint
ernal
fl
uidpressur
eP,t
hestr
essdev el
opedintheint
ernal
wall
scanbet er
medascircumferent
ial
str
essorhoopstr
ess.
P(h)=pr/t.
1.Abeam hasatri
angul
arcross-sect
ion,
hav
ingalt
it
ude”h”andbase“b”
.Ift
hesecti
onisbeing
subj
ectedtoashearf
orce“F”.Calcul
atet
heshearst
ressatt
helevel
ofneutr
alaxi
sinthecross
sect
ion.
a)4F/5bh
b)4F/3bh
c)8F/3bh
d)3F/4bh
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Foratr
iangularsect
ionsubj
ect
edt
oashearf
orce,
theshearst
ressatneut
ral
axi
s
i
s
=4/3×av er
ageshearstress
=4/3×F/A/2; A=bh
=8F/3bh.
2.Themaximum shearst
ressi
nther
ect
angul
arsect
ioni
s__
___
___
___
___t
imest
heav
erage
shearst
ress.
a)3/4
b)3/7
c)5/3
d)3/2
ViewAnswer
Answer:
d
Expl
anat
ion:Themaximum shearstr
essoccursatt
heneutral
axis.So,y=0.
Maximum shearst
ress=3/2×F/ bd(•Av
erageshearst
ress=F/bd) .
=3/2×av er
ageshearst
ress.
12.Thestr
esscorr
espondi
ngt
o__
___
_ofst
rai
nint
hest
ress-
str
aincur
veofmi
l
dst
eel
isknown
asproofst
ress.
a)0.2%
b)0.32%
c)0.5%
d)0.6%
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:Thestresscorr
espondi
ngto0.
2%ofstrai
ninthest
ress-
str
aincurv
eofmi l
dsteel
is
knownaspr oofstress.Thi
sisalsot
akenasyi
eldst
ress.Themaxi
mum stressisgener
all
y
takenasy i
eldst
ress.
3.Tor
sioni
sdenot
edby_
___
___
___
a)R
b)Q
c)T
d)N
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Ifthemomentisappli
edi
naplaneperpendi
culartothelongi
tudi
nal
axi
soft
he
beam (
or)shaftitwi
l
lbesubject
edtot
orsi
on.Tor
sionisrepresentedordenot
edbyT.
4.TheSIuni
tsf
ort
orsi
oni
s__
___
___
__
a)Nm
b)N
c)N/m
d)m
ViewAnswer
Answer :
a
Explanat
ion:Astor
sioni
saproductofperpendi
cul
arf
orceandr
adi
us,t
heuni
tswi
l
lbeNm.
Torqueisalsoknownastor
sionortwist
ingmomentorturni
ngmoment.
5.___
____
___
___t
orsi
oni
spr
oducedwhent
wist
ingcoupl
ecoi
nci
deswi
tht
heaxi
soft
heshaf
t.
a)Exact
b)Pur
e
c)Nominal
d)Mil
d
ViewAnswer
Answer :b
Explanati
on:Whenamemberi ssubj
ectedtotheequalandopposit
etwist
ingmomentati
ts
ends,thenthememberissaidtobesubject
edunderpuretorsi
on.Pur
eTor si
oni
sof
ten
producedwhent heaxi
softhetwi
sti
ngcouplecoinci
deswiththeaxi
softheshaf
t
1.Torsi
onalsect i
onal
modul
usi
sal
soknownas_
___
___
__
a)Polarmodul us
b)Secti
onalmodul us
c)Torsi
onmodul us
d)Torsional
rigidi
ty
ViewAnswer
Answer :a
Explanati
on:Therat
ioofpol
armomentofi
nert
iat
oradiusofsect
ioni
scal
l
edPol
armodul
usor
3 3
Torsionalsect
ionmodul
us.I
tsuni
tsar
emm orm (
inSI)
.
2.___
_ _
_ __i
sameasur eoft
hest
rengt
hofshaf
tinr
otat
ion.
a)Torsionalmodulus
b)Sectionalmodulus
c)Polarmodul us
d)Torsionalr
igidi
ty
ViewAnswer
Answer :
c
Explanat
ion:Thepol
armodulusisameasureofthest
rengt
hofshaf
tinr
otat
ion.Ast
hev
alueof
Polarmodulusincr
easest
orsional
str
engt
hincr
eases.
3.Whataret
heuni
tsoft
orsi
onal
rigi
dit
y?
2
a)Nmm
b)N/mm
c)N-mm
d)N
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:Theproductofmodul usofr
igi
dit
y(C)andpolarmomentofi
nerti
a(J)i
scal
led
tor
sional
rigi
dit
y.Tor
sional
rigi
dit
yisatorquethatpr
oducesatwi
stofoneradi
aninashaftof
uni
tlengt
h.
4.Theangl
eoft
wistcanbewr
it
tenas_
___
___
_
a)TL/J
b)CJ/TL
c)TL/CJ
d)T/J
ViewAnswer
Answer:
c
Expl
anat
ion:TheangleofTwi
st=TL/
CJ
WhereT=Tor queinNm
L=Lengthofshaft
CJ=Torsionalr
igi
dit
y.
5.Thepowert
ransmi
tt
edbyshaf
tSIsy
stem i
sgi
venby_
___
___
___
a)2πNT/60
b)3πNT/60
c)2πNT/45
d)NT/60W
ViewAnswer
Answer:a
Expl
anati
on:
InSIsyst
em,Power(P)ismeasur
edi
nwat
ts(
W);
P=2πNT/
60
WhereT=Av er
ageTorqueinN.m
N=r pm
=2πNT/451wat t=1Joule/sec=1N.m/
s.
15.Calcul
atet
het
orquewhi
chashaf
tof300mm di
amet
ercansaf
elyt
ransmi
t,i
ftheshear
str s48N/mm2.
essi
a)356kNm
b)254kNm
c)332kNm
d)564kNm
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:Giv
en,thediameterofshaftD=300mm
2
Maxi mum shearst
ressf s=48N/ mm .
3
Torque=T=π/ 16fsD
=254469004. 9Nmm
=254kNm
1.Theintensit
yofshearstr
essatasect
ioni
s__
___
_tot
hedi
stanceoft
hesect
ionf
rom t
heaxi
s
oftheshaft.
a)Inver
selyproporti
onal
b)Dir
ectlyproport
ional
c)Equal
d)Paral
lel
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:Theint
ensi
tyofshearstr
essatasectioni
sdi
rectl
ypr
oport
ional
tothedi
stanceof
thesecti
onfrom axi
softheshaft.Theshearst
ressatadi
stancef
rom t
hecentr
eoftheshafti
s
givenbyfs/R×r.
2.Theshearst
ressi
s__
___
___
___
_att
heaxi
soft
heshaf
t.
a)Mini
mum
b)Maximum
c)Zer
o
d)Uni
for
m
ViewAnswer
Answer:c
Expl
anati
on:Theshearst
ressi
szer
oatt heaxi
soft
heshaf
tandt
heshearst
ressi
sli
near
ly
i
ncreasi
ngtothemaximum val
ueatthesurf
aceoft
heshaf
t.
3.Theshearst
ressatt
heout
ersur
faceofhol
l
owci
rcul
arsect
ioni
s__
___
___
_
a)Zero
b)Maximum
c)Mini
mum
d)Can’
tdeter
mined
ViewAnswer
Answer :
b
Explanat
ion:
Theshearstr
essinahol
lowci
rcul
arsecti
onvar
iesfr
om maxi
mum att
heout
er
surf
acet oamini
mum (butnotzer
o)i
nthei
nnerface.Themini
mum val
ueshoul
dbegr
eat
er
thanzero.
4.Thehollowshaftwi
ll
transmi
tgr
eat
er_
___
___t
hent
hesol
i
dshaf
toft
hesamewei
ght
.
a)Bendingmoment
b)Shearstress
c)Torque
d)Secti
onal Modul
us
ViewAnswer
Answer :c
Explanation:
Fort hesamemaximum shearstr
ess,theaver
ageshearst
ressi
naholl
owshaftis
greaterthant hati
nasoli
dshaftoft
hesamear ea.Hencethehol
lowshaftwi
l
ltr
ansmitgr
eater
torquethant hesoli
dshaftoft
hesamewei ght
.

Mechanics Questions Bank

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mechanics Questions Bank

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quiz 3

Multiple-choice questions on stress analysis

(c) (d) (e) None of these

Figure M3.3 Simply supported

(c) (d) (e) None of these

Figure M3.5 Propped Cantilever

(c) (d) (e) None of these

4. The reaction in the x-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is:

5. The reaction in the y-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is:

500 N 500 N 1044 N 500 N

(a) (b) (c) (d)

N 700 N 700 N 700 N

500 N 1044 N 500 N

(b) (c) (d)

(a) 246 172

(b) 172 246

(c) −246 172

(d) −172 246

(e) None of these

(a) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m (b) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m

(c) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m (d) 8 kN 6 kN 5 kN/m

x-component (N) y-component (N)

(a) 10.0 N m (b) 6.0 N m (c) 4.0 N m (d) 8.0 N m (e) − 6 N m

NOT TO SCALE DIMENSIONS

(a) 1.67 × 106 mm4 (b) 1.22 × 106 mm4 (c) 1.05 × 106 mm4

300 400 DIMENSIONS

MCQ question on Simple Stress and Strain

2. Following are the basic types of stress except

3. When tensile stress is applied axially on a circular rod its

4. Which of the following is not a basic type of strain?

8. Hooke’s law is applicable within

10. Modulus of rigidity is

(a)Tensile stress / Tensile strain

(a)Shear stress / Shear strain

(a)Tensile stress / Shear strain

(a)Shear stress / Tensile strain

11. Bulk modulus of elasticity is

a. Tensile stress / Tensile strain

12. Factor of safety is

a. Tensile stress / Permissible stress

13. Poisson’s ratio is

(d) None of these

32. The ability of the material to deform without breaking is called

(d) None of these

33. Which of the following material is more elastic?

(b) Ductility of the material

(c) Toughness of the material

(d) None of these

40. If a material has identical properties in all directions, it is called

(a) No elastic zone

(b) Plastic point

(c) Yield point

(d) Breaking point

42. A brittle material has

(a) No elastic zone

(b) No plastic zone

(c) Large plastic zone

(d) None of these

43. Every material obeys the Hooke’s law within

(a) Elastic limit

(b) Plastic limit

(c) Limit of proportionality

(d) None of these

4. The reaction in the x-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is:

5. The reaction in the y-direction at joint A in Figure M3.7 is: